Context Systems Furniture Specification Guide

Context Systems FurnitureSpecification GuideWhat’s New?What’s New information is now availableon the in2.steelcase.com Web site. Go toWhat’s New, then Show News by Category,then Incentives, Pricing, Promotions.cSee the Specification Guide Library:Reference Guide for information about whereto find products.Working With This Specification GuideEleven Tips: How to Get the Most Out of This Book 2Identifying Characteristics of Context 4Additional Resources 6Related Products 7AvailabilityElectronic price list updated withrelease 158.A (U.S.) and 135.A (Canada),dated January 12, 2004.UnderstandingCore Units 9Storage 67Screens 137Lighting 145Power and Communication 155Accessories 199cFor a list of all trademarks,refer to the last page of thisspecification guide.This specification guidecontains multipleSteelcase product lineswhich are designed into onespecification guide for yourconvenience. Note that eachproduct may be subject todifferent pricing terms andconditions.SpecifyingCore Units 205Storage 297Screens 357Lighting 369Power and Communication 379Accessories 415Surface Materials 421Resources 433For Canadian PricingCalculate in the followingorder to avoid roundingerrors:• Multiply the base priceand each option by 1.38.• Round each to thenearest dollar.• Add base and optionsfor total list price.

Identifying Characteristics of Context.Overhead storagecabinets increase workstationprivacy while providinga convenient place tostore books, binders, andother materials.Jetty tables can serve asa meeting place.Power and cables arerouted through a network ofutility trunks that fit belowthe base of core units.Tables are freestandingand complement Contextfurniture.Dual adjustable coreunits are available inmany sizes and shapes toaccommodate one or morecomputers.Vertical cabinets canaccommodate printers andfax machines while addingprivacy. They also providepower and cable routing.Canopy lights are tasklights that can be mountedin the accessory rail.Screens are available inthree different heights toincrease privacy, divideworkstations, and definespace.Core units are thecornerstone of Context’sfreestanding desk system.Core units link to formclusters.4 Context Specification Guide

Additional Resources.Context is supported withan array of informationalmaterials, tools, and softwareto help you plan,specify, order, and installefficiently.Product brochures andplanning tools can beordered through yourSteelcase MarketingCommunications Web siteat in2.steelcase.com.Printed MaterialsImages BrochureForm number S10214.Quick DeliveryHandbookThis handbook describesall Steelcase, Turnstone,Details, and SteelcaseDesign Partnership productsthat are available for5-Day (5-day delivery),Express12 (12-day delivery),or 15-Day (15-dayshipment.User-AdjustableWorksurfacesThis publication provides anoverview of the advantagesof applying user-adjustableworksurfaces with Steelcasefurniture systems. Adviceabout how adjustable-heightworksurfaces can savemoney is included alongwith planning informationand color photographs oftypical applications. Avisual overview of all useradjustableworksurfacesand the furniture they relateto is also included.Form number S10969.Surface MaterialsSurface MaterialsReference ManualThis publication provides:• An explanation of thesurface materials program•“Available on” matrices• Vertical surface fabricand seating upholsteryselection listing• Pricing for surfacematerials• Technical data for surfacematerials• Surface material care andcleaning instructionsSurface MaterialsFinishes Binderincludes:• Surface MaterialsReference Manual• A complete set of swatchcards for hard surfacesSurface MaterialsVertical Surface FabricBinder includes:• A complete set of swatchcards for vertical surfacefabricSurface MaterialsSeating UpholsteryBinder includes:• Designtex Graded-InCatalog• A complete set ofswatch cards forseating upholsterySurface MaterialsTool Box provides 3" x 3"samples of the followingsurface materials:• Vertical surface fabric• Seating upholstery• Wood veneer• Paint• LaminateForm number S8150Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM)Web site features fabrictest results for all COM fabricswhich have been testedby Steelcase and alsoallows you to calculateyardage requirements formost Steelcase seatinglines. The Web site willalways contain the mostcurrent information available,providing the sameinformation you wouldreceive if you called orfaxed a COM Consultant.To locate the COM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com• Click on “Tools & Insights”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”Computer ToolsComputer ToolsProductInfoProduct InfoElectronic versions of thisand many other specificationguides in Acrobat PDF(Portable DocumentFormat) allow you to scan,search, and print any pageon virtually any computer.You can access these filesat the Steelcase.com Website or My Sales Online atin2.Steelcase.com.Electronic CatalogAn electronic tool to helpusers generate completeand accurate quotationsand purchase orders. Theelectronic catalog runs onleading pc-based specificationprograms such asOnTrak and CAP ® ...Computer-AidedDesign SupportA collection of 2D and 3Dgraphic libraries is availableto help designers createfloor plans. The librarieswork with the following CADsoftware programs:AutoCad ® , Arris TM , DataCad ® ,GenericCADD ® , and Micro-Station ® . For more informationon these and otherthird-party computer tools,contact 616.246.4042.Context BuildingProduct Muscle (BPM)The Context BPM is a selfstudydesigned to improvethe competence and confidenceof people who dealwith Steelcase productsevery day. It contains informationon positioning, featuresand benefits,specifying, competitiveproducts, selling, and muchmore. Materials are availableon-line atlearning.steelcase.com.Select course code SAL125..SupportSteelcase CapabilitiesSteelcase products are distributed,installed, and servicedthrough a network ofmore than 600 dealersworldwide. Steelcase is alsorepresented with offices andcorporate showrooms in 26U.S. cities, four Canadiancities, and in France,Germany, Great Britain, andJapan. Every Steelcaseproduct meets our exceptionallyhigh standards ofquality and durability andcomes with the Steelcaseassurance of excellence inservice.For assistance, pleasecall your local dealer, theSteelcase SolutionsResource Team, or theSteelcase Solutions FulfilledTeam at 1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).Call the Steelcase SolutionsResource Team prior toplacing an order, whenworking on a bid, or whenyou need information aboutproduct applications andspecifications.Call the Steelcase SolutionsFulfilled Team if you havesubmitted an order toSteelcase and you need tospeak to your service representativeabout the order.Also call if you have anypost-shipment quality orwarranty concerns orservice parts questions.Outside the U.S.A.,Canada, Mexico, PuertoRico, and the U.S. VirginIslands, call 1.616.247.2500.For information aboutSteelcase, the name ofyour nearest Steelcasedealer, or for product literature,call 1.800.333.9939,or visit our Web site:www.steelcase.com..6 Context Specification Guide

...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Context Specification Guide 7Related ProductsRelated ProductsSteelcase and othermanufacturers produceproducts that are ideal touse with Context. Someof them are listed here,with details about how toget product literature.Details worktoolsinclude a full line ofergonomically designedproducts that enhances andimproves the work setting.Product platforms includecomputer support tools,organizational worktools,and personal lighting. Foradditional product information,contactDetails25 Ottawa Avenue SW4th Floor, Arena StationGrand Rapids, MI 49503Telephone 1.800.833.0411Fax 1.256.230.6551MontageCan be used to add privacyto Context. Or, use theMontage panel-mountedcomponents. Montageaesthetics complement theContext product.Montage Systems FurnitureSpecification Guide...............................................................................................................................................

8 Context Specification Guide

UnderstandingCore UnitsCore UnitsStatement of Line 10Core Unit Comparison 20Product DetailsCorner, Extended Corner, and ExtendedCorner Cove Core Units 22Corner and Extended Corner Core Units withAdjustable-Height Keyboard Surface 26Corner and Extended Corner Core Units withDual Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces 30Straight Core Units 34Straight Core Units with Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces 36Straight Aisle Privacy Core Units 40Transition Aisle Privacy Core Units 42Reception Core Unit with Countertop 46Transition Core Units 50Visitor and Bubble Visitor Core Units 52Spanner Tables 56Combi, Jetty, Bubble Jetty, and Enterprise Tables 58Round Tables 62Guidelines for Connecting Core Units 63Cable Tray Choices 64Cutouts and Passthroughs 65Context Specification Guide 9

Core UnitsStatement of LineTip: Dimension shown (“D”)equals distance from the edgeof the port to the closest pointon the Torus Edge curve.Understandingc Page 22Specifyingc Page 206Corner Core Units42"48"48"48"48"D 24"D 24" D 30" D 24"D42"30"48"48"48"48"24"1305 sq. in.D = 35 7 /8"24"1568 sq. in.D = 35 7 /8"24" 30"30"1712 sq. in.1712 sq. in.1820 sq. in.D = 40 5 /8"D = 40 5 /8"D = 44 3 /8"*Drawings and dimensionsshow left-hand units. Righthandunits are also available.Area is usable worksurfaceonly; it does not include port,accessory rail, or worksurfaceedge detail.10 Context Specification Guide

Core UnitsStatement of LineTip: Dimension shown (“D”)equals distance from the edgeof the port to the closest pointon the Torus Edge curve.Understandingc Page 22Specifyingc Pages 208–223Core UnitsExtended Corner Core Units*48"48"48"48"48"48"48"48"60"D24"66"D 24"D 24"D 24"D 30"D 30"D 30"D60"66"72"78"72"78"30"24"1830 sq. in.D = 35 7 /8"24"1961 sq. in.D = 35 7 /8"24"2093 sq. in.D = 35 7 /8"24"2224 sq. in.D = 35 7 /8"24"1974 sq. in.D = 40 5 /8"24"2105 sq. in.D = 40 5 /8"24"2237 sq. in.D = 40 5 /8"24"2368 sq. in.D = 40 5 /8"48"48"48"48"48"48"48"48"60"D 24"D 24"D 24"D 24"D 30"D 30"D 30"D66"60"66"72"78"72"78"30"30"2046 sq. in.D = 40 5 /8"30"2213 sq. in.D = 40 5 /8"30"2381 sq. in.D = 40 5 /8"30"2548 sq. in.D = 40 5 /8"30"2154 sq. in.D = 44 3 /8"30"2321 sq. in.D = 44 3 /8"30"2489 sq. in.D = 44 3 /8"30"2656 sq. in.D = 44 3 /8"Tip: Dimension shown (“D”)equals distance from the edgeof the port to the closest pointon the Torus Edge curve.Understandingc Page 22Specifyingc Pages 224–231Extended Corner Cove Core Units*60" 60" 72" 72"30" D42" 30" D 30" D42" 30" D48"48"24" 24" 24" 24"1722 sq. in.1849 sq. in.2049 sq. in.2177 sq. in.D = 33 7 /16"D = 33 7 /16"D = 33 7 /16"D = 33 7 /16"*Drawings and dimensionsshow left-hand units. Righthandunits are also available.Area is usable worksurfaceonly; it does not include port,accessory rail, or worksurfaceedge detail.Context Specification Guide cCore Units Statement of Line, continued 11

Core Units Statement of Line, continuedCorner AdjustableKeyboard UnitCorner DualAdjustable-Height UnitExtended CornerAdjustable Keyboard UnitUnderstandingc Pages 26–32Specifyingc Pages 232–245Adjustable-Height Corner and Extended Corner Core UnitsCorner Core Units with Adjustable-Height Keyboard Surface42"48"48"48"48"42"15%24" 24" 24"48"48"30"48"48"30"24" 24"A=887 sq. in.A=1077 sq. in.B=351 sq. in.B= 479 sq. in.24"A=1227 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.30"A=1227 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.30"A=1361 sq. in.B= 391 sq. in.Corner Core Units with Dual Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces42"48"48"48"48"54"42"15%24" 24" 24"48"48"30" 48"48"30"54"30"24" 24"A=883 sq. in.A=1073 sq. in.B=351 sq. in.B= 479 sq. in.24"A=1221 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.30"A=1221 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.30"A=1348 sq. in.B= 391 sq. in.30"A=1648 sq. in.B= 479 sq. in.Extended Corner Core Units with Adjustable-Height Keyboard Surface*48" 48"48"48"48"48"60"24" 24" 24"66" 72"78"24"60"15%30"66"30"24" 24"A=1338 sq. in.24"A=1469 sq. in.B= 479 sq. in.A=1601 sq. in.B= 479 sq. in.B= 479 sq. in.24"A=1732 sq. in.B= 479 sq. in.24"A=1498 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.24"A=1629 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.48"48"48" 48"48"48"72"30"78"30"60"24" 24"66" 72"24"78"24"24"A=1761 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.24"A=1892 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.30" 30"A=1563 sq. in.30"A=1730 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.A=1898 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.30"A=2065 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.48" 48"48"48"60"30" 30" 30"66" 72"78"30"*Drawings and dimensionsshow left-hand units. Righthandunits are also available.30" 30"A=1696 sq. in.30"A=1863 sq. in.B= 391 sq. in.A=2031 sq. in.B= 391 sq. in.B= 391 sq. in.A = Worksurface in square inchesB = Keyboard worksurface in square inches30"A=2198 sq. in.B= 391 sq. in.Area is usable worksurfaceonly; it does not include port,accessory rail, or worksurfaceedge detail.12 Context Specification Guide

Core UnitsStatement of LineCore UnitsExtended Corner DualAdjustable-Height UnitUnderstandingc Pages 26–32Specifyingc Pages 232–245Adjustable-Height Corner and Extended Corner Core Units, continuedExtended Corner Core Units with Dual Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces*42"42"42"42"42"42"60"24" 24"66" 72"24"60"30" 66"30" 72"30"24"A=1209 sq. in.B= 436 sq. in.24"A=1341 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.24"A=1472 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.24"A=1311 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.24"A=1443 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.24"A=1574 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.48" 48"48"48"48"48"60"24" 24" 24"66" 72"60"15%30"66"30"72"30"24" 24"A=1338 sq. in.24"A=1464 sq. in.B= 479 sq. in.A=1595 sq. in.B= 479 sq. in.B= 479 sq. in.24"A=1479 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.24"A=1810 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.24"A=1741 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.48" 48"48"48" 48"48"60"24" 24"66" 72"24"60"30" 30" 30"66" 72"30" 30"A=1550 sq. in.30"A=1717 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.A=1884 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.B= 438 sq. in.30" 30"A=1679 sq. in.30"A=1848 sq. in.B= 391 sq. in.A=2031 sq. in.B= 391 sq. in.B= 391 sq. in.*Drawings and dimensionsshow left-hand units. Righthandunits are also available.A = Worksurface in square inchesB = Keyboard worksurface in square inchesArea is usable worksurfaceonly; it does not include port,accessory rail, or worksurfaceedge detail.Context Specification Guide cCore Units Statement of Line, continued 13

Core Units Statement of Line, continuedUnderstandingc Page 34Specifyingc Pages 246–261Straight Core Units24"30"36"42"48"54"60"66"72"78"487 sq. in.614 sq. in. 742 sq. in. 870 sq. in. 998 sq. in. 1126 sq. in. 1254 sq. in. 1381 sq. in. 1509 sq. in. 1637 sq. in.24"30"630 sq. in. 794 sq. in. 958 sq. in. 1122 sq. in. 1286 sq. in. 1450 sq. in. 1614 sq. in. 1777 sq. in. 1941 sq. in. 2105 sq. in.Straight SingleAdjustable-Height UnitStraight DualAdjustable-Height UnitUnderstandingc Page 36Specifyingc Pages 262–265Adjustable-Height Straight Core UnitsStraight Core Units with Single Adjustable-Height Worksurface36" 42" 48" 54" 60" 66" 72"15%728 sq. in.859 sq. in. 990 sq. in. 1121 sq. in. 1252 sq. in. 1383 sq. in. 1514 sq. in.24"36" 42" 48" 54" 60" 66" 72"15%932 sq. in. 1099 sq. in. 1266 sq. in. 1433 sq. in. 1600 sq. in. 1766 sq. in. 1934 sq. in.30"Straight Core Units with Dual Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces42"15%A=654 sq. in.B=393 sq. in.48"A=816 sq. in.B=393 sq. in.48"A=816 sq. in.B=393 sq. in.54"A=983 sq. in.B=393 sq. in.54"A=983 sq. in.B=393 sq. in.60"A=1150 sq. in.B= 393 sq. in.60"A=1150 sq. in.B= 393 sq. in.30"Area is usable worksurfaceonly; it does not include port,accessory rail, or worksurfaceedge detail.66"66"66"72"72"72"30"A=1317 sq. in.B= 393 sq. in.A=1312 sq. in.B= 393 sq. in.A=1317 sq. in.B= 393 sq. in.A=1484 sq. in.B= 393 sq. in.A=1479 sq. in.B= 393 sq. in.A=1484 sq. in.B= 393 sq. in.A = Worksurface in square inchesB = Keyboard worksurface in square inches14 Context Specification Guide

Core UnitsStatement of LineCore UnitsUnderstandingc Page 40Specifyingc Pages 266–273Straight Aisle Privacy Core Units*24"30"36"42"48"54"60"66"72"78"437 sq. in.564 sq. in. 692 sq. in. 820 sq. in. 948 sq. in. 1076 sq. in. 1204 sq. in. 1331 sq. in. 1459 sq. in. 1587 sq. in.24"30"567 sq. in. 731 sq. in. 895 sq. in. 1059 sq. in. 1223 sq. in. 1387 sq. in. 1551 sq. in. 1714 sq. in. 1878 sq. in. 2042 sq. in.Understandingc Page 42Specifyingc Pages 274–277Transition Aisle Privacy Core Units*42" 48" 54" 60" 66" 72" 78"30" 24"989 sq. in. 1154 sq. in. 1319 sq. in. 1482 sq. in. 1647 sq. in. 1811 sq. in. 1975 sq. in.36" 30"1228 sq. in. 1429 sq. in. 1630 sq. in. 1829 sq. in. 2030 sq. in. 2230 sq. in. 2430 sq. in.*Drawings and dimensionsshow left-hand units. Righthandunits are also available.Area is usable worksurfaceonly; it does not include port,accessory rail, or worksurfaceedge detail.Context Specification Guide cCore Units Statement of Line, continued 15

Core Units Statement of Line, continuedUnderstandingc Page 46Specifyingc Page 278Reception Core Units with Countertop69"75"81"69"75"81"24"30"54"A=1031 sq. in.B= 987 sq. in.60"A=1147 sq. in.B=1084 sq. in.66"A=1269 sq. in.B=1182 sq. in.54"A=1355 sq. in.B= 987 sq. in.60"A=1507 sq. in.B=1084 sq. in.66"A=1665 sq. in.B=1182 sq. in.69"75"81"69"75"81"24"* * * 30" ** *54"A=1031 sq. in.B=1047 sq. in.60"A=1147 sq. in.B=1145 sq. in.66"A=1269 sq. in.B=1242 sq. in.54"A=1355 sq. in.B=1047 sq. in.60"A=1507 sq. in.B=1145 sq. in.66"A=1665 sq. in.B=1242 sq. in.69"75"81"69"75"81"24"30"54"A=1031 sq. in.B=1107 sq. in.60"A=1147 sq. in.B=1205 sq. in.A = Worksurface in square inchesB = Interaction worksurface in square inches66"A=1269 sq. in.B=1302 sq. in.54"A=1355 sq. in.B=1107 sq. in.60"A=1507 sq. in.B=1205 sq. in.66"A=1665 sq. in.B=1302 sq. in.Tip: Dimension shown (“D”)equals distance from the edgeof the port to the farthest pointon the Torus Edge curve.Understandingc Page 50Specifyingc Page 280Transition Core Units24" 30" 24" 30"D 24" D 24" D 30" D459 sq. inD = 20 15 /16"599 sq. in.D = 24 11 /16"599 sq. in.D = 24 11 /16"30"776 sq. in.D = 29 7 /16"16 Context Specification Guide

Core UnitsStatement of LineCore UnitsTip: Dimension shown (“D”)equals distance from the edgeof the port to the farthest pointon the Torus Edge curve.Understandingc Page 52Specifyingc Page 282Visitor and Bubble Visitor Core Units*24" 30" 30"30"30"D 24" D 24" D 30"30" D 24" 36"431 sq. in.D = 23 9 /16"575 sq. in.D = 26 7 /16"728 sq. in.D = 30 7 /16"36" 36"749 sq. in.D = 36 15 /16"D958 sq. in.D = 39 9 /16"30"Understandingc Page 56Specifyingc Page 284Spanner Tables48"60"48"60"30" 30"1120 sq. in. 1335 sq. in.36" 36"1415 sq. in. 1704 sq. in.*Drawings and dimensionsshow left-hand units. Righthandunits are also available.Area is usable worksurfaceonly; it does not include port,accessory rail, or worksurfaceedge detail.Context Specification Guide cCore Units Statement of Line, continued 17

Core Units Statement of Line, continuedUnderstandingc Page 58Specifyingc Page 286Combi Tables66"66"66"24"24"66"30"30"30"30"2649 sq. in. 2872 sq. in.66"66"78"24"24"78"30"30"30"30"2995 sq. in. 3218 sq. in.Understandingc Page 58Specifyingc Pages 288–291Jetty and Bubble Jetty Tables*48"48"48"30"30"66"24"78"24"78"30"48"24"30"54"60" 66"30"30"30"2181 sq. in. 2527 sq. in. 2638 sq. in.48"48"1388 sq. in. 1614 sq. in.*Drawings and dimensionsshow left-hand units. Righthandunits are also available.Area is usable worksurfaceonly; it does not include port,accessory rail, or worksurfaceedge detail.18 Context Specification Guide

Core UnitsStatement of LineCore UnitsUnderstandingc Page 58Specifyingc Page 292Enterprise Tables*48"24"45" 45"90" 24" 90"48"24"30"45"45"3129 sq. in. 3271 sq. in.Round TablesUnderstandingc Page 62Specifyingc Page 294Round Tables36" 42"48"54"952 sq. in. 1308 sq. in. 1721 sq. in. 2190 sq. in.*Drawings and dimensionsshow left-hand units. Righthandunits are also available.Area is usable worksurfaceonly; it does not include port,accessory rail, or worksurfaceedge detail.Context Specification Guide 19

Core Unit ComparisonCorner Core Units Extended Corner Extended Corner Straight Straight Aisleand Adjustable Core Units and Cove Units Core Units, Straight Privacy andCorner Core Units Adjustable Extended Single Adjustable- Transition AisleCorner Core UnitsHeight, and Straight Privacy Core UnitsDual Adjustable-Height UnitsConnections to Both ends can join Can be used indepen- Can be used indepen- Can be used indepen- Joins to one adjacentother core units adjacent units or one dently with two end dently with two end dently with two end core unit and termiendcan terminate a run supports, or both ends supports, or both ends supports, or both ends nates a run.with an end support. can join adjacent units, can join adjacent units, can join adjacent units,or one end can termi- or one end can termi- or one end can terminatea run with an end nate a run with an end nate a run with an endsupport. support. support.Orientation Non-handed versions Left-hand and right- Left-hand and right- Non-handed versions. Left-hand and rightandleft-hand and right- hand versions hand versions Dual adjustable-height hand versionshand versionsstraight units have aleft-hand, center, or righthandkeyboard position.Accessory rails Two on corner core unit Two on extended corner Two One on straight units. Twoand adjustable-height core units and keyboard- None on adjustablecorner core unit with adjustable units. No straight units.fixed-height monitor sur- accessory rails on dualface. No accessory rails adjustable-heighton adjustable-height extended corner units.corner core units with dualadjustable worksurfaces.Ports Three Three Three Two ThreeCable trays Two Two Two One TwoAccommodates No 72"W and 78"W accom- 72"W accommodates Pedestals and/or Pedestals and/orunder fixed (Use mobile pedestals) modate a pedestal a pedestal. Mobile lateral files. Use lateral files. Mobileworksurface and/or a lateral file. pedestals can be used. mobile pedestals pedestals can be used.storage Mobile pedestals can be under adjustable units.used for dual adjustableextended corner units.Supports over- Yes, but clearance is Yes, but clearance is Yes Yes, but clearance is Yeshead storage or reduced when monitor reduced when monitor reduced when monitorcolumn-mounted surface on adjustable- surface on adjustable- surface on adjustablescreensheight corner core unit height extended corner height core unit is raised.is raised.core unit is raised.Supports core- Yes Yes Yes Yes Yesmounted screensAccommodates Yes Yes Yes Yes YesInternodeAccommodates One or two One or two One or two One One or twoutility trunks orbaseplates20 Context Specification Guide

Core Unit ComparisonCore UnitsReception Transition Visitor and Spanner Tables Combi Tables Jetty, Bubble Jetty,Core Units Core Units Bubble Visitor Enterprise TablesCore UnitsCan be used Both ends must join to Joins to one adjacent Back edge joins two Both ends must join Joins to one adjacentindependently with adjacent core units. corner core unit and core units with inside to adjacent core units. core unit and termitwoend supports, or terminates run. supports that are back nates run.both ends can jointo back.adjacent units, or oneend can terminate arun with an end support.Non-handed Non-handed Left-hand and right- Non-handed Non-handed Left-hand and righthandversionshand versionsOne None One 8 1 ⁄2"W rail, centered One Oneon back edgeTwo One Two None Two TwoOne None One None One OneNo No No No No No(Use mobile pedestals) (Use mobile pedestals) (Use mobile pedestals)No No Yes No Yes YesNo No Yes No Yes YesYes Yes Yes Yes Yes YesOne None One None One OneContext Specification Guide 21

Corner, Extended Corner, and Extended Corner Cove Core UnitsCore units are freestandingcomponents that include aworksurface, supports, backpanel, and accommodationsfor cords and cables.cSpecifying, pages 206–231Removable port coverallows large cord or cableconnectors to pass throughthe worksurface.Accessory rail has holesfor inserting accessories.Cable tray below theaccess channel accommodatescord and cable routingand storage.Internode power modulescan be installed under theworksurface using a harnessto extend power withinand between core units.Inside support must beconnected to an adjacentinside support. A notchallows cords and cables topass between cable traysin adjoining core units.Back panel leaves a5 1 ⁄2"H space to accommodatea single or doubleutility trunk or baseplate.Baseplate, optional,closes the space below theback panel when a utilitytrunk is not used. Or youcan leave the space open.Baseplate recesses underback panel 3 ⁄4".Actual DimensionsWorksurface height 28 1 ⁄2"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4"Inside support depth 9 5 ⁄8"End support depth 21 1 ⁄8" or 27 1 ⁄8"Support thickness 1 5 ⁄8"Back panel height 23"Back panel thickness 1"Baseplate thickness 3 ⁄4". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4"Port is used to attach overheadcabinets, shelves,screens, countertops, orport-mounted utility pole.Lower column providesvertical channel to carrycords and cables from utilitytrunk to the worksurface.End support providesa flush termination at theexposed end of a core unit.Leveling glides adjust toinstall core units on unevenfloors.Worksurface is 28 1 ⁄2"Hand has a wood core.Access channel providesa continuous slot forcords and cables. Flexiblechannel guard keeps outdirt and holds cords andcables in place.Double or single utilitytrunks can be installedin the space below theback panel to distributepower within and betweenworkstations..22 Context Specification Guide

Corner, Extended Corner,and Extended Corner CoveCore Units.Product DetailsCorner core unit is thestarting point for buildingworkstations.Extended corner coreunit provides a longercorner worksurface.Dual adjustable-heightcorner core units withvariable-height worksurfacesare available.cPage 30Extended corner covecore unit allows smallerfootprint planning becauseof its concave cornertopshape. Depth of worksurfaceis adequate to accommodatecomputer terminalin corner.Left- and right-handedversions of extended cornercore units and extendedcorner cove core units areavailable..Torus edge on worksurfacecombines a steppeddetail with a radius edge..ConnectionsCorner core units cannotbe connected in transverseconfigurations.Column-mountedcomponents, such asoverhead cabinets, shelves,screens, and countertops,attach to core units at ports.Tip: Clearance between theworksurface and the bottomof overhead storage is 19 1 ⁄4".cPages 104–109Corner core-mountedscreens attach to coreunits to provide privacy.Tip: Screen socket coverconceals the screenconnection.cPage 142Core unit connectionsalways require an insidesupport. End supportscannot be used to joincore units. Inside supportscannot be used to terminatea workstation..Wiring & CablingInternode componentsprovide external routing andaccess to receptacles andcommunication outlets onthe underside and top ofworksurfaces.cPage 162Passthroughs are availableas an option to allowInternode harnesses andcommunication cables topass through back panelsand end supports. Whenpassthroughs are specified,two passthroughs willalways be provided.cPage 65Back panel cutoutis available as an optionon most core units. Thecutout allows access towall outlets.cPage 65Double or single utilitytrunks form the powernetwork in the base of coreunits. Use single utility trunkto serve one workstation.Use double utility trunk toserve back-to-back workstations.Tip: Double utility trunkextends 1 1 ⁄2" outside theworkstation footprint whennot used between two backto-backworkstations.cPages 172, 176Cords and cablescan be routed through theaccess channel, cabletrays, ports, lower columns,and passthrough options..Cable tray below theaccess channel accommodatescord and cable routingand storage.9"Add-on cable tray isavailable to expand capacityat any time. It attaches tostandard tray without toolsand has holes to accommodatecable tie-down straps.Tip: Add-on cable tray isnot acceptable for use in LosAngeles.cPage 64Lower column providesvertical channels to carryInternode harnesses. It alsocarries cords and cablesfrom the utility trunk to theworksurface.Tip: Column cover isremovable to facilitate cablerouting and to make it easyto attach utility trunks andupper columns of overheadstorage and screens..Core UnitsContext Specification Guide cCorner, Extended Corner, and Extended Corner Cove Core Units, continued 23

Corner, Extended Corner, and Extended Corner Cove Core Units, continued.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPage 192.Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• LaminateTip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the laminate.cPage 427cSee page 431 fordirectional laminateillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428• Wood veneer (option)cSee page 432 forwood veneer directionillustrations.• Customiz stain (option onwood).Application TopicsPedestals and lateralfiles fit below theworksurface.cPages 110–115Core Unit File FitcPages 130–135Guidelines forConnecting Core UnitscPage 63...24 Context Specification Guide

Corner, Extended Corner,and Extended Corner CoveCore UnitsCore UnitsContext Specification Guide 25

Corner and Extended Corner Core Units withAdjustable-Height Keyboard SurfaceCorner and extendedcorner core units withadjustable keyboardsurfaces are freestandingcomponents that includetwo worksurfaces, supports,back panels, and accommodationsfor cords and cables.These core units are availablewith a fixed-heightmonitor surface and anadjustable-height keyboardsurface.cSpecifying, pages 232–241Accessory rail has holesfor inserting accessories.Internode power modulescan be installed under theworksurface using a harnessto extend power withinand between core units.Inside support must beconnected to an adjacentinside support. A notchallows cords and cables topass between cable traysin adjoining core units.Keyboard surface has apull release under left sidefor adjustment.Back panel leaves a5 1 ⁄2"H space to accommodatea single or doubleutility trunk or baseplate.Baseplate, optional,closes the space below theback panel when a utilitytrunk is not used. Or youcan leave the space open.Baseplate recesses underback panel 3 ⁄4".Actual DimensionsFixed monitor surface height 28 1 ⁄2"Keyboard surface travel+5" or -5" from selected monitor surface heightWorksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4"Inside support depth on adjustable 9 5 ⁄8"keyboard unitConference support depth 7 7 ⁄8"End support depth 21 1 ⁄8" or 27 1 ⁄8"Support thickness 1 5 ⁄8"Back panel height 23"Back panel thickness 1"Base plate thickness 3 ⁄4". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4"Removable port coverallows large cord or cableconnectors to pass throughthe worksurface.Monitor surfacePort is used to attach overheadcabinets, shelves,screens, countertops, orport-mounted utility pole.Conference supportprovides termination at keyboardend of worksurface.Worksurface levelingglides adjust to installunits on uneven floors.End support providesa flush termination atthe exposed end of anadjustable-height cornercore unit.Access channel providesa continuous slot forcords and cables. Flexiblechannel guard keeps outdirt and holds cords andcables in place.Single or double utilitytrunk can be installedin the space below theback panel to distributepower within and betweenworkstations..26 Context Specification Guide

Corner and Extended CornerCore Units with Adjustable-Height Keyboard Surface.Product Details1"One-inch space separateskeyboard and monitorsurfaces to accommodatecord and cable passageand to prevent pinching.Accessory rail is availableonly on the cornercore unit with a fixed-heightmonitor surface. Rail hasholes to accept accessories.Torus edge combines astepped detail with a radiusedge.ConnectionsCorner core units cannotbe connected in transverseconfigurations.24"30"Visitor core units canbe attached to 24"D and30"D keyboard-adjustableunits with fixed monitorsurface.Inside supports canjoin adjacent units, or oneend can terminate a runwith an end or conferencesupport.Core unit connectionsalways require an insidesupport. End supports cannotbe used to join coreunits. Inside supports cannotbe used to terminate aworkstation.Column-mountedcomponents, such asoverhead cabinets, shelves,screens, and countertops,attach to core units at ports.Tip: Clearance between theworksurface and the bottomof overhead storage is 19 1 ⁄4".cPages 104–109Corner core-mountedscreens attach to coreunits to provide privacy.Tip: Screen socket coverconceals the screenconnection.cPage 142..Wiring & CablingInternode componentsprovide external routing andaccess to receptacles andcommunication outlets onthe underside and top ofworksurfaces.cPage 162Passthroughs are availableas an option to allowInternode harnesses andcommunication cables topass through back panelsand end supports. Whenpassthroughs are specified,two passthroughs willalways be provided.cPage 65Back panel cutoutis available as an optionon most core units. Thecutout allows access towall outlets.cPage 65Double and single utilitytrunks form the powernetwork in the base ofcore units. Use single utilitytrunk to serve one workstation.Use double utility trunkto serve back-to-backworkstations.Tip: Double utility trunkextends 1 1 ⁄2" outside theworkstation footprint whennot used between two backto-backworkstations.cPages 172, 176Cords and cables canbe routed through theaccess channel, cabletrays, ports, lower columns,and passthrough options..Cable tray below theaccess channel accommodatescord and cable routingand storage.9"Add-on cable tray isavailable to expand capacityat any time. It attaches tostandard tray, without toolsand has holes to accommodatecable tie-down straps.Tip: Add-on cable tray isnot acceptable for use in LosAngeles.cPage 64Lower column providesvertical channels to carryInternode harnesses. It alsocarries cords and cablesfrom the utility trunk to theworksurface.Tip: Column cover isremovable to facilitate cablerouting and to make it easyto attach utility trunks andupper columns of overheadstorage and screens.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPage 192.Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• LaminateTip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the laminate.cPage 427cSee page 431 fordirectional laminateillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428Basic structure• PaintBack panels• Paint (standard)Port and screen covers• Grotto plastic• Cobblestone plastic.Core UnitsContext Specification Guide cCorner and Extended Corner Core Units with Adjustable-Height Keyboard Surface, continued 27

28 Context Specification GuideCorner and Extended Corner Core Units with Adjustable-Height Keyboard Surface, continued..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Application TopicsKeyboard adjustableheightcore units canaccommodate pedestals.Mobile pedestals can alsobe used.cPage 110Core Unit File FitcPages 130–135Guidelines forConnecting Core UnitscPage 63Keyboard shelf is largeenough to accommodateboth a standard keyboardand a mouse pad.WorksurfaceDimensions42 5 /8"48" 48"24"24"60", 66",72", or78"12"26 7 /8"39 1 /4"48"24"30"12"29 3 /4"39 1 /4"48"24"30"12"29 3 /4"42" 42"24" 24"11"34 3 /8"24 3 /8"48"60", 66",72", or78"48"60", 66",72", or78"60", 66",72", or78"36"48"12"35 1 /4"30"30"48"

Corner and Extended CornerCore Units with Adjustable-Height Keyboard SurfaceCore UnitsContext Specification Guide 29

Corner and Extended Corner Core Units withDual Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesDual adjustable-heightcorner core units arefreestanding componentsthat include two worksurfaces,end supports, backpanels, and accommodationsfor cords and cables.cSpecifying, pages242–245End support providesa flush termination atthe exposed end of anadjustable-height cornercore unit. End support canbe connected to an adjacentinside support. An integralopening allows cordsand cables to pass betweencable trays in adjoining coreunits.Internode power modulesmust be installed to theunderside of the cable traybecause of adjustable monitorsurface. Use a harnessto extend power within andbetween core units.Keyboard surface has apull release under left sidefor adjustment.Back panel leaves a5 1 ⁄2"H space to accommodatea single or doubleutility trunk or baseplate.Baseplate, optional,closes the space below theback panel when a utilitytrunk is not used. Or youcan leave the space open.Baseplate recesses underback panel 3 ⁄4".Actual DimensionsAdjustable monitor surface height 26" to 39" above or below the 28 1 ⁄2" overall heightKeyboard surface travel+5" or -5" from selected monitor surface heightWorksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4"End support depth 13 5 ⁄8" or 19 5 ⁄8"Support thickness 1 5 ⁄8"Back panel height 23"Back panel thickness 1"Base plate thickness 3 ⁄4". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4"Removable port coverallows large cord or cableconnectors to pass throughthe worksurface.Port is used to attachscreens or port-mountedutility pole.Monitor surface adjustselectrically.Leveling glides adjustto install units on unevenfloors.Access channel providesa continuous slot forcords and cables. Flexiblechannel guard keeps outdirt and holds cords andcables in place.Single or double utilitytrunk can be installedin the space below theback panel to distributepower within and betweenworkstations..30 Context Specification Guide

Corner and ExtendedCorner Core Units withDual Adjustable-HeightWorksurfaces.Product DetailsMonitor surface on 42"x 42" and 48" x 48" cornerunits supports up to 100pounds of computer equipmentwithout affecting easeof adjustment. Monitor surfaceon 54" x 54" cornerunits and all extended cornerunits supports up to160 pounds of computerequipment without affectingease of adjustment.Keyboard surface supportsup to 20 pounds.Pendant raises or lowersthe monitor surface. Thependant is similar to a computermouse and can beplaced anywhere on theworksurface.For operating instructions,call 1.888.STEELCASE.1"One-inch space separateskeyboard and monitorsurfaces and adjacent worksurfacesto accommodatecord and cable passageand to prevent pinching.Torus edge combines astepped detail with a radiusedge..ConnectionsCorner core units cannotbe connected in transverseconfigurations.Extended corner dualadjustable-height coreunits can be used as a singleunit workstation whenclustered.Bubble visitor andfanned visitor coreunits can be connectedto a dual adjustable-heightcore unit if the supportcolumn is used.End SupportEnd supports aredesigned to join an adjacentunit or terminate a run.Column-mountedcomponents, such asoverhead cabinets, shelves,and screens, attach to coreunits at ports.Tip: Clearance between theworksurface and the bottomof overhead storage is 19 1 ⁄4"when monitor surface is at28 1 ⁄2"H. Clearance fluctuateswhen worksurfaceheight is adjusted higheror lower.cPages 104–109Corner core-mountedscreens attach to coreunits to provide privacy.Tip: Screen socket coverconceals the screenconnection.cPage 142.Wiring & CablingPower drawn by motorfor electric unit is approximately0.41 amps. Electricalcord is 6'.Internode componentsprovide external routing andaccess to receptacles andcommunication outlets onthe underside of cable tray.cPage 162Double and single utilitytrunks form the powernetwork in the base ofcore units. Use single utilitytrunk to serve one workstation.Use double utility trunkto serve back-to-backworkstations.Tip: Double utility trunkextends 1 1 ⁄2" outside theworkstation footprint whennot used between two backto-backworkstations.cPages 172, 176Cords and cables canbe routed through theaccess channel, cabletrays, ports, lower columns,and passthrough options.Passthroughs are availableas an option to allowInternode harnesses andcommunication cables topass through back panels.When passthroughs arespecified, two passthroughswill always be provided.cPage 65.Enlarged cable traybelow the access channelaccommodates cord andcable routing and storage.Holes in center of cable trayallow for attachment ofInternode power module.Add-on cable traycannot be used with dualadjustablecorner core units.Lower column providesvertical channels to carryInternode harnesses. It alsocarries cords and cablesfrom the utility trunk to theworksurface.Tip: Column cover isremovable to facilitate cablerouting and to make it easyto attach utility trunks andupper columns of overheadstorage and screens.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPage 192.Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• LaminateTip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the laminate.cPage 427cSee page 431 fordirectional laminateillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428Basic structure• PaintPort and screen covers• Grotto plastic• Cobblestone plastic.Core UnitsContext Specification Guide cCorner and Extended Corner Core Units with Dual Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces, continued 31

32 Context Specification GuideCorner and Extended Corner Core Units with Dual Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces, continued..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Application TopicsDual adjustable-heightcore units do not accommodatepedestals or lateralfiles. Mobile pedestals canbe used.cPage 112Guidelines forConnecting Core UnitscPage 63Keyboard shelf is largeenough to accommodateboth a standard keyboardand a mouse pad.WorksurfaceDimensions42 5 /8"48" 48"24"24"12"26 7 /8"39 1 /4"48"24"30"12"29 3 /4"39 1 /4"48"24"30"12"29 3 /4"36"48"12"35 1 /4"30"30"42" 42"24" 24"11"34 3 /8"24 3 /8"30" 30"12"42 5 /8"35 1 /4"54" 54"60", 66",or 72"48"60", 66",or 72"48"60", 66",or 72"48"60", 66",or 72"

Corner and ExtendedCorner Core Units withDual Adjustable-HeightWorksurfacesCore UnitsContext Specification Guide 33

Straight Core UnitsStraight core unitextends the workstationor can be used alone.cSpecifying, pages246–261Accessory rail has holesfor inserting rail-mountedaccessories.Removable port coverallows large cord or cableconnectors to pass throughthe worksurface.Internode power modulescan be installed under theworksurface using a harnessto extend power withinand between core units.Inside support must beconnected to an adjacentinside support. A notchallows cords and cables topass between cable trays inadjoining core units.Worksurface is 28 1 ⁄2"Hand has a wood core.Back panel leaves a5 1 ⁄2"H space to accommodatea single or double utilitytrunk or baseplate.Actual DimensionsWorksurface height 28 1 ⁄2"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4"Inside support depth 9 5 ⁄8"End support depth 21 1 ⁄8" or 27 1 ⁄8"Support thickness 1 5 ⁄8"Back panel height 23"Back panel thickness 1"Baseplate thickness 3⁄4". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4"Port is used to attach overheadcabinets, shelves,screens, countertops, orport-mounted utility pole.End support provides aflush termination at theexposed end of a core unit.Leveling glides adjust toinstall core units on unevenfloors.Access channel providesa continuous slot forcords and cables. Flexiblechannel guard keeps outdirt and holds cords andcables in place.Double or single utilitytrunks can be installedin the space below theback panel to distributepower within and betweenworkstations.Baseplate, optional,closes the space below theback panel when a utilitytrunk is not used. Or youcan leave the space open.Baseplate recesses underback panel 3 ⁄4"..34 Context Specification Guide

Straight Core Units.Product DetailsStraight core units arenon-handed.Torus edge combines astepped detail with a radiusedge.ConnectionsStraight core unitscannot be connected intransverse configurations.Straight core units cannotbe joined in an L-shapedconfiguration. Use a cornercore unit to form an “L.”Column-mounted components,such as overheadcabinets, shelves,screens, and countertops,attach to core units at ports.Tip: Clearance between theworksurface and the bottomof overhead storage is 19 1 ⁄4".cPages 104–109Straight core-mountedscreens attach to coreunits to provide privacy.Tip: Screen socket coverconceals the screenconnection.cPage 142Core unit connectionsalways require an insidesupport. End supportscannot be used to joincore units. Inside supportscannot be used to terminatea workstation.Wiring & CablingInternode componentsprovide external routing andaccess to receptacles andcommunication outlets onthe underside and top ofworksurfaces.cPage 162Passthroughs are availableas an option to allowInternode harnesses andcommunication cables topass through back panelsand end supports. Whenpassthroughs are specified,two passthroughs willalways be provided.cPage 65Back panel cutoutis available as an optionon most core units. Thecutout allows access towall outlets.cPage 65..Double or single utilitytrunks form the powernetwork in the base ofcore units. Use single utilitytrunk to serve one workstation.Use double utility trunkto serve back-to-backworkstations.Tip: Double utility trunkextends 1 1 ⁄2" outside theworkstation footprint whennot used between two backto-backworkstations.cPages 172, 176Cords and cables canbe routed through theaccess channel, cable tray,ports, lower columns, andpassthrough options.Cable tray below theaccess channel accommodatescord and cable routingand storage.9"Add-on cable tray isavailable to expand capacityat any time. It attaches tostandard tray without toolsand has holes to accommodatecable tie-down straps.Tip: Add-on cable tray isnot acceptable for use in LosAngeles.cPage 64.Lower column providesvertical channels to carryInternode harnesses. It alsocarries cords and cablesfrom the utility trunk to theworksurface.Tip: Column cover isremovable to facilitate cablerouting and to make it easyto attach utility trunks andupper columns of overheadstorage and screens.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPage 192.Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• LaminateTip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the laminate.cPage 427cSee page 431 fordirectional laminateillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428• Wood veneer (option)cSee page 432 forwood veneer directionillustrations.• Customiz stain (option onwood)Basic structure• PaintBack panels• Paint (standard)Port and screen covers• Grotto plastic• Cobblestone plasticApplication TopicsPedestals and lateralfiles fit below theworksurface.cPages 110–115Core Unit File FitcPages 130–135Guidelines forConnecting Core UnitscPage 63.Core UnitsContext Specification Guide 35

Straight Core Units with Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesAdjustable-heightstraight core units arefreestanding componentsthat include one or two worksurfaces,supports, backpanels, and accommodationsfor cords and cables.cSpecifying, pages262–265Internode power modulesmust be installed to theunderside of the cable traybecause of adjustable monitorsurface. Use a harnessto extend power within andbetween core units.End support providesa flush termination atthe exposed end of anadjustable-height straightcore unit. End support canbe connected to an adjacentinside support. An integralopening allows cordsand cables to pass betweencable trays in adjoining coreunits.Keyboard surface has apull release under left sidefor adjustment.Back panel leaves a5 1 ⁄2"H space to accommodatea single or doubleutility trunk or baseplate.Single or double utilitytrunk can be installedin the space below theback panel to distributepower within and betweenworkstations.Actual DimensionsAdjustable monitor surface height 26" to 39" above or below the 28 1 ⁄2" overall heightKeyboard surface travel+5" or -5" from selected monitor surface heightWorksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4"End support depth, single adjustable 19 5 ⁄8"End support depth, dual adjustable 13 5 ⁄8" or 19 5 ⁄8"Support thickness 1 5 ⁄8"Back panel height 23"Back panel thickness 1"Base plate thickness 3⁄4". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4"Removable port coverallows large cord or cableconnectors to pass throughthe worksurface.Monitor surface adjustselectrically.Leveling glides adjustto install units on unevenfloors.Port is used to attachscreens or port-mountedutility pole.Access channel providesa continuous slot forcords and cables. Flexiblechannel guard keeps outdirt and holds cords andcables in place.Baseplate, optional,closes the space below theback panel when a utilitytrunk is not used. Or youcan leave the space open.Baseplate recesses underback panel 3 ⁄4"..36 Context Specification Guide

Straight Core Unitswith Adjustable-HeightWorksurfaces.Product DetailsMonitor surface ondual-adjustable straightunits supports up to 100pounds of computer equipmentwithout affectingease of adjustment.Monitor surface on single-adjustablestraight unitssupports up to 120 pounds.Keyboard surface supportsup to 20 pounds andis available positioned lefthand,center, or right-hand.Pendant raises or lowersthe monitor surface. Thependant is similar to a computermouse and can beplaced anywhere on theworksurface.1"One-inch space separateskeyboard and monitorsurfaces to accommodatecord and cable passageand to prevent pinching.Torus edge combines astepped detail with a radiusedge..ConnectionsStraight core units cannotbe connected in transverseconfigurations.Straight core unitscannot be joined in an L-shaped configuration. Usea corner core unit to forman “L”.End SupportEnd supports aredesigned to join an adjacentunit or terminate a run.Column-mountedcomponents, such asoverhead cabinets, shelves,and screens, attach to coreunits at ports.Tip: Clearance between theworksurface and the bottomof overhead storage is 19 1 ⁄4"when monitor surface is at28 1 ⁄2"H. Clearance fluctuateswhen worksurface height isadjusted higher or lower.cPages 104–109Straight core-mountedscreens attach to coreunits to provide privacy.Tip: Screen socket coverconceals the screenconnection.cPage 142.Wiring & CablingPower drawn by motorfor electric unit is approximately0.41 amps. Electricalcord is 6’.Internode componentsprovide external routing andaccess to receptacles andcommunication outlets onthe underside of cable tray.cPage 162Passthroughs are availableas an option to allowInternode harnesses andcommunication cables topass through back panels.When passthroughs arespecified, two passthroughswill always be provided.cPage 65Double and single utilitytrunks form the powernetwork in the base ofcore units. Use single utilitytrunk to serve one workstation.Use double utility trunkto serve back-to-backworkstations.Tip: Double utility trunkextends 1 1 ⁄2" outside theworkstation footprint whennot used between two backto-backworkstations.cPages 172, 176Cords and cables canbe routed through theaccess channel, cabletrays, ports, lower columns,and passthrough options..Enlarged cable traybelow the access channelaccommodates cord andcable routing and storage.Holes in center of cable trayallow for attachment ofInternode power module.Add-on cable traycannot be used with dualadjustablecore units.Lower column providesvertical channels to carryInternode harnesses. It alsocarries cords and cablesfrom the utility trunk to theworksurface.Tip: Column cover isremovable to facilitate cablerouting and to make it easyto attach utility trunks andupper columns of overheadstorage and screens.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago and NewYork City have specialrequirements.cPage 192.Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• LaminateTip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the laminate.cPage 427cSee page 431 fordirectional laminateillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428Basic structure• PaintBack panels• Paint (standard)Port and screen covers• Grotto plastic• Cobblestone plastic.Core UnitsContext Specification Guide cStraight Core Units with Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces, continued 37

38 Context Specification GuideStraight Core Units with Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces, continued..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Application TopicsAdjustable-height coreunits do not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Mobile pedestals can beused.cPage 112Guidelines forConnecting Core UnitscPage 63Keyboard shelf is largeenough to accommodateboth a standard keyboardand a mouse pad.WorksurfaceDimensions36",42",48",54",60",66", or 72"66", or 72"24"or30"30"30"42",48",54",60",66", or 72"10"D10"D42"W42"W

Straight Core Unitswith Adjustable-HeightWorksurfacesCore UnitsContext Specification Guide 39

Straight Aisle Privacy Core UnitsStraight aisle privacycore units terminate a runof core units.cSpecifying, pages266–273Accessory rail has holesfor inserting rail-mountedaccessories.Internode power modulescan be installed under theworksurface using a harnessto extend power withinand between core units.Inside support must beconnected to an adjacentinside support. A notchallows cords and cables topass between cable trays inadjoining core units.Worksurface is 28 1 ⁄2"Hand has a wood core.Back panel leaves a5 1 ⁄2"H space to accommodatea single or double utilitytrunk or baseplate.Actual DimensionsWorksurface height 28 1 ⁄2"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4"Inside support depth 9 5 ⁄8"Inside support thickness 1 5 ⁄8"Conference support 7 3 ⁄4"Conference support thickness 1 1 ⁄2"Back panel height 23"Back panel thickness 1"Baseplate thickness 3⁄4". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4"Port is used to attach overheadcabinets, shelves,screens, countertops, orport-mounted utility pole.Conference supportprovides stability withoutobstructing kneespace.Leveling glides adjust toinstall core units on unevenfloors.Removable port coverallows large cord or cableconnectors to pass throughthe worksurface.Access channel providesa continuous slot forcords and cables. Flexiblechannel guard keeps outdirt and holds cords andcables in place.Double or single utilitytrunks can be installedin the space below theback panel to distributepower within and betweenworkstations.Baseplate, optional,closes the space below theback panel when a utilitytrunk is not used. Or youcan leave the space open.Baseplate recesses underback panel 3 ⁄4"..40 Context Specification Guide

Straight Aisle PrivacyCore Units.Product DetailsLeft- and right-handversions are available.Straight aisle privacycore unit provides smallerfootprint planning because itoffers the functions of a cornercore, ends a run, andprovides for storage in lessspace.Torus edge combines astepped detail with a radiusedge.ConnectionsStraight aisle privacycore units are designedto be connected to an adjacentcore unit and terminatea run.Straight aisle privacycore units cannot beconnected in transverseconfigurations.Column-mounted components,such as overheadcabinets, shelves,screens, and countertops,attach to core units at ports.Tip: Clearance betweenthe worksurface and the bottomof overhead storage is19 1 ⁄4".cPages 104–109Corner core-mountedscreens attach to coreunits to provide privacy.Tip: Screen socket coverconceals the screenconnection.cPage 142.Wiring & CablingInternode componentsprovide external routing andaccess to receptacles andcommunication outlets onthe underside and top ofworksurfaces.cPage 162Passthroughs are availableas an option to allowInternode harnesses andcommunication cables topass through back panelsand end supports. Whenpassthroughs are specified,two passthroughs willalways be provided.cPage 65Back panel cutoutis available as an optionon most core units. Thecutout allows access towall outlets.cPage 65Double or single utilitytrunks form the powernetwork in the base ofcore units. Use single utilitytrunk to serve one workstation.Use double utility trunkto serve back-to-backworkstations.Tip: Double utility trunkextends 1 1 ⁄2" outside theworkstation footprint whennot used between two backto-backworkstations.cPages 172, 176Cords and cables canbe routed through theaccess channel, cable tray,ports, lower columns, andpassthrough options..Cable tray below theaccess channel accommodatescord and cable routingand storage.9"Add-on cable tray isavailable to expand capacityat any time. It attaches tostandard tray without toolsand has holes to accommodatecable tie-down straps.Tip: Add-on cable tray isnot acceptable for use in LosAngeles.cPage 64Lower column providesvertical channels to carryInternode harnesses. It alsocarries cords and cablesfrom the utility trunk to theworksurface.Tip: Column cover isremovable to facilitate cablerouting and to make it easyto attach utility trunks andupper columns of overheadstorage and screens.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment..Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPage 192Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• LaminateTip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the laminate.cPage 427cSee page 431 fordirectional laminateillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428• Wood veneer (option)cSee page 432 forwood veneer directionillustrations.• Customiz stain (option onwood)Basic structure• PaintBack panels• Paint (standard)Port and screen covers• Grotto plastic• Cobblestone plastic.Application TopicsPedestals and lateralfiles fit below theworksurface.cPages 110–115Core Unit File FitcPages 130–135Guidelines forConnecting Core UnitscPage 63.Core UnitsContext Specification Guide 41

Transition Aisle Privacy Core UnitsTransition aisle privacycore units terminate a runof core units and providespace to spread outpaperwork.cSpecifying, pages 274–277Accessory rail hasholes for insertingaccessories.Internode power modulescan be installed under theworksurface using a harnessto extend power withinand between core units.Inside support must beconnected to an adjacentinside support. Notch allowscords and cables to passbetween cable trays inadjoining core units.Worksurfaces are28 1 ⁄2"H and have a woodcore.Port is used to attach overheadcabinets, shelves,screens, countertops, orport-mounted utility pole.Actual DimensionsWorksurface height 28 1 ⁄2"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4"Inside support depth 9 5 ⁄8"End support depth 21 1 ⁄8" or 27 1 ⁄8"Inside support thickness 1 5 ⁄8"Conference support width 7 3 ⁄4"Conference support thickness 1 1 ⁄2"Back panel height 23"Back panel thickness 1"Baseplate thickness 3 ⁄4". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4"Access channel providesa continuous slot forcords and cables. Flexiblechannel guard keeps outdirt and holds cords andcables in place.Conference supportprovides stability withoutobstructing kneespace.Leveling glides adjust toinstall core units on unevenfloors.Removable port coverallows large cord and cableconnectors to pass throughthe worksurface.Back panel leaves a5 1 ⁄2"H space to accommodatea single or double utilitytrunk or baseplate.Double and single utilitytrunks can be installedin the space below theback panel to distributepower within and betweenworkstations.Baseplates, optional,close the space below theback panel when a utilitytrunk is not used. Or youcan leave the space open.Baseplate recesses underback panel 3 ⁄4"..42 Context Specification Guide

Transition Aisle PrivacyCore Units.Product DetailsLeft- and right-handversions are available.Transition aisle privacycore unit provides smallerfootprint planning because itoffers the functions of a cornercore, ends a run, andprovides for storage in lessspace.Worksurface providesa 6" transition in depthbetween ends.6"Torus edge combines astepped detail with a radiusedge..ConnectionsTransition aisle privacycore units are designedto be connected to an adjacentcore unit and to terminatea run.Transition aisle privacycore units cannot beconnected in transverseconfigurations.Column-mountedcomponents, such asoverhead cabinets, shelves,screens, and countertops,attach to core units at ports.Tip: Clearance between theworksurface and the bottomof overhead storage is 191⁄4".cPages 104–109Corner core-mountedscreens attach to coreunits to provide privacy.Tip: Screen socket coverconceals the screenconnection.cPage 142.Wiring & CablingInternode componentsprovide external routing andaccess to receptacles andcommunication outlets onthe underside and top ofworksurfaces.cPage 162Passthroughs are availableas an option to allowInternode harnesses andcommunication cables topass through back panelsand end supports. Whenpassthroughs are specified,two passthroughs willalways be provided.cPage 65Back panel cutoutis available as an optionon most core units. Thecutout allows access towall outlets.cPage 65Double or single utilitytrunk forms the power networkin the base of coreunits. Use a single utilitytrunk to serve one workstation.Use a double utilitytrunk to serve back-to-backworkstations.Tip: Double utility trunkextends 1 1 ⁄2" outside theworkstation footprint whennot used between two backto-backworkstations.cPages 172, 176Cords and cables canbe routed through theaccess channel, cabletrays, ports, lower columns,and passthrough options..Cable tray below theaccess channel accommodatescord and cable routingand storage.9"Add-on cable tray isavailable to expand capacityat any time. It attaches tostandard tray without toolsand has holes to accommodatecable tie-down straps.Tip: Add-on cable tray isnot acceptable for use in LosAngeles.cPage 64Lower column providesvertical channels to carryInternode harnesses. It alsocarries cords and cablesfrom the utility trunk to theworksurface.Tip: Column cover isremovable to facilitate cablerouting and to make it easyto attach utility trunks andupper columns of overheadstorage and screens..Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPage 192.Core UnitsContext Specification Guide cTransition Aisle Privacy Core Units, continued 43

Transition Aisle Privacy Core Units, continued.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• LaminateTip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the laminate.cPage 427cSee page 431 fordirectional laminateillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428• Wood veneer (option)cSee page 432 forwood veneer directionillustrations.• Customiz stain (option onwood)Basic structure• PaintBack panels• Paint (standard)Port and screen covers• Grotto plastic• Cobblestone plastic.Application TopicsPedestals and lateralfiles fit below theworksurface.cPages 110–115Core Unit File FitcPages 130–135Guidelines forConnecting Core UnitscPage 63....44 Context Specification Guide

Transition Aisle PrivacyCore UnitsCore UnitsContext Specification Guide 45

Reception Core Unit with CountertopReception core unitsprovide a specific spacefor visitors to make contactwith a receptionist or unitsecretary. Originally createdfor use in healthcarefacilities, they are alsosuitable for general officeapplications.cSpecifying, page 278Worksurface is 28 1 ⁄2"Hand has a wood core.Internode power modulescan be installed under theworksurface using a harnessto extend power withinand between core units.Access channel providesa continuous slot for cordsand cables. Flexible channelguard keeps out dirt andholds cords and cables inplace.Removable port coverallows large cord and cableconnectors to pass throughthe worksurface.Actual DimensionsWorksurface height 28 1 ⁄2"Countertop depth 17 1 ⁄2"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4"Countertop thickness 1 1 ⁄4"Inside support depth 9 5 ⁄8"End support depth 21 1 ⁄8" or 27 1 ⁄8"Support thickness 1 5 ⁄8"Back panel height 23"Back panel thickness 1"Baseplate thickness 3 ⁄4". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4"Inside support must beconnected to an adjacentinside support. A notchallows cords and cables topass between cable trays inadjoining core units.Interaction worksurfaceis 32"H andextends 7 1 ⁄2" beyond sidesof core unit.Back panel leaves a5 1 ⁄2"H space to accommodatea single or double utilitytrunk, or baseplate.Single utility trunks canbe installed in the spacebelow the back panel to distributepower within andbetween workstations.Baseplate, optional,closes the space below theback panel when a utilitytrunk is not used. Or youcan leave the space open.Baseplate recesses underthe back panel 3 ⁄4".End support provides aflush termination at theexposed end of a core unit.Leveling glides adjust toinstall core units on unevenfloors..46 Context Specification Guide

Reception Core Unitwith Countertop.Product Details2 1 /2"Clearance between interactiontop and worksurfaceis 2 1 ⁄2"H.Low height of interactionworksurfaceencourages visitors to interactquickly and not to leanand linger. Interaction worksurfaceheight is accessibleto visitors in wheelchairsand to children.Torus edge on worksurfaceand countertopcombines a stepped detailwith a radius edge.ConnectionsCore units cannot beconnected in transverseconfigurations.Extended corner coreunits, or corner core units,can be attached to oneside or both sides of thereception core unit.Straight core units canbe attached to one side orboth sides of the receptioncore unit, or the unit can beused alone.Inside supports canjoin adjacent units, or oneend can terminate a runwith an end support. Somereception core units can beused independently with twoend supports.Core unit connectionsalways require an insidesupport. End supportscannot be used to joincore units. Inside supportscannot be used to terminatea workstation...Core-mounted screensand column-mountedscreens and overheadstorage cannot attachto the reception core unitbecause the countertopblocks access. Attachcore-mounted and columnmountedcomponents toadjacent core units..Wiring & CablingInternode componentsprovide external routing andaccess to receptacles andcommunication outlets onthe underside and top ofworksurfaces.cPage 162Single utility trunk canbe used to provide power toand extend a run of powerpast the reception core unit.Tip: Double utility trunk cannotbe used with receptioncore units as they are notdesigned for back-to-backinstallation or any core unitthat has bumper columns.Cords and cablescan be routed throughthe access channel, cabletrays, ports, lower columns,and passthrough options..Cable tray below theaccess channel accommodatescord and cable routingand storage.9"Add-on cable tray isavailable to expand capacityat any time. It attaches tostandard tray without toolsand has holes to accommodatecable tie-down straps.Tip: Add-on cable tray isnot acceptable for use inLos Angeles.cPage 64Lower column providesvertical channels to carryInternode harnesses. It alsocarries cords and cablesfrom the utility trunk to theworksurface.Tip: Column cover isremovable to facilitate cablerouting and to make it easyto attach utility trunks andupper columns of overheadstorage and screens.Space between top ofcolumn cover and bottomof interaction worksurfaceallows room for cablerouting..Core UnitsContext Specification Guide cReception Core Unit with Countertop, continued 47

Reception Core Unit with Countertop, continued.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPage 192.Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• LaminateTip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the laminate.cPage 427cSee page 431 fordirectional laminateillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428• Wood veneer (option)cSee page 432 forwood veneer directionillustrations.• Customiz stain (option onwood)Basic structure• PaintBack panel• PaintPort and screen covers• Grotto plastic• Cobblestone plasticBumper covers• Plastic (standard).Application TopicsPedestals and lateralfiles should be addedbelow the worksurface ofadjacent core units to leavekneespace of receptioncore unit open. Mobilepedestals can be used.cPages 110–115Guidelines forConnecting Core UnitscPage 63...48 Context Specification Guide

Reception Core Unitwith CountertopCore UnitsContext Specification Guide 49

Transition Core UnitsTransition coreunit provides a sharedconference area and anuninterrupted connectionbetween workstations.cSpecifying, page 280Worksurface is 28 1 ⁄2"Hand has a wood core.Base cover concealscords and cables passingbetween adjacent coreunits.Actual DimensionsWorksurface height 28 1 ⁄2"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4".Removable port coverallows large cord or cableconnectors to pass throughthe worksurface..50 Context Specification Guide

Transition Core Units.Product DetailsTransition core unitsare non-handed.Torus edge combines astepped detail with a radiusedge.Transition core screentrim conceals the intersectionwhen screens are usedon core units adjacent to atransition core unit.ConnectionsOverhead storage andscreens cannot attach tothe transition core unit astwo port areas are required.Attach core-mountedand column-mountedcomponents to adjacentcore units.Transition core unitsare designed to connectto core units with insidesupports or dual adjustableheightcore units. Theycannot connect to unitswith full-end supports..Wiring and CablingSurface MaterialsBase cover concealsWorksurfacescords and cables passing• Laminatebetween adjacent core units.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallyInternode componentsdetermined by the color youmay be used on thisspecify for the laminate.unit, although it is notcPage 427recommended.cSee page 431 fordirectional laminateillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428• Wood veneer (option)cSee page 432 forwood veneer directionillustrations.• Customiz stain (option onwood)Basic structure• PaintPort and screen covers• Grotto plastic• Cobblestone plasticTransition trim• Grotto plastic• Cobblestone plastic...Application TopicsTransition core unitsdo not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Guidelines forConnecting Core UnitscPage 63.Core UnitsContext Specification Guide 51

Visitor and Bubble Visitor Core UnitsVisitor and bubble visitorcore units provide aconvenient, informal meetingplace for guests.cSpecifying, page 282Removable port coverallows large cord or cableconnectors to pass throughthe worksurface.Baseplate, optional,closes the space below theback panel when a utilitytrunk is not used. Or youcan leave the space open.Port is used to attachoverhead cabinets, shelves,screens, countertops, orport-mounted utility pole.Double or single utilitytrunks can be installed in thespace below the back panelto distribute power withinand between workstations.Back panel leaves a 5 1 ⁄2"Hspace to accommodate asingle or double utility trunkor baseplate.Conference supportleaves space beneathworksurface unobstructedto give visitors adequatekneespace.Actual DimensionsWorksurface height 28 1 ⁄2"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4"Inside support depth 9 5 ⁄8"Conference support depth 7 7 ⁄8"Support thickness 1 5 ⁄8"Back panel height 23"Back panel thickness 1"Baseplate thickness 3 ⁄4"Cylinder diameter 4 1 ⁄2". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4"Accessory rail has holesfor inserting accessories.Access channel providesa continuous slot for cordsand cables. Flexible channelguard keeps out dirt andholds cords and cables inplace.Inside support must beconnected to an adjacentinside support. A notchallows cords and cables topass between cable traysin adjoining core units.Leveling glides adjust toinstall core units on unevenfloors.Internode power modulescan be installed under theworksurface using a harnessto extend power withinand between core units.Worksurface is 28 1 ⁄2"Hand has a wood core.Support cylinder onbubble visitor core units hasan adjustable leveling glide..52 Context Specification Guide

Visitor and Bubble VisitorCore Units.Product DetailsLeft- and right-handversions are available.Torus edge combines astepped detail with a radiusedge.ConnectionsVisitor core units aredesigned to be connectedto corner core units or aisleprivacy core units and toterminate a run. They shouldnot be connected to straightcore units, straight dual orsingle adjustable-height coreunits, or dual adjustableheightcorner core units.Bubble visitor coreunits can be connected toa straight core unit or to adual adjustable-height coreunit if the support column isused. It is standard on 30"Dunits and available as anoption with 24"D units.L-connection formed by avisitor core unit and a cornercore unit creates an outsideport on the user’s edge. Youmay want to use a screen tojustify this connection. Use atransition core unit when youwant an uninterruptedworksurface.cPage 50..Column-mountedcomponents, such asoverhead cabinets, shelves,screens, and countertops,attach to core units at ports.Tip: Clearance between theworksurface and the bottomof overhead storage is 19 1 ⁄4".cPages 104–109Depth of overheadstorage cabinets andshelves could hinderconferencing capabilitieswhen used above a visitorcore unit.Straight core-mountedscreens attach to coreunits to provide privacy.Tip: Screen socket coverconceals the screenconnection.cPage 142Support cylinder isincluded with 30"D bubblevisitor core units. Cylinder isnot required to support 24"Dunits, except when thebubble visitor core unit isadjacent to a straight coreunit, adjustable-heightstraight core unit, or a dualadjustable-height cornercore unit. In those cases,order a support column kitseparately..Wiring & CablingInternode componentsprovide external routing andaccess to receptacles andcommunication outlets onthe underside and top ofworksurfaces.cPage 162Passthroughs are availableas an option to allowInternode harnesses andcommunication cables topass through back panels.When passthroughs arespecified, two passthroughswill always be provided.cPage 65Double or single utilitytrunks form the powernetwork in the base of coreunits. Use single utility trunkto serve one workstation.Use double utility trunk toserve back-to-backworkstations.Tip: Double utility trunkextends 1 1 ⁄2" outside theworkstation footprint whennot used between two backto-backworkstations.cPages 172, 176Cords and cables can berouted through the accesschannel, cable trays, ports,lower columns, and passthroughoptions..Cable tray below theaccess channel accommodatescord and cable routingand storage.9"Add-on cable tray isavailable to expand capacityat any time. It attaches tostandard tray without toolsand has holes to accommodatecable tie-down straps.Tip: Add-on cable tray isnot acceptable for use in LosAngeles.cPage 64Lower column providesvertical channels to carryInternode harnesses. It alsocarries cords and cablesfrom the utility trunk to theworksurface.Tip: Column cover isremovable to facilitate cablerouting and to make it easyto attach utility trunks andupper columns of overheadstorage and screens..Core UnitsContext Specification Guide cVisitor and Bubble Visitor Core Units, continued 53

Visitor and Bubble Visitor Core Units, continued.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPage 192.Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• LaminateTip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the laminate.cPage 427cSee page 431 fordirectional laminateillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428• Wood veneer (option)cSee page 432 forwood veneer directionillustrations.• Customiz stain (option onwood)Basic structure• PaintBack panels• Paint (standard)Port and screen covers• Grotto plastic• Cobblestone plasticTable cylinders• Paint.Application TopicsVisitor core units do notaccommodate pedestalsand lateral files. Mobilepedestals can be used.cPage 112Guidelines forConnecting Core UnitscPage 63...54 Context Specification Guide

Visitor and Bubble VisitorCore UnitsCore UnitsContext Specification Guide 55

Spanner TablesSpanner tables providea shared worksurface anduninterrupted connectionbetween adjacent core units.cSpecifying, page 2848 1 ⁄2"W accessory rail iscentered on back edge.Internode power modulescan be installed under theworksurface using a harnessto extend power withinand between core units.Actual DimensionsWorksurface height 28 1 ⁄2"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4"Cylinder diameter 4 1 ⁄2". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4"Worksurface is 28 1 ⁄2"Hand has a wood core.Support cylinder has anadjustable leveling glide.Leveling glides adjustto install tables on unevenfloors..56 Context Specification Guide

Spanner Tables.Product DetailsRail provides holes forinserting accessories.Torus edge combines astepped detail with a radiusedge.ConnectionsOverhead storage andscreens cannot attach tospanner tables as two portareas are required. Attachcore-mounted and columnmountedcomponents toadjacent core units.Spanner tables aredesigned to connect toinside supports of two coreunits of the same depth thatare back to back. Theycannot connect to units withend supports.Wiring and CablingSpanner tables do notaccommodate cords andcables. Route cords andcables through adjacentcore units.Internode componentsprovide external routing andaccess to receptacles andcommunication outlets onthe underside and top ofworksurfaces.cPage 162..Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• LaminateTip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the laminate.cPage 427cSee page 431 fordirectional laminateillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428• Wood veneer (option)cSee page 432 forwood veneer directionillustrations.• Customiz stain (option onwood)Basic structure• PaintTable cylinders• Paint.Application TopicsSpanner tables do notaccommodate pedestalsor lateral files. Mobilepedestals can be used.cPage 112Guidelines forConnecting Core UnitscPage 63Capsule-shaped tablescan be created with spannertables and straight coreunits in applications wherewire and cable routing arerequired..Core UnitsContext Specification Guide 57

Combi, Jetty, Bubble Jetty, and Enterprise Tables.Combi table provides ateam space where worksurfaceis shared and canaccommodate meetings oftwo or more people.cSpecifying, page 286Jetty and bubble jettytables provide a traditionaldesk-like worksurface andaccommodate meetingsbetween two or three people.cSpecifying, pages288–290Enterprise table providesa modesty panel and canaccommodate meetingsamong three or four people.cSpecifying, page 292Access channel providesa continuous slot for cordsand cables. Flexible channelguard keeps out dirt andholds cords and cables inplace.Back panel leaves a 5 1 ⁄2"Hspace to accommodate asingle or double utility trunkor a baseplate.Double or single utilitytrunks can be installed in thespace below the back panelto distribute power withinand between workstations.Baseplate, optional,closes the space below theback panel when a utilitytrunk is not used. Or youcan leave the space open.Baseplate recesses underback panel 3 ⁄4".Actual DimensionscPage 59Leveling glidesadjust to install coreunits on uneven floors.Worksurface is 28 1 ⁄2"Hand has a wood core.Accessory rail has holesfor inserting accessories.Modesty panel is standardon enterprise table andoptional on jetty table.Internode power modulescan be installed under theworksurface using a harnessto extend power withinand between core units.Removable port coverallows large cord or cableconnectors to pass throughthe worksurface.Port is used to attachoverhead cabinets, shelves,screens, countertops, orport-mounted utility pole..58 Context Specification Guide

Combi, Jetty, Bubble Jetty,and Enterprise Tables.Product DetailsLeft- and right-handversions of jetty, bubblejetty, and enterprise tablesare available. Combi tableis non-handed.Modesty panel isavailable as an option onthe jetty tables.Tip: Modesty panel is notavailable on bubble jettytables.Torus edge combines astepped detail with a radiusedge.ConnectionsCombi tables aredesigned to connect toadjacent core units onboth sides.Jetty and enterprisetables are designed to beconnected to an adjacentcore unit and terminatea run.Inside support must beconnected to an adjacentinside support. A notchallows cords and cables topass between cable traysin adjoining core units.Column-mountedcomponents, such asoverhead cabinets, shelves,screens, and countertops,attach to core units at ports.Tip: Clearance between theworksurface and the bottomof overhead storage is 19 1 ⁄4".cPages 104–109Straight core-mountedscreens attach to combi,jetty, and enterprise tablesto provide privacy.Tip: Screen socket coverconceals the screenconnection.cPage 142..Wiring & CablingInternode componentsprovide external routing andaccess to receptacles andcommunication outlets onthe underside and top ofworksurfaces.cPage 162Passthroughs are availableas an option to allowInternode harnesses andcommunication cables topass through back panels.When passthroughs arespecified, two passthroughswill always be provided.cPage 65Back panel cutoutis available as an optionon most core units. Thecutout allows access towall outlets.Tip: Enterprise tables andjetty tables with a modestypanel do not accommodateback panel cutouts.cPage 65Double or single utilitytrunks form the powernetwork in the base of coreunits. Use single utility trunkto serve one workstation.Use double utility trunk toserve back-to-backworkstations.Tip: Double utility trunkextends 1 1 ⁄2" outside theworkstation footprint whennot used between twoworkstations.cPages 172, 176.Cords and cables can berouted through the accesschannel, cable tray, ports,lower columns, and passthroughoptions.Cable tray below theaccess channel accommodatescord and cable routingand storage.9"Add-on cable tray isavailable to expand capacityat any time. It attaches tostandard tray without toolsand has holes to accommodatecable tie-down straps.Tip: Add-on cable tray isnot acceptable for use inLos Angeles.cPage 64Lower column providesvertical channels to carryInternode harnesses. It alsocarries cords and cablesfrom the utility trunk to theworksurface.Tip: Column cover isremovable to facilitate cablerouting and to make it easyto attach utility trunks andupper columns of overheadstorage and screens..Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPage 192.Core UnitsContext Specification Guide cCombi, Jetty, Bubble Jetty, and Enterprise Tables, continued 59

Combi, Jetty, Bubble Jetty, and Enterprise Tables, continued.Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• LaminateTip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the laminate.cPage 427cSee page 431 fordirectional laminateillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428• Wood veneer (option)cSee page 432 forwood veneer directionillustrations.• Customiz stain (option onwood).Basic structure• PaintBack panels• Paint (standard)Modesty panels• PaintPort and screen covers• Grotto plastic• Cobblestone plasticTable cylinders• PaintModesty panel onjetty table• Paint.Application TopicsCombi, jetty, and enterprisetables do notaccommodate pedestals orlateral files. Mobilepedestals can be used.cPage 112Guidelines forConnecting Core UnitscPage 63.Actual DimensionsWorksurface height 28 1 ⁄2"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4"Inside support depth 9 5 ⁄8"Conference support depth 7 7 ⁄8"Support thickness 1 5 ⁄8"Combi and jetty table 9 1 ⁄2"cylinder diameterEnterprise table cylinder diameter 15 1 ⁄2", includingmodesty panelBubble jetty table cylinder diameter 4 1 ⁄2"Back panel height 23"Back panel thickness 1"Baseplate thickness 3⁄4". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4".60 Context Specification Guide

Combi, Jetty, Bubble Jetty,and Enterprise TablesCore UnitsContext Specification Guide 61

Round TablesTables are freestanding.They provide additional worksurfacearea and meetingspace.cSpecifying, page 294Round table is availablein four sizes. Its basediameter is determinedby the diameter of its top.Base is 24" on 36"- and 42"-diameter tables and 30" on48"- and 54"-diametertables.Worksurface is 28 1 ⁄2"Hand has a wood core.Leveling glides adjustto install tables on unevenfloors.Actual DimensionsRound tableDiameter 36", 42", 48", or 54"Cylinder diameter 9 1 ⁄2". Base diameter 24" or 30".Product DetailsTorus edge combinesa stepped detail with aradius edge and finishes thecircumference of tables.Wiring & CablingTables do not accommodatecords or cables. Routecords and cables throughcore units.Capsule-shaped tablescan be created with spannertables and straight coreunits in applications wherewire and cable routing arerequired.Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• LaminatecPage 427cSee page 431 fordirectional laminateillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.cSee page 432 forwood veneer directionillustrations.• Customiz stain (option onwood)Cylinder• PaintBase• 7239 Midnight.62 Context Specification Guide

Guidelines for Connecting Core UnitsGuidelines for ConnectingCore Units.Core unit connectionsalways require two adjacentinside supports. End supportscannot be used to joincore units. Inside supportscannot be used to terminatea workstation..48"48"54"54"48"48"48"Core units cannot beconnected in transverseconfigurations.Straight core unitscannot be joined in an L-shaped configuration. Usea corner core unit to forman “L.”Visitor core units arenot designed to connect tostraight core units. Use withcorner core units or aisleprivacy units.Bubble visitor coreunits include a supportcolumn when joined to 30"Dworksurfaces. Order thesupport column separatelywhen installing these worksurfacesto 24"D dualadjustable-height cornercore units or 24"D straightworksurfaces.L-connection formed bya visitor core unit and a cornercore unit creates an outsideport on the user’sedge. You may want to usea screen to justify this connection.Use a transitioncore unit when you want anuninterrupted worksurface.Transition core unitsare designed to be attachedto either straight or cornercore units.Spanner tables aredesigned to connect toinside supports of two coreunits of the same depth thatare back to back.Full end panels must beused at the ends of straightruns of core units and withinthe run to ensure that thereis a full end panel at leastevery 8'..Core UnitsContext Specification Guide 63

Cable Tray ChoicesContext cable trays areavailable in several variationsto meet different cablemanagement needs. Thediagrams below provide anoverview of the cable traydesigns.cSpecifying, page 295Tip: Add-on cable tray is9"W. The number of add-oncable trays recommendeddepends on the width of thecore unit. Remember toorder add-on cable trays forboth sides of corner andextended core core units.Normally these trays arepositioned approximately9" apart.Core Unit Number ofwidth add-oncable trays24" 130" 136" 142" 248" 254" 260" 366" 372" 378" 4..Back panelBack panelStandard Cable TrayCabletray1 1 /2"1 1 /2"WorksurfaceStandard Cable Traywith Add-On Cable Tray(ordered separately)Cabletray1 1 /2"Tip: Add-on cable tray isnot acceptable for use inLos Angeles.WorksurfaceAdd-oncable tray3"Clip tosecureelectricalcablesClip tosecureelectricalcables1 1 /2"Back panelBack panelStandard Cable Trayon Dual Adjustable-HeightCore Units*WorksurfaceCabletray1 1 /2"3"*Exception: Corner coreunits with adjustable keyboardonly do not havethis type of cable tray. SeeStandard Cable Tray, at left.Tip: Add-on cable tray cannotbe used on adjustableheightcore units.Clip tosecureelectricalcablesCA Version of Cable Trayfor Use in Los Angeles(option)Worksurface1 1 /2"1 1 /2"1 1 /4"Cable trayCA version of tray is identicalto standard tray andincludes a blocker. CA versionalso includes blocksin the lower columns toprevent concealed cablerouting.Electricalcabling tray1 /2"1 1 /2".64 Context Specification Guide

Cutouts and PassthroughsCutouts and PassthroughsCutouts4 3 /4" 4 3 /4"7 5 /815"Cutouts are availableas an option on most coreunits to allow access towall outlets.Tip: No cover is available tohide the cutout area. If a workstationis reconfigured and acutout is no longer necessary,a back panel replacement canbe ordered through CustomerService Parts.4 3 /4"4 3 /47" 7"15"Corner core units canhave a cutout in the left orright back panel or both..Passthroughs1 1 /2"4 1 /2" 5"2".Passthroughs are availableas an option on coreunits to allow Internode harnessesand communicationcables or any other cablingor wiring to pass throughback panels and end supports.When passthroughsare specified, two passthroughswill always beincluded. A customer cannotspecify a single left ora single right passthroughseparately.The edge of the passthroughis self-hemmed,making it smooth and nonabrasivefor passing cordsand cables.4 7 /8".Back panel passthroughsare located onthe left and right uppercorner of the back panel.3 5 /8"Back panel passthroughsmaintain a fixedposition on a back panel asillustrated above.4 7 /8".End panel passthroughsare located tothe rear of the end supportat the top and bottom. Thisallows the support to beinverted on site for use atthe opposite end of theworksurface. Top passthroughaligns with cabletray.3 5 /8"End panel passthroughsmaintain a fixedposition on an end supportas illustrated above.Tip: End support passthroughsare not necessaryon dual-adjustable cornerand extended corner coreunits or single- and dualadjustablestraight coreunits.Tip: Pedestals placed snugagainst the end panel willblock end panel passthroughs..Metal cover platesare standard with the passthroughsand shipped withthe unit. Cover plates arepainted to match the coreunit. Cover plates are thesame for all passthroughs.Cover can be removed toallow cable routing andreplaced later if cable routingis no longer needed.Metal cover plate clips ontothe inside edge of thepassthrough..Core UnitsContext Specification Guide cCutouts and Passthroughs, continued 65

Cutouts and Passthroughs, continued.Back Panel to Back Panel Passthrough InstallationsIllustration above showsboth left- and right-handpassthroughs in back panels.The maximum numberof passthroughs is shown,but you can specify onlythe passthroughs that arerequired.Back Panel to End Panel Passthrough InstallationsPassthroughs in back panelsand end panels will alignwhen back panel and endpanel align.Passthroughs in back panelsand end panels will notalign if core units are shiftedoff module.Harnesses and cablescan also be routed throughopenings in inside supportsof adjoining core units.Passthroughs will alignwhen back panels align.Some configurations maycombine off module andaligned arrangements.Draw a plan view of yourinstallation to confirm thatpassthroughs will align..66 Context Specification Guide

UnderstandingStorageStatement of Line 68StorageUniversal StorageUniversal Fixed Pedestals 74Universal Mobile Pedestals 76Universal Pedestal Accessories 78Universal Lateral Files 80Universal Open Side Towers 84Universal Full Front Towers 88Universal Vertical Drawer Towers 92Universal Combination Cabinets 96Universal Wardrobe Cabinets 100Context StorageOverhead Storage 104Corner Overhead Cabinet for Use with Column-Mounted Screen 106Countertops 108Context Fixed Pedestals 110Context Mobile Pedestals 112Lateral Files 114Vertical Cabinets 116Storage Towers 118Application TopicsUniversal Storage Capacities and Dimensions 120Context Storage Capacities and Dimensions 125I How Files Accommodate International Paper Sizes 129Core Unit File Fit: Part 1 130Core Unit File Fit: Part 2 132Core Unit File Fit: Part 3 134Context Specification Guide 67

Universal StorageStatement of Line17 1 /2"D,22 5 /8"D,or 28 5 /8"DFlush steelfront18 3 /8"D,23 1 /2"D,or 29 1 /2"DProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingc Page 74Specifyingc Page 29817 1 /2"Dor 22 5 /8"DFlush steelfront18 3 /8"Dor 23 1 /2"DProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingc Page 76Specifyingc Page 300Fixed PedestalsMobile Pedestals15"W25 1 ⁄2"H •27"H •15"W21"H •27"H •23 1 /8"Dor29 1 /8"D24"Dor30"D18"D 18 7 /8"DUnderstandingc Page 80Specifyingc Page 306Flush steelfrontProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingc Page 84Specifyingc Page 308Lateral Files30"W 36"W28"H • •Open Side Towers24"W52"H •65 1 ⁄2"H •Drawings show door hinged left.Units are also available with door hinged right.18"Dor23 1 /8"D18 7 /8"Dor24"D23 1 /8"Dor29 1 /8"D24"Dor30"DFlush steelfrontProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingc Page 88Specifyingc Page 310Flush steelfrontProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingc Page 92Specifyingc Page 314Full Front Towers18"W 24"W52"H • •65 1 ⁄2"H • •83 1 ⁄2"H • •Tip: 83 1 ⁄2"H towers are available18"D and 18 7 ⁄8"D only.Drawings show door hinged left.Units are also available with door hinged right.Vertical Drawer Towers24"W52"H •65 1 ⁄2"H •Drawings show door hinged left.Units are also available with door hinged right.68 Context Specification Guide

Universal StorageStatement of Line18"Dor23 1 /8"D18 7 /8"Dor24"D18"Dor23 1 /8"D18 7 /8"Dor24"DFlush steelfrontProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingc Page 96Specifyingc Page 316Flush steelfrontProud steelor wood frontUnderstandingc Page 100Specifyingc Page 320Combination Cabinets30"W 36"W 42"W52"H • • •65 1 ⁄2"H • • •83 1 ⁄2"H • • •Wardrobe Cabinets30"W 36"W 42"W52"H • • •65 1 ⁄2"H • • •83 1 ⁄2"H • • •StorageTip: 42"W combination cabinets areavailable 18"D and 18 7 ⁄8"D only.Tip: 42"W wardrobe cabinets areavailable 18"D and 18 7 ⁄8"D only.Context Specification Guide 69

Context StorageStatement of Line27"HUnderstandingc Page 110Specifyingc Page 34221"H27"HUnderstandingc Page 112Specifyingc Page 344Fixed Pedestals24"D*30"D*27"H••*Depth of corresponding core unit. All pedestals are 15"W.Mobile Pedestals21"H 27"H24"D* •30"D* • •*Depth of corresponding core unit. All mobile pedestals are 15"W.26 5 /8"H 28 1 /2"HUnderstandingc Page 114Specifyingc Page 34667 1 /8"Hor64 1 /8"H67 1 /8"H onlyUnderstandingc Page 116Specifyingc Page 348Lateral FilesVertical Cabinets30"W 36"W19"D • •30"W24"D •24"30"24"74 3 /8"Hor64 3 /4"HUnderstandingc Page 118Specifyingc Page 350Storage Towers*24"D–30"D24"W•*Drawing and dimensions show right-hand unit.Left-hand unit is also available.70 Context Specification Guide

Context StorageStatement of Line48" or less 54" or more17 1 /8"17 1 /8"48" or less 54" or more18 1 /2"18 1 /2"IIUnderstandingc Page 104Specifyingc Page 322Overhead Cabinets30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W762mm 914mm 1067mm 1219mm 1372mm 1524mm 1676mm 1829mm 1981mm15 1 ⁄2"D •I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I394mm DI = Available in international version to accommodate A4 and foolscap binders.Storage47" or less 53" or more17 1 /8" 17 1 /8"Understandingc Page 106Specifyingc Page 324Corner Overhead Cabinets for Use with Column-Mounted Screen35"W 41"W 47"W 53"W 59"W 65"W 71"W 77"W15 1 ⁄2"D • • • • • • • •47" or less 53" or more17 1 /8" 17 1 /8"Understandingc Page 106Specifyingc Page 326Column-Mounted Screens for Use with Corner Overhead Cabinets36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W• • • • • • • •Context Specification Guide cContext Storage Statement of Line, continued 71

Context Storage Statement of Line, continued17 1 /8"14 5 /8"18 1 /2"16"IIUnderstandingc Page 104Specifyingc Pages 327, 330Straight Column-Mounted Shelves24"W* 30"W* 36"W* 42"W* 48"W* 54"W* 60"W* 66"W* 72"W* 78"W*610mm* 762mm* 914mm* 1067mm* 1219mm* 1372mm* 1524mm* 1676mm* 1829mm* 1981mm*15 1 ⁄2"D •I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I394mm D*Width of corresponding core unit. Shelf widths are 3" (76mm) less.I = Available in international version to match height of international overhead cabinets.W W W W14 5 /8"16"17 1 /8"I18 1 /2"IUnderstandingc Page 104Specifyingc Pages 328–331Corner Column-Mounted Shelves42"W* 48"W* 60"W* 66"W* 72"W* 78"W*1067mm* 1219mm* 1524mm* 1676mm* 1829mm* 1981mm*42"W*1067mm*•I •I •I48"W*1219mm*•I •I •I •I •I60"W*1524mm*•I •I66"W* •I1676mm*72"W*1829mm*•I •I78"W* •I1981mm**Width of corresponding core unit. Shelf widths are 3" (76mm) less.I = Available in international version to match height of international overhead cabinets.72 Context Specification Guide

Context StorageStatement of Line15"15"15"Understandingc Page 108Specifyingc Page 332Straight Countertops24"W* 30"W* 36"W* 42"W* 48"W* 54"W* 60"W* 66"W* 72"W* 78"W*Both ends curved • • • • • • • • • •One end curved • • • • • • • • • •Both ends straight • • • • • • • • • •*Width of corresponding core unit.StorageW W W W WW W WUnderstandingc Page 108Specifyingc Pages 334–341Corner Countertops30"W* 36"W* 42"W* 48"W* 60"W* 66"W* 72"W* 78"W*30"W* • •36"W* • •42"W* • • •48"W* • • • • • • •60"W*•66"W*•72"W*•78"W*•*Width of corresponding corner core unit.Context Specification Guide 73

Universal Fixed PedestalsFixed pedestals arefloor-standing and can supportworksurfaces at either27"H or 28 1 ⁄2"H.cSpecifying, page 298Finished back andsides are standard.Top is open and accommodatesattachment to aworksurface. Attachmenthardware is included.Lock is standard onpedestals and securesall drawers. Lock is locatedin the top drawer. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access to thecontents. Box and filedrawers are available.Leveling glides adjust toinstall pedestals on unevenfloors. 25 1 ⁄2"H pedestalshave a 7 ⁄8" adjustable gliderange and 27"H pedestalshave a 1 7 ⁄8" adjustable gliderange.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 17 1 ⁄2", 22 5 ⁄8", and 28 5 ⁄8"Depth with proud steel or 18 3 ⁄8", 23 1 ⁄2", and 29 1 ⁄2"wood frontWidth 15"Height with 3"H base 27". Height with 1 1 ⁄2"base 25 1 ⁄2"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Product DetailsDrawer fronts are availablein steel or woodveneer.Pull on proud-frontpedestal is available ina variety of shapes.Box drawers are awelded steel constructionand available with proud orflush fronts. One divider isincluded with each boxBase is integral to pedestaldrawer.case and accommodates twopedestal heights to allowalignment with adjacentUniversal Storage furniturecomponents.Pull on flush-frontpedestal is full-width andintegral. Full-width woodpull is available as anoption.File drawers are awelded steel constructionand available with proud orflush fronts. Drawer bodysides are full-height andaccommodate front-to-backfiling of hanging letter-sizefile folders. One rail isincluded with each filedrawer to accommodateside-to-side filing of letter-,A4- and legal-size hangingfolders.Exception: Legal-size filefolders cannot be filed in18"D pedestals.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed in thefield to create a differentaesthetic or to replacedamaged drawer fronts...74 Context Specification Guide

Universal Fixed Pedestals.Optional basic drawerinterior includes full-depthbox and file drawers on 18"Dand 24"D pedestals, while30"D pedestals have 3 ⁄4-depth drawers. All box drawersinclude 3 ⁄4-extensions,instead of the standard fullextension.All drawer accessoriesare omitted frompedestals with this option.Flush-front pull is fullwidthand integral with thedrawer. Pull is available onsteel drawer fronts only.Optional full-widthwood pull attaches to integralpull with double-sidedtape. Wood pull, if selected,ships separate from pedestaland is field installed.ContemporarypullHandlepullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in the followingstyles—Contemporary (standard),Handle, Jazz, andBar. Each pull is 128 mmand available on steel orwood veneer drawers..Pencil tray to hold smalloffice supplies is includedwith each box/box/filepedestal.Label holders are availablefrom Customer ServiceParts. Label holder fitsinside the integral pull offlush-front mobile pedestalsand over the top edge ofdrawer front on proud-frontdrawers.Lock is standard and keyedrandom on all pedestals.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locksare also available. Productswith locks ship with a lockface ring and removableplastic plug to accommodatea lock cylinder installedon site. Lock cylinders mustbe specified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434Individual drawer locksare available on file/filepedestals for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Pedestals include a securityshield above each drawerto prevent unauthorizedaccess.Non-locking pedestalis available as an option.1 1 /2"H25 1 ⁄2"H pedestals havebase alignment with otherUniversal Storage componentsthat have a 1 1 ⁄2"Hbase.3"H27"H pedestals havebase alignment with otherUniversal Storage componentsthat have a 3"H base.Connections18 3 /8"D23 1 /2"D29 1 /2"DFixed pedestals areintended to attach under aworksurface for security andsupport. Three pedestaldepths are available tocorrespond with UniversalWorksurface depths. Proudfrontpedestals exactlymatch the depth of UniversalWorksurfaces. Flush-frontpedestals are 7 ⁄8" shorter...Filler conceals the gap thatmay exist between the faceof a panel and the back of a27"H pedestal. Fillers arealso used to provide stabilityfor pedestal and worksurfaceconfigurations thatare not panel-wrapped.Tip: Fillers for proud frontpedestals conceal a 1 ⁄2"gap. Fillers for flush frontpedestals conceal a 1 3 ⁄8"gap.Freestanding applicationsthat don't requireattachment to a worksurfaceshould be used with a conversionkit that includes asteel top and counter-weightpackage.cPage 302Field-installed accessoriesare available,including pencil trays,media trays, stationerytrays, dividers, and rails.cPage 303Wiring & CablingFixed pedestals do notaccommodate cable-routing.Plan accordingly wheninstalling pedestals underneathworksurfaces withgrommets or other cableroutingaccessories..Surface MaterialsPedestal, steel drawerfronts, and integralpulls• PaintContemporary, Handle,Jazz, and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer drawerfronts• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies, drawersuspensions, rails,dividers, and glides• BlackApplication TopicsAlignment OverviewcSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Universal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 120Safe Use ofStorage ProductscSee Storage SpecificationGuide.ShippingPedestals are normallyshipped in heavy-duty,recyclable stretch wrap toreduce the amount of corrugatedboard needed..StorageContext Specification Guide 75

Universal Mobile PedestalsMobile pedestals fitFinished back andunder a worksurface andsides are standard.can be moved whereverstorage is needed. Theyprovide an auxiliary worksurfacewhen you needmore space to spread outyour work.cSpecifying, page 300Lock is standard on mobilepedestals and secures alldrawers. Lock is locatedin the top drawer. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.Pull on flush-frontmobile pedestal is fullwidthand integral. Woodpull is available as anoption.Casters are hardcomposition and nonlocking.Mobile pedestal cushion topprovides a temporary seat ideal forinformal gatherings. Handle can beextended to easily transport mobilepedestal. Available factory- or field-installed.cSpecifying, page 301Actual DimensionsBox/FileBox/Box/File and File/FileDepth with flush steel front 17 1 ⁄2"and 22 5 ⁄8" 17 1 ⁄2"and 22 5 ⁄8"Depth with proud steel or 18 3 ⁄8"and 23 1 ⁄2" 18 3 ⁄8"and 23 1 ⁄2"wood frontWidth 15" 15". Overall height with 1 ⁄8"H top 21" 27"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Top is 1 ⁄8"H steel. Additionaltop options are available.Pull on proud-frontmobile pedestal isavailable in a variety ofshapes.Drawer fronts areavailable in steel orwood veneer.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access tothe contents. Box and filedrawers are available..Product DetailsBox drawer is a weldedsteel construction and isstandard in the top drawerposition. Proud or flushfronts are available and onedivider is included with eachbox drawer.File drawer is a weldedsteel construction and isstandard in the bottomdrawer position. Proud orflush fronts are available.Drawer body sides are fullheightand accommodatefront-to-back filing of hangingletter-size file folders.One rail is included witheach file drawer to accommodateside-to-side filing ofletter-, A4- and legal-sizehanging folders.Exception: Legal-size filefolders cannot be filed in18"D mobile pedestals.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed inthe field to create a differentaesthetic or to replacedamaged drawer fronts..76 Context Specification Guide

Universal Mobile Pedestals.Optional basic drawerinterior includes boxdrawers with 3 ⁄4-extension,instead of the standard fullextension.All drawer accessoriesare omitted frommobile pedestals with thisoption.Flush-front pull is fullwidthand integral with thedrawer. Pull is available onsteel drawer fronts only.Optional full-widthwood pull attaches to integralpull with double sidedtape. Wood pull, if selected,ships separate from pedestaland is field installed.ContemporarypullHandlepullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in the followingstyles—Contemporary (standard),Handle, Jazz, andBar. Each pull is 128 mmand available on steel orwood veneer drawers..Pencil tray to hold smalloffice supplies is includedwith each mobile pedestal.Label holders are availablefrom Customer ServiceParts. Label holder fitsinside the integral pull offlush-front mobile pedestalsand over the top edge ofdrawer front on proud-frontdrawers.Steel top1"HLaminate topwith squareedge 1 3 /16"HLaminate topwith bullnose1 7 /16"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HSteel, laminate, andwood veneer tops areavailable in place of standard1 ⁄8"H steel tops. 1"Hsteel tops, 1 3 ⁄16"H laminatewith square edge profile,1 7 ⁄16"H laminate with bullnoseedge profile on thefront edge, and 1 3 ⁄16"Hwood veneer with squareedge profile..Handle of mobilepedestal cushion top isretractable and has threestages. In the stowed position,handle is flush withmobile pedestal front. Instation position, handleextends 3" to allow mobilepedestal to be easily moved.In the travel position, handleis completely extended andarticulates upward forlonger distance transport.Tip: Cushion top is availablewith optional 9201 PolishedChrome handle.Mobile pedestal cushiontop for field-installationcan be used with mobilepedestals RPM2421CP,RPM2421CF, andRPM2421CW only.Safety interlocksystem allows only onedrawer to be opened at atime for added stability.Lock is standard andkeyed random on all mobilepedestals. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyed locksare also available. Productswith locks ship with a lockface ring and removableplastic plug to accommodatea lock cylinder installed onsite. Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434.Four non-lockingcasters have a full-rotationswivel mechanism and areexposed at the base of thepedestal. Mobile pedestalsmaintain drawer pull anddrawer front alignment withother storage componentsthat have a 3" base.Counter-weights areincluded to provide addedstability. All pedestals areshipped with a factoryinstalledcounter-weightpackage that meets orexceeds standards for theindustry.ConnectionsMobile pedestals are notintended to directly interfacewith panels or other furniturecomponentsField-installed accessoriesare available,including pencil trays,media trays, stationarytrays, dividers, and rails.cPage 303Wiring & CablingMobile pedestals do notaccommodate cable routing.Plan accordingly wheninstalling mobile pedestalsunderneath worksurfaceswith grommets or othercable-routing accessories..Surface MaterialsMobile pedestal, steeldrawer fronts, andintegral pulls• PaintContemporary, Handle,Jazz, and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer drawerfronts and top• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Square edge profileon laminate top• PVC edge defaultTip: Bullnose edge topshave a self-edgeLock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Cushion top• UpholsteryDrawer bodies, drawersuspensions, rails,dividers, and glides• BlackApplication TopicsUniversal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 120Safe Use ofStorage ProductscSee Storage SpecificationGuide.ShippingMobile pedestals arenormally shipped in heavyduty,recyclable stretchwrap to reduce the amountof corrugated boardneeded..StorageContext Specification Guide 77

Universal Pedestal AccessoriesRailscSpecifying, page 303DividerscSpecifying, page 303.Product DetailsRails accommodate bothfront-to-back and side-tosidefiling of letter-, A4international-, and legalsizehanging folders.Rail packages areavailable in quantities oftwo rails.Rails can be used for sideto-sidefiling in 12"H filedrawers of:• Fixed pedestals• Mobile pedestalsProduct DetailsDividers are available foruse in 6"H box drawers and12"H file drawers of:• Fixed pedestals• Mobile pedestalsSurface MaterialsRails• Black12"H drawer dividersare available in letter-width(15").Dividers ship in a packageof two.Actual DimensionsFor use with drawersWidth 15"Surface MaterialsDividers• BlackActual DimensionsFor use in 6"H drawersWidth 15"For use in12"H drawersWidth 15".78 Context Specification Guide

Universal PedestalAccessoriesPencil Tray, Bi-LevelTray, Media Tray,Reference Shelf, andFile Drawer StationeryInsertcSpecifying, pages 304–305.Product DetailsPencil tray, bi-leveltray, media tray, filedrawer stationeryinserts, and referenceshelf are used in:• Fixed pedestals• Mobile pedestalsPencil tray is available tohold small office supplies.Tip: Pencil trays are standardin box drawers ofpedestals. One pencil trayper pedestal is included.Bi-level tray is availableto hold small office suppliesand includes two traydividers for organizingmedia.Media tray is available tostore and organize media.Four tray dividers areincluded.Reference shelf protectsreference papers in boxdrawers. Shelf rests on topof drawer edges and canslide the entire depth of thedrawer. A clear plastic insertis standard with each referenceshelf.File drawer stationeryinsert is for use in 12"H filedrawers only and includesthree pockets to store andorganize paper documentsand supplies such asenvelopes.Surface MaterialsPencil tray, bi-leveltray, media tray, filedrawer stationeryinsert, dividers, andreference shelf• BlackInsert for referenceshelf• Clear plasticActual DimensionsPencil TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 1 1 ⁄2"Bi-level TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3 3 ⁄8"Media TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3 3 ⁄8"Reference ShelfDepth 9 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3⁄8"Vertical Stationery TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 8".StorageContext Specification Guide 79

Universal Lateral FilesLateral files are ideal forworkstation storage.cSpecifying, page 306Drawer fronts areavailable in steel orwood veneer.Finished back isstandard.Pull on proud-frontlateral file is availablein a variety of shapes.Lock is standard on lateralfiles. Drawer lock securesall drawers and is located attop left corner of top drawer.Base is available in alternativeheights to permitalignment with adjacentfurniture components.Leveling glides adjust upto 7 ⁄8" to install lateral fileson uneven floors.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 18"Depth with proud steel or 18 7 ⁄8"wood frontWidth 30"and 36"Height with 3"H base 28"Height with 1 .1 ⁄2"H base 26 1 ⁄2"Label holders areincluded with each drawer.Label holder fits inside theintegral pull of flush-frontlateral files and over the topedge of drawer front onproud-front drawers.For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Pull on flush-frontlateral file is full-widthand integral.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access to thecontents..Product DetailsFlush-front pull is fullwidthand integral with thedrawer. Pull is available onsteel drawers only.ContemporarypullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in three styles—Contemporary (standard),Jazz, and Bar. Each pull is192 mm and available onsteel or wood veneerdrawers.12"H12"HLateral file drawersare standard 12"H..80 Context Specification Guide

Universal Lateral Files.Drawer interiors includeone hanging folder bar perdrawer in each 18"D case.Alternative interiors areavailable as options.Tip: Your specification foroptional drawer interiorswill apply to all the drawerswithin a single lateral file.Hanging folder baraccommodates side-tosidefiling of letter-, A4international-, and legal-sizehanging folders. Additionalbars are available and mustbe specified separately.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Rails accommodate frontto-backfiling of letter-, A4international-, and legalsizehanging folders. Railpackages include two railsper drawer for 30"W and36"W drawers. Additionalrails are available and mustbe specified separately.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide..Divider packages areavailable as an option toaccommodate either sideto-sideor front-to-back filingof file folders in drawers.Safety interlock systemallows only one drawerto be opened at a time.Tip: If you reconfigure theunit in the field by adding,removing, or rotating components,you must reevaluateinterlock conditions.Contact Steelcase ServiceParts Group(1.888.783.3522)for assistance.Lock is standard and keyedrandom on all lateral files.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders are intendedfor installation after the furnitureis installed in order toeliminate the need to keeptrack of each furniture unit’slock number during installation.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434.Individual drawerlocks are available forapplications where youwant to limit access to eachdrawer. Lateral files includea security shield aboveeach drawer to preventunauthorized access.No-top lateral files areavailable for installationswhere cases will be installedunder a worksurface orbeneath a common topshared among several lateralfiles. Select this optionwhen you plan to install alocally manufactured top.Hardware is included toattach case to worksurface.Steel top1"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HLaminate top1 3 /16"HLaminate and woodveneer tops with squareedgeprofiles are available inplace of standard 1"H steeltops. Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan steel tops and will addthat dimension to the overallheight of the lateral file..Security top is availablefor installations where thefile will be installed beneatha worksurface, but not physicallyattached. Thin steeltop prevents unauthorizedaccess to the contents ofthe cabinet. Security top isnot structural.3"1 1 /2"28"26 1 /2".Base is standard 3"H. Todecrease the overall heightof the lateral file, a 1 1 ⁄2"Hbase is available.Cable-routing base is3"H and has access holeson each side and in the top.Cable-routing base can beused to route cords andcables horizontally throughone or more bases.Universallateral file900 Serieslateral fileAlignment bases areavailable to achieve anoverall lateral file heightthat matches the height of800 Series and 900 Serieslateral files.• 2"H base creates analignment with 27"Hlateral files• 3"H base creates analignment with 28 1 ⁄2"Hlateral filesTip: Some minor adjustmentof leveling glides may berequired to achieve alignmentbetween adjacentcases.cAlignment Overview,see Storage SpecificationGuide.Counter-weight packagesmust be specifiedfor lateral files that are notganged to another case,attached to a worksurface,or bolted to the floor or wall.Counter-weights can alsobe ordered separately.Tip: If you reconfigure theunit in the field by adding,removing, or rotating components,you must reevaluatecounter-weightconditions. ContactSteelcase Service PartsGroup (1.888.783.3522)for assistance..StorageContext Specification Guide cUniversal Lateral Files, continued 81

Universal Lateral Files, continued.ConnectionsGanging hardware isincluded to increase stabilityand maintain alignment byjoining adjacent componentsside-by-side, back-toback,or both. Knockouts formaking these attachmentsare included in the top.Lateral files can also bebolted to the floor, attachedto a worksurface, or to awall for stability.Wood veneerwith squareedge profileLaminatewith squareedge profileLaminatewith bullnoseprofileField-installed tops areavailable in three choices—wood veneer with squareedge profile, laminate withsquare edge profile, andlaminate with bullnose edgeprofile on the front edge oron the front and back edge.Tops can be used on anindividual lateral file.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide..3" cablerouting base1 1 /2" baseField-installed basesare available 1 1 ⁄2"H or 3"Hcable-routing. 2"H, 2 1 ⁄2"H,and 4 1 ⁄4"H alignment basesare also available.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Field-installed accessoriesare available, includingdrawer accessories andcounter-weight packages.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Anchor bracket mountson the inside of the case andsecures the case to the floorthrough the base. Localcodes and interpretationsvary. Consult with localbuilding code officials forspecific code requirementsapplicable to your installation.California Office ofStatewide Health Planningand Development (OSHPD)jurisdictions may requireanchoring for cabinets thatexceed 6' in height..Wiring & CablingLateral files do notaccommodate verticalcable-routing.Grommets in the cableroutingbase allow cables tobe routed beneath the case.Cable-routing topincludes a hole with plasticgrommet in the rear righthandcorner of the top toallow cords and cables toreach devices installedabove the lateral file..Wire manager, orderedseparately, is available tosecure cords or cablesrouted vertically inside acabinet. Wire manager isplastic and can be cut tothe length needed on site.Wire manager can be usedonly in lateral files, not instacked lateral files.Tip: Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment..Surface MaterialsLateral file, includingsteel top, base, drawerfronts, and integralpulls• PaintContemporary, Jazz,and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer topand drawer fronts• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies,hanging folder bars,rails, dividers, andgrommets• Black.82 Context Specification Guide

Context Specification Guide 83Storage..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Universal Lateral FilesApplication TopicsAlignment OverviewcSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Universal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 120ShippingLateral files are normallyshipped in heavy-duty,recyclable stretch wrap toreduce the amount of corrugatedboard needed.Counter-weight packagesship separately fromcase and must befield-installed.

Universal Open Side TowersOpen side towers providestorage of a variety ofwork and personal items foran individual, includingpaper, binders, books, andcoats.cSpecifying, page 308Finished back isstandard.Interior of tower isavailable in a variety ofconfigurations combiningcoat storage, roll-outdrawers, and adjustableshelves.Pull on flush-fronttower is integral and fullheighton doors and fullwidthon drawers.Locks are standard ondoor and drawers. Drawerlock secures all drawers inthe tower and lock positionvaries based on drawerconfiguration.Base is available in alternativeheights to permitalignment with adjacentfurniture components.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access tothe contents.Leveling glides adjust upto 7 ⁄8" to install tower onuneven floors.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 23 1 ⁄8" and 29 1 ⁄8"Depth with proud steel or 24" and 30"wood frontWidth 24"Height with 3"H base 52" and 65 1 ⁄2". Height with 1 1 ⁄2"H base 50 1 ⁄2" and 64"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Door is available in steelor wood veneer. Hinges areEuropean-style and allowdoors to open to 110° for fullaccess to the interior. Dooris available hinged on leftor right.Locker space is 9" wideand standard with a coatrod.Shelves adjust in 2 1 ⁄2"vertical increments.Pull on proud-fronttower is available in avariety of shapes.Drawer fronts areavailable in steel orwood veneer..Product DetailsInterior of tower can beconfigured in different waysto meet the needs of theuser. Coat storage; 12"H,6"H and 3"H roll-out drawers,and adjustable shelvesare available.Flush-front pull is integraland full-height on thedoor and full-width on thedrawers. Pull is available onsteel doors and drawersonly.ContemporarypullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in three styles—Contemporary (standard),Jazz, and Bar. Door pull is192 mm and drawer pullsare 128 mm. Proud-frontpulls are available on steelor wood veneer doors..84 Context Specification Guide

Universal OpenSide Towers.Adjustable shelves canbe accessed from the frontand side of the tower.Frosted glass adjustableshelves are available as anoption.Tip: If glass shelves areselected, they will replaceall steel shelves in the unit.Post supports adjustableshelves and is painted tomatch the case. Optional9201 Polished Chrome finishis available..Drawer interiors includeone divider per each 3"Hand 6"H drawer. 12"Hdrawers can accommodatefront-to-back filing of lettersizehanging folders withoutthe use of additional accessories.Optional rails anddividers are available for12"H drawers.Tip: Your specification foroptional 12"H drawer interiorswill apply to all the 12"Hdrawers within a singletower.Rails are available as anoption to accommodateside-to-side filing of letter-,A4 international-, and legalsizehanging folders. Railpackage includes one railper 12"H drawer on 24"Dunits and two rails per 12"Hdrawer on 30"D units.Divider packages areavailable as an option toaccommodate front-tobackfiling of file folders indrawers. Divider packageincludes one divider per12"H drawer..Doorhingedon leftDoorhingedon rightDoor on tower is fullheightand can be hingedon the left or right.Coat rod is included inthe locker space.Safety interlocksystem allows only onedrawer to be opened at atime. However, 3"H drawersdo not connect to theinterlock system..Locks are standard andkeyed random on all towers.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders are intendedfor installation after the furnitureis installed in order toeliminate the need to keeptrack of each furniture unit’slock number during installation.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434Drawer lock positionvaries based on towerdrawer configuration.Drawer lock is located intop drawer of towers with6"H/12"H/12"H drawer configuration.Drawer lock islocated in top 12"H drawerof towers with 3"H/3"H/12"H/12"H drawer configuration.Drawer lock secures alldrawers in the tower..Skylight top is availableas an option to allow additionalambient light to reachthe interior of the tower.Skylight top includes afrosted glass insert with asteel frame painted tomatch the case.Laminate and woodveneer tops with squareedgeprofiles are availablein place of standard 1"Hsteel tops. Laminate andwood veneer tops are 3 ⁄16"taller than steel tops andwill add that dimension tothe overall height of thetower.Steel topSteel top1"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HLaminate top1 3 /16"HProudwoodfrontTop will default to steel ontowers with proud woodfronts since the door overlapsand partially conceals thetop. Wood top is availableas an option..StorageContext Specification Guide cUniversal Open Side Towers, continued 85

Universal Open Side Towers, continued.3"1 1 /2"52" or65 1 /2"50 1 /2"or 64"Base is standard 3"H. Todecrease the overall heightof the tower, a 1 1 ⁄2"H baseis available.Cable-routing base is3"H and has access holeson each side and in the top.Cable-routing base can beused to route cords andcables horizontally throughone or more bases.ConnectionsGanging hardware isincluded to increase stabilityand maintain alignment byjoining adjacent componentsside-by-side, back-to-back,or both. Knockouts for makingthese attachments areincluded in the top. Towerscan also be bolted to thefloor or wall for stability.Wood veneer Laminatewith square with squareedge profile edge profileSkylightField-installed tops areavailable in three choices—wood veneer with squareedge profile, laminate withsquare edge profile, andskylight. Tops can be usedon an individual tower.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.3" cable 1 1 /2" baserouting baseField-installed basesare available 1 1 ⁄2"H or 3"Hcable-routing.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide...Field-installed accessoriesare available,including drawer accessoriesand shelf bookends.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Anchor bracket mountson the inside of the case andsecures the case to the floorthrough the base. Localcodes and interpretationsvary. Consult with localbuilding code officials forspecific code requirementsapplicable to your installation.California Office ofStatewide Health Planningand Development (OSHPD)jurisdictions may requireanchoring for cabinets thatexceed 6' in height..Wiring & CablingOpen side towers donot accommodate verticalcable-routing.Grommets in cable-routingbase allow cables to berouted beneath the case..Surface MaterialsTower, including steeltop, base, hinged door,integral pulls, drawerfronts, adjustableshelf, and post• PaintContemporary, Jazz,and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer top,hinged doors, anddrawer fronts• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Glass adjustableshelves• Frosted tempered glassLock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies,rails, dividers, andgrommets• BlackCoat rod• 9201 Polished Chromewith black supports.86 Context Specification Guide

Context Specification Guide 87Storage..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Universal Open SideTowersApplication TopicsDetails containers fiton adjustable shelves.Packages including projectcontainers, file containers,or a combination of containersare available.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Universal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 120ShippingTowers are normallyshipped in heavy-duty,recyclable stretch wrap toreduce the amount of corrugatedboard needed.Steel or glass shelvesare shipped stacked on topof the fixed shelf above thedrawers and must be fieldinstalled.

Universal Full Front TowersFull front towersprovide secure storageof a variety of work andpersonal items for an individual,including paper,binders, books, and coats.cSpecifying, page 310Pull on flush-fronttower is full-height andintegral.Doors are available in steelor wood veneer. Hinges areEuropean-style and allowdoor to open to 110° for fullaccess to the interior. Dooris available hinged on leftor right.Roll-out shelves andfile frames extend theirfull depth for total access tothe contents.Base is available in alternativeheights to permitalignment with adjacentfurniture components.Leveling glides adjustup to 7 ⁄8" to install tower onuneven floors.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 18" and 23 1 ⁄8"Depth with proud steel or 18 7 ⁄8" and 24"wood frontWidth 18" and 24"Height with 3"H base 52", 65 1 ⁄2", and 83 1 ⁄2". Height with 1 1 ⁄2"H base 50 1 ⁄2", 64", and 82"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Interior of tower isavailable in a variety of configurationscombining coatstorage, adjustable shelves,roll-out shallow shelves,and roll-out file frames.Finished back isstandard.Pull on proud-fronttower is available in avariety of shapes.Lock is standard on door..Product DetailsInterior of tower can beconfigured in many differentways to meet the needs ofthe user. Adjustable shelves,roll-out shallow shelves,and file frames are availablewith and without an interiorpartition to create a separatecoat storage space.Flush-front pull is fullheightand integral with thedoor. Pull is available onsteel doors only.ContemporarypullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in three styles—Contemporary (standard),Jazz, and Bar. Each pull is192 mm and available onsteel or wood veneer doors..88 Context Specification Guide

Universal Full Front Towers.Adjustable shelvescan be positioned in theinterior of the tower in 3 ⁄4"vertical increments using areversible bracket.Roll-out shallowshelves include a stay atthe front edge to preventbooks, binders, and otherobjects from sliding off theshelf as it is moved in andout of the tower. Back andsides of shelf are 3"H toprevent items from droppingover the edge.File frames include onehanging folder bar perframe. Rails are availableas an option.Tip: Your specification foroptional file frame interiorswill apply to all the fileframes within a single tower..Hanging folder baraccommodates side-to-sidefiling of letter-, A4 international-,and legal-sizehanging folders. Additionalbars are available and mustbe specified separately.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Rails accommodate frontto-backfiling of letter-, A4international-, and legal-sizehanging folders. Rail packageincludes one rail per fileframe. Additional rails areavailable and must bespecified separately.Tip: Legal-size hangingfolders will not fit in 18"D x18"W or 24"D x 18"W fileframes with a rail.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Doorhingedon leftDoorhingedon rightDoor on tower is fullheightand can be hingedon the left or right..Coat hook is included withtowers that have an interiorpartition.Safety interlocksystem allows only oneroll-out shelf or roll-out fileframe to be opened at atime.Locks are standard andkeyed random on all towers.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders are intendedfor installation after the furnitureis installed in order toeliminate the need to keeptrack of each furniture unit’slock number during installation.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434.Skylight top is availableas an option to allow additionalambient light to reachthe interior of the tower.Skylight top includes afrosted glass insert witha steel frame painted tomatch the case.Steel top1"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HLaminate top1 3 /16"HLaminate and woodveneer tops with squareedgeprofiles are availablein place of standard 1"Hsteel tops. Laminate andwood veneer tops are 3 ⁄16"taller than steel tops andwill add that dimension tothe overall height of thetower.Cable-routing top isavailable as an option andincludes a hole with a plasticgrommet in the rearright-hand corner of the topto allow cords and cables toreach devices installed onthe tower..Steel topTop will default to steel ontowers with proud woodfronts since the door overlapsand conceals the top.Wood top is availableas an option.3"1 1 /2"Proudwoodfront52",65 1 /2",or83 1 /2"50 1 /2",64",or 81"Base is standard 3"H. Todecrease the overall heightof the tower, a 1 1 ⁄2"H baseis available.Cable-routing base is3"H and has access holeson each side and in the top.Cable-routing base can beused to route cords andcables horizontally throughone or more bases..StorageContext Specification Guide cUniversal Full Front Towers, continued 89

Universal Full Front Towers, continued.Counter-weight packagesmust be specified forcertain size towers that arenot ganged to another toweror bolted to the floor or wall.Counter-weights can alsobe ordered separately.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.ConnectionsGanging hardware isincluded to increase stabilityand maintain alignment byjoining adjacent componentsside-by-side, back-to-back,or both. Knockouts for makingthese attachments areincluded in the top. Towerscan also be bolted to thefloor or wall for stability.Wood veneer Laminatewith square with squareedge profile edge profileSkylight Cable-routingField-installed tops areavailable in four choices—wood veneer with squareedge profile, laminate withsquare edge profile, skylight,and cable-routing. Tops canbe used on an individualtower.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide..3" cablerouting base1 1 /2" baseField-installed basesare available 1 1 ⁄2"H or 3"Hcable-routing.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Field-installed accessoriesare available,including roll-out shallowshelf stays, file frameaccessories, shelf bookends,and counter-weightpackages.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Anchor bracket mountson the inside of the case andsecures the case to the floorthrough the base. Localcodes and interpretationsvary. Consult with localbuilding code officials forspecific code requirementsapplicable to your installation.California Office ofStatewide Health Planningand Development (OSHPD)jurisdictions may requireanchoring for cabinets thatexceed 6' in height..Wiring & CablingWire manager, orderedseparately, is available tosecure cords or cablesrouted vertically inside atower. Wire manager isplastic and can be cut tothe length needed on site.Tip: Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Grommets in the cableroutingbase and cableroutingtop allow cablesto be routed beneath thecase, through the case,and to reach devices ontop of the tower..Surface MaterialsTower, including steeltop, base, hinged door,integral pulls, andadjustable shelves• PaintContemporary, Jazz,and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer top andhinged door• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Roll-out shallowshelves, file frames,shallow shelf stay,and coat hook• BlackHanging folder bars,rails, and grommets• Black.Application TopicsDetails containers fiton standard shelves androll-out shallow shelves.Packages including projectcontainers, file containers,or a combination of containersare available.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Universal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 120.90 Context Specification Guide

Context Specification Guide 91Storage..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Universal Full Front TowersShippingTowers are normallyshipped in heavy-duty,recyclable stretch wrapto reduce the amount ofcorrugated board needed.Adjustable shelvesare shipped stacked in thebottom of the case andmust be field-installed.Counter-weight packagesship separately fromcase and must be fieldinstalled.

Universal Vertical Drawer TowersVertical drawer towersprovide high-density storageof paper, plus coat andother personal item storagefor an individual.cSpecifying, page 314Finished back isstandard.Interior of tower isavailable in a variety of configurationscombining coatstorage, roll-out drawers,and a fixed shelf behind thelift-up door on 65 1 ⁄2"H units.Pull on flush-fronttower is integral and fullheighton doors and fullwidthon drawers.Base is available in alternativeheights to permitalignment with adjacentfurniture components.Leveling glides adjustup to 7 ⁄8" to install tower onuneven floors.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access tothe contents.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 23 1 ⁄8" and 29 1 ⁄8"Depth with proud steel or 24" and 30"wood frontWidth 24"Height with 3"H base 52" and 65 1 ⁄2". Height with 1 1 ⁄2"H base 50 1 ⁄2" and 64"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Lift-up door is standardon 65 1 ⁄2"H towers andincludes a fixed shelf. Flushfrontdoor recedes into thecase and proud-front doorlifts above case.Locker space is 9" wideand standard with a coatrod.Door is available in steelor wood veneer. Hinges areEuropean-style and allowdoor to open to 110° for fullaccess to the interior. Dooris available hinged on left orright.Drawer fronts areavailable in steel orwood veneer.Locks are standard ondoor and drawers. Drawerlock secures all drawersand is located at the top leftcorner of drawer that is thirdup from the bottom. Drawerlock also secures lift-updoor on 65 1 ⁄2"H units.Pull on proud-fronttower is available in avariety of shapes..Product DetailsInterior of tower canbe configured in differentways to meet the needs ofthe user. Coat storage,12"H and 6"H roll-out drawers,and a fixed shelf behinda lift-up door are available.Tip: Lift-up door with fixedshelf is available on 65 1 ⁄2"Htowers only.Flush-front pull is integraland full-height on the doorand full-width on the drawers.Pull is available on steeldoors and drawers only.ContemporarypullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in three styles—Contemporary (standard),Jazz, and Bar. Door pull is192 mm and drawer pullsare 128 mm. Proud-frontpulls are available on steelor wood veneer doors..92 Context Specification Guide

Universal VerticalDrawer Towers.Drawer interiors includeone divider per 6"H drawer,while 12"H drawers canaccommodate front-to-backfiling of letter-size hangingfolders without the use ofadditional accessories.However, optional rails anddividers are available for12"H drawers.Tip: Your specification foroptional 12"H drawer interiorswill apply to all the12"H drawers within asingle tower.Rails are available as anoption to accommodateside-to-side filing of letter-,A4 international-, and legalsizehanging folders. Railpackage includes one railper 12"H drawer on 24"Dunits and two rails per 12"Hdrawer on 30"D units.Divider packages areavailable as an option toaccommodate front-tobackfiling of file folders indrawers. Divider packageincludes one divider per12"H drawer..Fixed shelf behind lift-updoor does not include filingaccessories; however, itwill accommodate standardsize binders. Bookendsare available and must bespecified separately.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Doorhingedon leftDoorhingedon rightDoor on tower is fullheightand can be hingedon the left or right.Coat rod is includedin locker space.Safety interlocksystem allows only onedrawer to be opened at atime..Locks are standard andkeyed random on all towers.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders are intendedfor installation after the furnitureis installed in order toeliminate the need to keeptrack of each furniture unit’slock number during installation.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434Steel top1"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HLaminate top1 3 /16"HLaminate and woodveneer tops with squareedgeprofiles are availablein place of standard 1"Hsteel tops. Laminate andwood veneer tops are 3 ⁄16"taller than steel tops andwill add that dimension tothe overall height of thetower..Steel topTop will default to steel ontowers with proud woodfronts since the door andtop drawer overlap and concealthe top. Wood topis available as an option.3"1 1 /2"Proudwoodfront52" or65 1 /2"50 1 /2"or 64"Base is standard 3"H. Todecrease the overall heightof the tower, a 1 1 ⁄2"H baseis available.Cable-routing base is3"H and has access holeson each side and in the top.Cable-routing base can beused to route cords andcables horizontally throughone or more bases..ConnectionsGanging hardware isincluded to increase stabilityand maintain alignment byjoining adjacent componentsside-by-side, back-to-back,or both. Knockouts for makingthese attachments areincluded in the top. Towerscan also be bolted to thefloor or wall for stability.Wood veneerwith squareedge profileField-installed tops areavailable in two choices—wood veneer with squareedge profile and laminatewith square edge profile.Tops can be used on anindividual tower.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.3" cablerouting baseLaminatewith squareedge profile1 1 /2" baseField-installed basesare available 1 1 ⁄2"H or 3"Hcable-routing.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide..StorageContext Specification Guide cUniversal Vertical Drawer Towers, continued 93

Universal Vertical Drawer Towers, continued.Field-installed accessoriesare available,including shelf bookendsand drawer accessories.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Anchor bracket mountson the inside of the case andsecures the case to the floorthrough the base. Localcodes and interpretationsvary. Consult with localbuilding code officials forspecific code requirementsapplicable to your installation.California Office ofStatewide Health Planningand Development (OSHPD)jurisdictions may requireanchoring for cabinets thatexceed 6' in height..Wiring & CablingVertical drawer towersdo not accommodate verticalcable-routing.Grommets in the cableroutingbase allow cables tobe routed beneath the case..Surface MaterialsTower, including steeltop, base, hinged door,lift-up door, integralpulls, drawer fronts,and fixed shelf• PaintContemporary, Jazz,and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer top,hinged door, lift-updoor, and drawer fronts• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies,rails, dividers, andgrommets• BlackCoat rod• 9201 Polished Chromewith black supports.Application TopicsUniversal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 120.ShippingTowers are normallyshipped in heavy-duty,recyclable stretch wrap toreduce the amount of corrugatedboard needed..94 Context Specification Guide

Universal VerticalDrawer TowersStorageContext Specification Guide 95

Universal Combination CabinetsCombination cabinetsoffer storage of paper andother objects in one cabinetand are suitable for use byan individual or group.cSpecifying, page 316Single case andstacked case cabinetsare available.Pull on proud-frontcabinet is available ina variety of shapes.Finished back isstandard.Locks are standard ondoors and drawers. Doorlock on right-hand doorsecures both doors. Drawerlock secures all drawers.Drawer fronts are availablein steel or woodveneer.Doors are available in steelor wood veneer. Hinges areEuropean-style and allowdoors to open to 110° for fullaccess to the interior.Base is available inalternative heights to permitalignment with adjacentfurniture components.Leveling glides adjust upto 7 ⁄8" to install cabinets onuneven floors.Label holders areincluded with each drawer.Label holder fits inside theintegral pull of flush-frontcombination cabinets andover the top edge of drawerfront on proud-front drawers.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 18" and 23 1 ⁄8"Depth with proud steel or 18 7 ⁄8" and 24"wood frontWidth 30", 36", and 42"Height with 3"H base 52", 65 1 ⁄2", and 83 1 ⁄2". Height with 1 1 ⁄2"H base 50 1 ⁄2", 64", and 82"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Interior of cabinet isavailable in a variety ofconfigurations combiningadjustable shelves, roll-outshallow shelves, anddrawers.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access to thecontents.Pull on flush-frontcabinet is integral and fullheighton doors and fullwidthon drawers..Product DetailsSinglecaseStackedcaseCombination cabinetscan be configured as eithera single case or a stackedcase. Single case cabinethas full-height sides andback. Stacked case cabinethas a seam where the bottomcase with drawers joinsthe top case with doors andshelves. Stacked cabinetscan be rotated and reconfiguredon site. Both configurationsare shipped fullyassembled.Interior of cabinetcan be configured in manydifferent ways to meet theneeds of the user. Adjustableshelves, roll-out shallowshelves, and a combinationof both types of shelves areavailable. Doors are availableto cover the shelves orshelves can be open.Flush-front pull is integraland full-height on the doorand full-width on the drawers.Pull is available on steeldoors and drawers only..96 Context Specification Guide

Universal CombinationCabinets.ContemporarypullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in three styles—Contemporary (standard),Jazz, and Bar. Each pull is192 mm and available onsteel or wood veneer doorsand drawers.Adjustable shelves canbe positioned in the interiorof the combination cabinetin 3 ⁄4" vertical incrementsusing a reversible bracket.Roll-out shallowshelves include a stay atthe front edge to preventbooks, binders, and otherobjects from sliding off theshelf as it is moved in andout of the cabinet. Back andsides of shelf are 3"H toprevent items from droppingover the edge..Drawer interiors includeone hanging folder bar perdrawer in each 18"D caseand two rails per drawer ineach 24"D case. Alternativeinteriors are available asoptions.Tip: Your specification foroptional drawer interiors willapply to all the drawerswithin a single cabinet.Hanging folder baraccommodates side-to-sidefiling of letter-, A4 international-,and legal-size filefolders. Additional bars areavailable and must bespecified separately.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Rails accommodate frontto-backfiling of letter-, A4international-, and legalsizehanging folders. Railpackages include two railsper drawer for 30"W and36"W drawers and fourrails per drawer for 42"Wdrawers. Additional railsare available and must bespecified separately.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide..Divider packages areavailable as an option toaccommodate either sideto-sideor front-to-back filingof file folders in drawers.Frosted glass hingeddoors are available as anoption on certain configurations.Glass doors do notlock. Pulls on glass doorsare available in the samefinishes as proud front pulls.On flush front cabinets,glass door pull finish mustbe specified. On proud frontcabinets, glass door pull finishwill default to finishselected for drawer pulls.Doors ship separately fromthe case and are fieldinstalled.Tip: Pull on glass doors isnot the same design asdrawer pulls.Safety interlock systemallows only one draweror roll-out shallow shelf tobe opened at a time.Tip: If you reconfigure theunit in the field by adding,removing, or rotating components,or by adding ormoving drawers or roll-outshelves, you must reevaluateinterlock conditions.Contact SteelcaseService Parts Group(1.888.783.3522) forassistance..Lock is standard and keyedrandom on all combinationcabinets. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders are intended forinstallation after the furnitureis installed in order toeliminate the need to keeptrack of each furniture unit’slock number during installation.Lock cylinders mustbe specified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434Individual drawer locksare available for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Combination cabinets includea security shield above eachdrawer to prevent unauthorizedaccess.No-top cabinets areavailable for installationswhere cabinet will beinstalled beneath a commontop shared among severalcabinets. Select this optionwhen you plan to install alocally manufactured top.Hardware is included toattach case to worksurface..Laminate and woodveneer tops with squareedgeprofiles are availablein place of standard 1"Hsteel tops. Laminate andwood veneer tops are 3 ⁄16"taller than steel tops andwill add that dimension tothe overall height of thecabinet.Cable-routing topincludes a hole with plasticgrommet in the rear righthandcorner of the top toallow cords and cables toreach devices installedabove the cabinet.3"1 1 /2"Steel top1"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HLaminate top1 3 /16"H52",65 1 /2",or83 1 /2"50 1 /2",64",or 82"Base is standard 3"H. Todecrease the overall heightof the combination cabinet,a 1 1 ⁄2"H base is available..StorageContext Specification Guide cUniversal Combination Cabinets, continued 97

Universal Combination Cabinets, continued.Cable-routing base is3"H and has access holeson each side and in the top.Cable-routing base can beused to route cords andcables horizontally throughone or more bases and toallow cords and cables toroute vertically through thecombination cabinet.Universalcombinationcabinet900 SeriescombinationcabinetAlignment bases areavailable to achieve anoverall cabinet height thatmatches the height of 800Series and 900 Seriescombination cabinets:• 2 1 ⁄2"H base creates analignment with 64 11 ⁄16"Hcabinets• 3"H base creates analignment with 52 3 ⁄8"HcabinetsTip: Some minor adjustmentof leveling glides may berequired to achieve alignmentbetween adjacentcases.cAlignment Overview,see Storage SpecificationGuide..Counter-weight packagesmust be specified forcabinets that are not gangedto another case or bolted tothe floor or wall. Counterweightscan also be orderedseparately.Tip: If you reconfigure theunit in the field by adding,removing, or rotatingcomponents, you mustreevaluate counter-weightconditions. ContactSteelcase Service PartsGroup (1.888.783.3522)for assistance..ConnectionsGanging hardware isincluded to increase stabilityand maintain alignment byjoining adjacent componentsside-by-side, back-to-back,or both. Knockouts formaking these attachmentsare included in the top.Combination cabinets canalso be bolted to the flooror wall for stability.Stacked cabinets canbe rotated in the field byordering and installing thefixed shelf for stacked androtated combination cabinets.Fixed shelf is availablefor use with proud-front cabinetsonly. If the combinationcabinet is not ganged toother cabinets or bolted tothe floor or wall for stability,you must order and installthe appropriate counterweightpackage.cFixed Shelf for Stackedand Rotated CombinationCabinets, see StorageSpecification Guide..Wood veneerwith squareedge profileLaminatewith squareedge profileField-installed tops areavailable in three choices—wood veneer with squareedge profile, laminate withsquare edge profile, andlaminate with bullnose edgeprofile on the front edge oron the front and back edge.Tops can be used on anindividual cabinet.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.3" cablerouting baseLaminatewith bullnoseprofile1 1 /2" baseField-installed basesare available 1 1 ⁄2"H or 3"Hcable-routing. 2"H, 2 1 ⁄2"H,and 4 1 ⁄4"H alignment basesare also available.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide..Field-installed accessoriesare available,including shelf bookends,roll-out shallow shelf stays,drawer accessories, andcounter-weight packages.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Anchor bracket mountson the inside of the case andsecures the case to the floorthrough the base. Localcodes and interpretationsvary. Consult with localbuilding code officials forspecific code requirementsapplicable to your installation.California Office ofStatewide Health Planningand Development (OSHPD)jurisdictions may requireanchoring for cabinets thatexceed 6' in height..98 Context Specification Guide

Universal CombinationCabinets.Wiring & CablingWire manager, orderedseparately, is available tosecure cords or cablesrouted vertically inside acabinet. Wire manager isplastic and can be cut to thelength needed on site. Wiremanager can be used onlyin single case cabinets, notin stacked cabinets.Tip: Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Grommets in the cableroutingbase and top allowcables to be routed beneaththe case, through the case,and to reach devices on topof the cabinet..Surface MaterialsCabinet, includingsteel top, base, hingeddoors, integral pulls,adjustable shelves andfixed shelves• PaintContemporary, Jazz,Bar, and Glass Doorpulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer top,hinged doors, anddrawer fronts• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Glass hinged doors• Frosted tempered glassLock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Roll-out shallowshelves, roll-outshallow shelf stays,drawer bodies, hangingfolder bars, rails,shelf dividers, andgrommets• Black.Application TopicsDetails containers fit onstandard shelves and roll-outshallow shelves. Packagesincluding project containers,file containers, or a combinationof containers areavailable.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Alignment OverviewcSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Universal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 120.ShippingCombination cabinetsare normally shipped inheavy-duty, recyclablestretch wrap to reduce theamount of corrugated boardneeded.Frosted glass hingeddoors ship separatelyfrom case and must befield-installed.Adjustable shelves areshipped stacked in the caseand must be field-installed.Counter-weight packagesship separately fromcase and must be fieldinstalled...StorageContext Specification Guide 99

Universal Wardrobe CabinetsWardrobe cabinetsoffer coat and other flexiblestorage for an individual orgroup.cSpecifying, page 320Doors are available in steelor wood veneer. Hinges areEuropean-style and allowdoors to open to 110° for fullaccess to the interior.Finished back isstandard.Pull on proud-frontcabinet is available in avariety of shapes.Lock is standard on allwardrobes and securesboth doors.Base is available inalternative heights to permitalignment with adjacentfurniture components.Leveling glides adjust upto 7 ⁄8" to install wardrobe onuneven floors.Actual DimensionsDepth with flush steel front 18" and 23 1 ⁄8"Depth with proud steel or 18 7 ⁄8" and 24"wood frontWidth 30", 36", and 42"Height with 3"H base 52", 65 1 ⁄2", and 83 1 ⁄2". Height with 1 1 ⁄2"H base 50 1 ⁄2", 64", and 82"For the full UniversalStorage offering, seeStorage SpecificationGuide.Interior of cabinet isavailable in a variety ofconfigurations.Pull on flush-frontcabinet is full-heightand integral..Product DetailsInterior of wardrobe isavailable in three differentconfigurations:• Front-to-back coat rodin 18"D wardrobe• Side-to-side coat rodin 24"D wardrobe• Combination interiorswith adjustable shelvesand a coat hook in 24"Dwardrobes.Tip: Coat space is alwayson the left-hand side ofwardrobes with combinationinteriors.Combination interiorscontain three adjustableshelves in each 52"Hwardrobe and four adjustableshelves in each 65 1 ⁄2"Hand 83 1 ⁄2"H wardrobe.Fixed shelf is standardin 83 1 ⁄2"H wardrobes atapproximately the 61 1 ⁄2"Hposition with the coat rod orcombination interior justbelow that position..100 Context Specification Guide

Universal WardrobeCabinets.Flush-front pull is fullheightand integral with thedoor. Pull is available onsteel doors only.ContemporarypullJazz pullBar pullProud-front pulls areavailable in three styles—Contemporary (standard),Jazz, and Bar. Each pull is192 mm and available onsteel or wood veneer doors.Adjustable shelves canbe positioned in the interiorof the wardrobe cabinet in3 ⁄4" vertical incrementsusing a reversible bracket..Lock is standard and keyedrandom on all wardrobes.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders are intendedfor installation after the furnitureis installed in order toeliminate the need to keeptrack of each furniture unit’slock number during installation.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434No-top cabinets areavailable for installationswhere the wardrobe will beinstalled beneath a commontop shared among severalcabinets. Select this optionwhen you plan to install alocally manufactured top.Hardware is included toattach case to worksurface..Laminate and woodveneer tops with squareedgeprofiles are available inplace of standard 1"H steeltops. Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan steel tops and will addthat dimension to the overallheight of the cabinet.Cable-routing topincludes a hole with plasticgrommet in the rear righthandcorner of the top toallow cords and cables toreach devices installedabove the wardrobe.3"1 1 /2"Steel top1"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HLaminate top1 3 /16"H52",65 1 /2",or83 1 /2"50 1 /2",64",or 82"Base is standard 3"H. Todecrease the overall heightof the wardrobe, a 1 1 ⁄2"Hbase is available..Cable-routing base is3"H and has access holeson each side and in the top.Cable-routing base can beused to route cords andcables horizontally throughone or more bases and toallow cords and cables toroute vertically through thewardrobe.Universalwardrobecabinet970 SerieswardrobecabinetAlignment bases areavailable to achieve anoverall cabinet height thatmatches the height of 730Series and 970 Serieswardrobe cabinets:• 2 1 ⁄2"H base creates analignment with 64 11 ⁄16"Hcabinets• 3"H base creates an alignmentwith 52 3 ⁄8"H cabinets.• There is no alignmentbase to create an alignmentwith 80 1 ⁄2"H cabinets.cAlignment Overview,see Storage SpecificationGuide.Counter-weights are notrequired on wardrobes..ConnectionsGanging hardware isincluded to increase stabilityand maintain alignment byjoining adjacent componentsside-by-side, back-to-back,or both. Knockouts formaking these attachmentsare included in the top.Wardrobes can also bebolted to the floor or wallfor stability.Wood veneerwith squareedge profileLaminatewith squareedge profileLaminatewith bullnoseprofileField-installed tops areavailable in three choices—wood veneer with squareedge profile, laminate withsquare edge profile, andlaminate with bullnose edgeprofile on the front edge oron the front and back edge.Tops can be used on anindividual wardrobe.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide..StorageContext Specification Guide cUniversal Wardrobe Cabinets, continued 101

Universal Wardrobe Cabinets, continued.3" cablerouting base1 1 /2" baseField-installed basesare available 1 1 ⁄2"H or 3"Hcable-routing. 2"H, 2 1 ⁄2"H,and 4 1 ⁄4"H alignment basesare also available.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Field-installed accessoriesare available,including coat rods andshelf bookends.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Anchor bracket mountson the inside of the case andsecures the case to the floorthrough the base. Localcodes and interpretationsvary. Consult with localbuilding code officials forspecific code requirementsapplicable to your installation.California Office ofStatewide Health Planningand Development (OSHPD)jurisdictions may requireanchoring for cabinets thatexceed 6' in height..Wiring & CablingWire manager, orderedseparately, is available tosecure cords or cablesrouted vertically inside acabinet. Wire manager isplastic and can be cut tothe length needed on site.Tip: Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Grommets in the cableroutingbase and top allowcables to be routed beneaththe case, through the case,and to reach devices on topof the wardrobe..Surface MaterialsWardrobe, includingsteel top, base, hingeddoors, integral pulls,adjustable shelves,and fixed shelves• PaintContemporary, Jazz,and Bar pulls• 0835 Black• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9211 Nickel• 9212 SilverWood veneer topand hinged doors• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Coat rod• 9201 Polished Chromewith black supportsGrommets andcoat hook• Black.Application TopicsDetails containers fit onstandard shelves. Packagesincluding project containers,file containers, or a combinationof containers areavailable.cSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Alignment OverviewcSee Storage SpecificationGuide.Universal StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 120.ShippingWardrobes are normallyshipped in heavy-duty,recyclable stretch wrap toreduce the amount of corrugatedboard needed.Adjustable shelvesare shipped stacked inthe bottom of the case andmust be field-installed..102 Context Specification Guide

Universal WardrobeCabinetsStorageContext Specification Guide 103

Overhead StorageOverhead storagecomponents fit ontocore units at ports to provideconvenient, accessiblestorage for charts, books,binders, and other referencematerials. The space beneathoverhead cabinets andshelves is open to facilitateinteraction; fill the space witha core-mounted screen toincrease privacy.cSpecifying, page 322Column cap finishes thetop of the column.Integral columns mountoverhead storage to coreunits at ports.Actual DimensionsOverhead Straight Cornercabinet shelf shelfDepth (overall) 15 5 ⁄8" 15" 15"Overall width 30", 36", 42", 48", 54", 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 42" x 42", 42" x 60", 42" x 72",60", 66", 72", or 78" 54", 60", 66", 72", or 78" 48" x 48", 48" x 60", 48" x 66",48" x 72", or 48" x 78"Height 17 1 ⁄8"I 181 ⁄2" (470 mm)InternationalShelf depth 13 1 ⁄4" 13 1 ⁄4"Shelf thickness 2 1 ⁄2" 2 1 ⁄2"Screen thickness 1" 1".Overall height 65" 65" 65"from floorI 663 ⁄8" (1686 mm)I 663 ⁄8" (1686 mm)I 663 ⁄8" (1686 mm)International International InternationalCabinet doors storeinside the top of the cabinet.Lock is standard and iscentered beneath thecabinet door. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434Screens form a back forshelves. They are fabriccoveredand tackable.Column-mountedshelves and cabinetsare made of steel..Product DetailsLock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434Tip: Remember to specify 2lock cylinders for 60"W and72"W bins.Column-mountedshelves are available instraight or corner configurations.Overhead shelves areavailable without screens toadd to previously installedcolumn-mounted screens.Overhead cabinets areavailable with a single dooror double doors dependingon width..104 Context Specification Guide

Overhead Storage.Mitered edges on cornerscreens allow adjacentscreens to form a sharplydefined edge.Shelf dividers are availableto separate contentsof overhead shelves or cabinets.A lip at the backof the divider fits into theslot at the back of the storagecomponent.International versionof overhead cabinet is availableto accommodate largerA4 and foolscap binders.Overall cabinet height is18 1 ⁄2" (470 mm). Internationalscreens and shelvesare available to align withinternational overheadcabinet.Connections13 5 /8"H346 mmColumn-mounted componentscan be attachedto core units with two portareas.Tip: Depth of cabinetsand shelves could hinderconferencing when used ona visitor core unit.Shelf lights recess intothe bottom of overhead cabinetsand shelves.cPage 14920"H screens can beplaced below columnmountedstorage.cPage 142Wiring & CablingColumns, included withall overhead storage, haveremovable covers that concealcord and cable routing.Cords and cables canpass from the upper columnto the lower column throughports...3 /4"Column-mounted shelfhas a 1 ⁄2" space along theback to allow cords andcables to pass behindthe shelf.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPage 192Surface MaterialsOverhead cabinetsand shelves• PaintColumns and columncovers• PaintTip: Columns and columncovers must be the samecolor, but that color can bedifferent from the cabinetor shelf.Screen outside surface• PaintScreen inside surface• Vertical surface fabricColumn caps, shelf endtrim, and miter trim• 6681 Grotto plastic• 6682 Cobblestone plasticShelf divider• Grotto paintLock• 9201 Polished Chrome.Application TopicsOverhead storage canspan more than one coreunit, but this applicationmay limit flexibility whenreconfiguring.Straight columnmountedshelves can beused on one side of a cornercore unit.To completely wrap acorner, use a columnmountedcorner shelf.Order two componentsseparately—corner column-mountedscreen andstraight overhead shelf withtwo-piece column cover.Overhead cabinets andshelves cannot span anopen space between twocore units..3"Adjacent shelves havea 3" space between them.17 1 /8"H19 1 /4"H28 1 /2"HClearance between theworksurface and columnmountedstorage is 19 1 ⁄4".Tip: Raising the monitorworksurface on adjustableheightcorner core units willreduce clearance.Context StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 125.StorageContext Specification Guide 105

Corner Overhead Cabinet for Use with Column-Mounted ScreenCorner overhead storagecabinet fits into acorner and aisle privacycore unit at ports to provideconvenient, accessiblestorage for charts, books,binders, and other referencematerials. The spacebelow corner overhead cabinetis open to facilitateinteraction; fill the spacewith a core-mounted screento increase privacy.cSpecifying, page 324Integral columns mountoverhead storage to coreunits at ports.Left-handcabinetColumn-mountedscreen is available for leftorright-hand applicationswith a corner overhead cabinet.It can be used in twoways: above core-mountedscreens to increase privacyor to provide a convenientpassthrough between workareas when the space belowis left open.cSpecifying, page 326Outside surfaceand top are steel.Column cap trims the topof the column.Outside edge has aLeft-handremovable plastic light sealscreento expose painted edge ofscreen.Actual DimensionsCabinetScreenDepth 15 5 ⁄8" 1"Overall width 35", 41", 47", 53", 36", 42", 48", 54",59", 65", 71", or 77" 60", 66", 72", or78"Height 17 1 ⁄8" 36 1 ⁄2"Overall height 65" 65". from floorColumn-mountedscreen attaches to anoverhead cabinet for supportand provides additionalprivacy within a workstation.Lock is standard and iscentered beneath the cabinetdoor. Products with locksship with a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lock cylindersmust be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434Cabinet doors storeinside the top of the cabinet.Column-mounted cabinetsare made of steel.Right-handscreenInside surface is fabriccoveredand tackable.Right-handcabinet.Product DetailsLock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434Tip: Remember to specify 2lock cylinders for 60"W and72"W bins.Corner overhead cabinetsare available with asingle door or double doorsdepending on width.Shelf dividers are availableto separate contentsof overhead cabinets. A lipat the back of the divider fitsinto the slot at the back ofthe storage component..106 Context Specification Guide

Corner Overhead Cabinetfor Use withColumn-Mounted Screen.ConnectionsCorner overhead cabinetis 1" less wide thanthe standard overhead cabinetto allow connection toa column-mounted screen.Available in left- and righthandversions.Attachment bracketfor column-mounted screenis included with corner overheadcabinet.Column-mountedscreen attaches to thelower column of a core unitinside the port on one end.The opposite end attachesto a corner overhead cabinetfor use with columnmountedscreen.Shelf lights recess intothe bottom of overhead cabinetsand shelves.cPage 14920"H screens can beplaced below corner overheadcabinet and columnmountedscreen.cPage 142Wiring & CablingColumns, included withall overhead cabinets, haveremovable covers that concealcord and cable routing.Cords and cables canpass from the upper columnto the lower column throughports.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPage 192..Surface MaterialsCorner overheadcabinets• PaintColumns and columncovers for corner overheadcabinets• PaintTip: Columns and columncovers must be the samecolor, but that color can bedifferent from the cabinet.Bracket attachment• Painted same ascabinet colorShelf divider• Grotto paintLock• 9201 Polished ChromeInside surface of column-mountedscreens• Vertical surface fabricColumns, column covers,and outside surfaceof columnmountedscreens• PaintColumn cap• Grotto plastic• Cobblestone plastic.Application TopicsLeftRightCorner overhead cabinetsare available in leftandright-hand versions. Todetermine which you need,imagine facing the centerof the corner core unit. Ifthe cabinet is to the left,specify a left-hand cabinetand a right-hand columnmountedscreen for usewith overhead storage cabinet.If the cabinet is to theright, specify a right-handcabinet and a left-hand column-mountedscreen.Corner overheadstorage can span acorner unit and anothercore unit, but this applicationmay limit flexibilitywhen reconfiguring.Column-mountedscreen can span a cornerunit and another core unitwhen the width of the worksurfacesequals the width ofthe screen. This applicationmay limit flexibility whenreconfiguring.Order two componentsseparately—corner overheadcabinet and columnmountedscreen.cCorner overhead cabinet,page 324cColumn-mounted screen,page 326.17 1 /8"H19 1 /4"H28 1 /2"HClearance between theworksurface and columnmountedstorage is 19 1 ⁄4".Tip: Raising the monitorworksurface on adjustableheightcorner core units willreduce clearance.Context StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 125.StorageContext Specification Guide 107

CountertopsCountertops can be usedindividually or can link witheach other to form continuouscountertops along a runof core units.cSpecifying, pages332–341Countertop is 42"H andhas a wood core.Curved ends of countertopare used at the end ofa run and extend slightlybeyond the footprint of thecore unit.Corner componentis identical for all cornercountertops.7 1 /2" 7 1 /2" 7 1 /2" 7 1 /2"flush 7 1 /2"7 1 /2"7 1 /2"7 1 /2"7 1 /2"Actual DimensionsStraight Countertop Corner CountertopDepth 15" 15"Nominal width 24", 30",36",42", 48", 30" x 42", 30" x 48", 36" x 42",(corresponds to 54", 60", 66", 72", or 78" 36" x 48", 42" x 30", 42" x 36",core unit width) 42" x 42", 48" x 30", 48" x 36",48" x 48", 48" x 60", 48" x 66",48" x 72", 48" x 78", 60" x 48",66" x 48", 72" x 48", or 78" x 48"Countertop thickness 1" 1"Height from the floor 42" 42". Height from worksurface 12 3 ⁄4" 12 3 ⁄4"Straight ends on countertopscan be used to continuea run.Integral columns mountcountertops to core units atports.Concealed fastenersensure a flush connectionbetween countertopcomponents.Corner countertops areL-shaped units that matchthe dimensions of coreunits..Product DetailsTorus edge on countertopcombines a stepped detailwith a radius edge thatmatches the edge detail ofcore units.Space beneathcountertop can be openor filled with 12"H screens..108 Context Specification Guide

Countertops.ConnectionsAlignment bracket isused to connect adjacentcountertops to insurealignment.Straight countertopscan attach to straight orcorner core units.Tip: Straight countertops arenon-handed. You don’t needto specify left-hand or righthandversions.Corner countertopsattach to corner core unitsonly..Utility shelf lights canbe installed beneath countertopsusing screws andkeyhole slots in light fixture.This application can also beused with a 12"H or a 20"Hcore-mounted screen..Wiring & CablingSpace between top of columncover and bottom ofcountertop allows room forcable routing..Surface MaterialsCountertop• LaminateTip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the laminate.cPage 427cSee page 431 for woodgrain laminate directionillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428• Wood veneer (option)cSee page 432 forwood veneer directionillustrations.• Customiz stain (option onwood)Columns• Paint.Application TopicsCountertop can spanmore than one core unit,but this application maylimit flexibility whenreconfiguring.11 3 /4"Clearance between theworksurface and the bottomof the countertop is 11 3 ⁄4".Countertops can beused only with keyboardheight adjustable core units.Countertops cannot beused with dual adjustableheightcore units..StorageContext Specification Guide 109

Context Fixed PedestalsFixed pedestals fit undercore unit worksurfaces andare available in a variety ofdrawer configurations toaccommodate storageneeds.cSpecifying, page 342Finished back andsides are standard.Lock is standard onpedestals and securesall drawers. Lock is locatedin the top drawer. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.Top is open and accommodatesattachment to thecore unit. Attachment hardwareis included.Base is integral to pedestalcase.Leveling glides have a1 7 ⁄8" adjustable glide rangefor uneven floors.Actual DimensionsDepth 18 3 ⁄8" or 23 1 ⁄2"Width 15". Height 27"Drawer fronts are steel.Pull is available in waterfalland rod styles.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access to thecontents. Box and file drawersare available..Product DetailsPedestals are available intwo depths to fit under 24"Dand 30"D core units.Box drawers are awelded steel construction.One divider is included witheach box drawer.File drawers are awelded steel construction.Drawer body sides are fullheightand accommodatefront-to-back filing of hangingletter-size file folders.One rail is included witheach file drawer to accommodateside-to-side filing ofletter-, A4- and legal-sizehanging folders.Exception: Legal-size filefolders cannot be filed in 24"nominal depth pedestals.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed inthe field to create a differentaesthetic or to replace damageddrawer fronts..110 Context Specification Guide

Context Fixed PedestalsWaterfall pullRod pull.Pulls are available inwaterfall and rod styles.Pencil tray to hold smalloffice supplies is includedwith each box/box/filepedestal.Lock is standard andkeyed random on allpedestals. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434Individual drawer locksare available on file/filepedestals for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Pedestals include a securityshield above each drawerto prevent unauthorizedaccess..Non-locking pedestalis available as an option.Pedestals have a slightdrawer misalignment withContext lateral files andvertical cabinets..ConnectionsPedestals do not supportthe worksurface, so theycan be moved withoutaffecting the core unit.Pedestals fit under mostcore units. Reference coreunit file fit or specificationpage of desired core unit.cPages 130–135Field-installed accessoriesare available,including pencil trays,media trays, stationerytrays, dividers, and rails.cPage 303.Surface MaterialsPedestal, steel drawerfronts• PaintWaterfall and Rod pulls• Paint (standard)• Plated metal (option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies, drawersuspensions, rails,dividers, and glides• BlackApplication TopicsContext StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 125IHow Files AccommodateInternationalPaper SizescPage 129Core Unit File FitcPages 130–135.ShippingPedestals are normallyshipped in heavy-duty,recyclable stretch wrap toreduce the amount of corrugatedboard needed..StorageContext Specification Guide 111

Context Mobile PedestalsMobile pedestals fitunder core unit worksurfacesand can be movedwherever storage isneeded. They provide anauxiliary worksurface whenyou need more space tospread out your work.cSpecifying, page 344Lock is standard on mobilepedestals and secures alldrawers. Lock is locatedin the top drawer. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.Casters are hard compositionand non-locking.Mobile pedestal cushiontop provides a temporaryseat ideal for informalgatherings. Handle can beextended to easily transportmobile pedestal. Availablefactory- or field-installed.cSpecifying, page 301Actual DimensionsDepth 18 3 ⁄8" or 23 1 ⁄2"Width 15". Height 21" or 27"Finished back andsides are standard.Top is 1 ⁄8"H steel.Additional top options areavailable.Drawer fronts are steel.Pull is available in waterfalland rod style.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access tothe contents. Box and filedrawers are available..Product DetailsBox drawers is a weldedsteel construction. Onedivider is included with eachbox drawer.File drawer is a weldedsteel construction and isstandard in the bottomdrawer position. Drawerbody sides are full-heightand accommodate front-tobackfiling of hanging lettersizefile folders. One rail isincluded with each filedrawer to accommodateside-to-side filing of letter-,A4- and legal-size hangingfolders.Exception: Legal-size filefolders cannot be filed in24" nominal depth mobilepedestals.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed inthe field to create a differentaesthetic or to replace damageddrawer fronts..112 Context Specification Guide

Context Mobile PedestalsWaterfall pullRod pull.Pulls are available inwaterfall and rod styles.Pencil tray to hold smalloffice supplies is includedwith each mobile pedestal.Steel top1"HLaminate topwith squareedge 1 3 /16"HLaminate topwith bullnose1 7 /16"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HSteel, laminate, andwood veneer tops areavailable in place of standard1 ⁄8"H steel tops. 1"Hsteel tops, 1 3 ⁄16"H laminatewith square edge profile,1 7 ⁄16"H laminate with bullnoseedge profile on thefront edge, and 1 3 ⁄16"Hwood veneer with squareedge profile are available..Handle of mobilepedestal optional cushiontop is retractable andhas three stages. In thestowed position, handle isflush with mobile pedestalfront. In station position,handle extends 3" to allowmobile pedestal to be easilymoved. In the travel position,handle is completelyextended and articulatesupward for longer distancetransport.Mobile pedestal cushiontop is available withoptional 9201 PolishedChrome handle.Mobile pedestal cushiontop for field-installationcan be used with mobilepedestals XUCB3000AMand XUCB3000BM only.Safety interlock systemallows only one drawerto be opened at a time foradded stability..Lock is standard andkeyed random on allpedestals. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434Four non-locking castershave a full-rotationswivel mechanism and areexposed at the base of thepedestal.Counter-weights areincluded to provide addedstability. All pedestals areshipped with a factoryinstalledcounter-weightpackage that meets orexceeds standards for theindustry..ConnectionsMobile pedestals are notintended to directly interfacewith panels or other furniturecomponentsField-installed accessoriesare available,including pencil trays,media trays, stationarytrays, dividers, and rails.cPage 303Surface MaterialsMobile pedestal andsteel drawer fronts• PaintWaterfall and Rod pulls• Paint (standard)• Plated metal (option)Wood veneer top• Wood veneer—Open pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Square edge profileon laminate top• PVC edge defaultTip: Bullnose edge topshave a self-edgeLock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Cushion top• UpholsteryDrawer bodies, drawersuspensions, rails,dividers, and glides• Black.Application TopicsContext StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 125IHow Files AccommodateInternationalPaper SizescPage 129Core Unit File FitcPages 130–135ShippingMobile pedestals arenormally shipped in heavyduty,recyclable stretchwrap to reduce the amountof corrugated boardneeded..StorageContext Specification Guide 113

Context Lateral FilesLateral files fit undercore unit worksurfaces.cSpecifying, page 346Locator pins fit into aslot in the bottom of theworksurface to secure thelateral file in place andkeep it aligned.Lock is standard and islocated in the top drawer.It secures all drawers witha single action. Productswith locks ship with a lockface ring and removableplastic plug to accommodatea lock cylinder installedon site. Lock cylinders mustbe specified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434Leveling glides adjustto install lateral files onuneven floors.Actual DimensionsDepth 18 5 ⁄8"Width 29 1 ⁄2"or 35 1 ⁄2"Height 26 5 ⁄8"Height with worksurface 28 1 ⁄2". Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4"Recess in the top of lateralfile allows cords and cablesto pass between adjacentinside supports when thelateral file is in place.Worksurface is availableas an option with laminateor wood veneer.Product DetailsLateral files provide aninterlocking mechanismwhich prevents more thanone drawer to be open ata time.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,pages 434Drawers are equippedwith a hanging-file frame.Waterfall pullRod pullDrawer pulls are availablein two styles and in avariety of surface materials.Tip: Drawer pull styles andsurface materials cannot bemixed on the same lateralfile...114 Context Specification Guide

Context Lateral Files.Storage inserts, includingconvenience, 6" and 12"media, bi-level, and verticalstationery trays, can beused in lateral file drawers.cPage 352Counterweightpackage is available forfield installation. A lateral filemust have a counterweightpackage when installedunder a core unit that is notbolted to an adjacent cornercore unit.Tip: When worksurface isspecified, counterweightsare standard.The security providedby the locking systemon Context lateral andvertical cabinet drawersexceeds ANSI and BIFMAstandards. However, theycan be compromised by animpact pull force which willshow forced entry but notcause permanent damageto the cabinet.ConnectionsLateral files fit undermost core units. Referencecore unit file fit or specificationpage for desired coreunit.cPages 130–135Lateral files do not supportthe core unit worksurface,so they can be movedwithout affecting the coreunit...Surface MaterialsCase• PaintWorksurface options• LaminateTip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the laminate.cPage 427cSee page 431 for woodgrain laminate directionillustrations.• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates whichare suitable for use onSteelcase products.c See Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Tip: The color of the vinyltorus edge is automaticallydetermined by the color youspecify for the PVC Edge.cPage 428• Wood veneer (option)cSee page 432 forwood veneer directionillustrations.• Customiz stain (option onwood)• Customiz stainWaterfall drawer pulls• Paint (standard)• Plated metal (option)Rod drawer pulls• Paint (standard)• Plated metal (option)Lock• 9201 Polished ChromeStorage inserts• Grotto plastic• Grotto paint.Application TopicsLateral files with worksurfacetop are 18 5 ⁄8"Dand do not align with coreunit depth. It is recommendedthey be usedagainst a wall, freestanding,or in a run of files.Tip: When a worksurface topis ordered as the option, thelateral file case will notinclude the recesses.Context StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 125IHow Files AccommodateInternationalPaper SizescPage 129Core Unit File FitcPages 130–135..StorageContext Specification Guide 115

Context Vertical CabinetsVertical cabinets providea large volume of storagethat can be configured in avariety of ways to accommodatestorage needs or toprovide space for printers,fax machines, and otherequipment.cSpecifying, page 348Adjustable shelves areincluded with two-drawervertical cabinets.Door pull is integral, flush,and spans the height of thedoor.Back and sides arefinished so cabinet can beplaced anywhere.Access plate covers therecess at the back base ofthe cabinet when a utilitytrunk is not used.Recess allows clearancefor utility trunk.Leveling glides adjust toinstall cabinets on unevenfloors.Actual DimensionsDepth 23 3 ⁄8"Width 30"Height 67 1 ⁄8" and 64 1 ⁄8". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4"Vents dissipate heatgenerated by electricalequipment.Pocket doors recess fullyto allow convenient accessto storage and equipmentwithout obstructing the workarea.Lock is standard and islocated in the top drawer.It secures all drawers anddoors with a single action.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434File drawers have integralrails for hanging-file folders..Product DetailsVertical cabinets providean interlocking mechanismwhich prevents morethan one drawer to be openat a time.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,pages 434Tip: Specify lock cylinder foreach lock location.Two-drawer cabinet,68"H, has eleven notchesfor shelf attachments withinthe 39 5 ⁄8"H space above thefile drawers. The top shelfposition has a 3 3 ⁄4" clearance.The lowest position in65"H and 68"H cabinet is4 1 ⁄2" from the bottom.Remaining shelf notchesare at varying increments.The 65"H cabinet hasten notches for shelveswithin the 37 1 ⁄4"H spaceabove the file drawers. Thetop shelf position has a9 3 ⁄8"H clearance.Four-drawer cabinethas four notches for shelfattachments within the15 1 ⁄4"H space above thefile drawers. The top shelfposition has a 4 1 ⁄2" clearance;the lowest positionis 5 1 ⁄2" from the bottom.Remaining shelf notchesare at 2 3 ⁄4" increments..116 Context Specification Guide

Context Vertical CabinetsWaterfall pullRod pull.Drawer pulls are availablein two styles and in avariety of surface materials.Tip: Drawer pull styles andsurface materials cannot bemixed on the same cabinet.Storage inserts, includingconvenience, 6" and 12"media, bi-level, and verticalstationery trays, can be usedin vertical cabinet drawers.cPage 352The security providedby the locking systemon Context lateral andvertical cabinet drawersexceeds ANSI and BIFMAstandards. However, theycan be compromised by animpact pull force which willshow forced entry but notcause permanent damageto the cabinet.ConnectionsVertical cabinets canbe placed adjacent to coreunits and can terminatea run of worksurfaces.Cabinets do not connect tocore units...Wiring & CablingDouble or single utilitytrunk fits into the recessin the cabinet. It can beconnected to utility trunksin core units to continue arun of power for faxmachines, printers, andother equipment.Tip: Double utility trunkextends 1 1 ⁄2" outside theback of the cabinet whennot used between twoback-to-back cabinets.cPages 172, 176Cords and cables can berouted behind shelves anddrawers inside the cabinet.Receptacles can beaccessed from inside thecabinet by removing thebottom drawer.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New York,and Los Angeles havespecial requirements.cPage 192.Surface MaterialsCabinet• PaintWaterfall drawer pulls• Paint (standard)• Plated metal (option)Rod drawer pulls• Paint (standard)• Plated metal (option)Adjustable shelf• Grotto paintLock• 9201 Polished ChromeStorage inserts• Grotto plastic• Grotto paint.Application TopicsContext StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 125IHow Files AccommodateInternationalPaper SizescPage 129.StorageContext Specification Guide 117

Context Storage TowersStorage towers arefreestanding trapezoidsconstructed of steel, whichprovide personal andwork-related storage,increasing privacy andcan terminate a run ofworksurfaces.cSpecifying, page 350Back and sides arefinished so tower can beplaced anywhere.Lock is standard and islocated on the 24"D side ofthe tower. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 434Tip: If two towers areplaced side-by-side on the24"D side, the locks willbe covered.File frames acceptstorage tub inserts. Shelfinserts are also available.Leveling glides adjustto install towers on unevenfloors.Actual DimensionsDepth23 1 ⁄8" and 29 1 ⁄8" (per side)Width 23 3 ⁄4"Height 74 3 ⁄8" and 64 3 ⁄8". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4"Coat storage, includedin all storage towers,accommodates standardclothes hangers.Pocket door is hinged onthe 30"D side of the towerand recesses fully into thepocket, so the tower can beleft open for frequent, convenientaccess to storageand files.Towers are 24"D on oneside; 30"D on the other.Tip: Towers should be specifiedleft- or right-handed.A left-handed tower door ishinged on the left; a righthandedtower door is hingedon the right.Door pull is integral, flush,and spans the height ofthe door..Product DetailsLock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,pages 434Two preconfiguredstorage sets are available in65"H or 75"H. One includesone adjustable shelf and fileframes with 12"H tubs. Thesecond includes one adjustableshelf and file frameswith 4"H, 8"H, and 12"Htubs.Tip: The number of frameswith tubs are determined bythe height of storage tower..118 Context Specification Guide

Context Storage Towers.Storage inserts,ordered separately, allowyou to customize storageconfigurations to meetindividual preferences andwork habits.cSpecifying, page 352To customize theinterior, order open storagetower and field installshelves and/or file frameswith tubs.Example 1:Eight adjustable shelves.Example 2:Two adjustable shelves, twofile frames with 4"H tubs, twofile frames with 12"H tubs.File frames slide out toprovide easy access tocontents of tubs..4"H and 8"H towertubs are standard withtwo removable dividers.Additional dividers can beordered separately.12"H tower tub accommodatesletter-size filingfront to back. Rail is availableto accommodate letterorlegal-size filing side toside.Adjustable shelf has acenter hook to accept datatapes.Tip: Allow 11" clearance forhanging paper files.Storage inserts, includingconvenience, 6" and 12"media, bi-level, and verticalstationery trays, can beused in storage tubs.cPage 352.6"Placement holes (9)are at 6" increments from7 7 ⁄8" below the inside topof the case. A 75"H towerwith an adjustable shelf canaccommodate up to nine4"H tubs, five 8" tubs, orfive 12"H tubs. The 65"Htower placement holes areat 6" increments from 8 7 ⁄8"below the inside top of thecase. It can accommodatean adjustable shelf and upto seven 4"H tubs, four 8"Htubs, or four 12"H tubs.Notches for shelfattachment are at 7 3 ⁄8"increments starting 5 3 ⁄4"below the inside top of the75"H case. The 65"H casehas notches for shelfattachment at 7 3 ⁄8" incrementsstarting at 8 1 ⁄8" belowinside top of the case.Exception: There is a 14 3 ⁄4"space between the fourthand fifth notch.IInternational A4 filefolders fit in storage tower12"H tubs side-to-side.cPage 129.ConnectionsStorage towers can beplaced adjacent to core unitsand can terminate a run ofworksurfaces. Storage towersdo not connect to coreunits.Wiring & CablingStorage towers cannotroute power or cables. Usea vertical cabinet to providestorage while continuing arun of power.cPage 116.Surface MaterialsCase• PaintFile frames and shelf• Grotto paintFile frame faces, tubs,and dividers• Grotto plasticLock• 9201 Polished ChromeStorage inserts• Grotto plasticApplication TopicsContext StorageCapacities andDimensionscPage 125IHow Files AccommodateInternationalPaper SizescPage 129.StorageContext Specification Guide 119

Universal Storage Capacities and Dimensions.Drawersfor Universal Storage12"H Drawers Size Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-SizeD W H Storage Storage15"W drawer 19 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 12" + 7" 19" 12" N.A.*For use in Universal Towers25 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 24" 25" 12" N.A.15"W drawer 13 1 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 13" 12" + 1" N.A.*For use in Universal Pedestals18 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 18" 12" + 6" 12"24 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 24" 24" 12"30"W drawer 15 1 ⁄16" 26 7 ⁄8" 9 3 ⁄8" 26 1 ⁄2" 30" 26 1 ⁄2" 15" + 11"19 9 ⁄16" 26 7 ⁄8" 9 3 ⁄8" 26 1 ⁄2" 38" 26 1 ⁄2" 19"36"W drawer 15 1 ⁄16" 32 7 ⁄8" 9 3 ⁄8" 32 1 ⁄2" 30" 32 1 ⁄2" 30"19 9 ⁄16" 32 7 ⁄8" 9 3 ⁄8" 32 1 ⁄2" 38" 32 1 ⁄2" 38"42"W drawer 15 1 ⁄16" 38 7 ⁄8" 9 3 ⁄8" 38 1 ⁄2" 45" 38 1 ⁄2" 30" + 8".120 Context Specification Guide

Universal StorageCapacities and Dimensions.6"H Drawers Size Inside DimensionsD W H18"D drawer 13 19 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"*For use in Universal Pedestals24"D drawer 19 9 ⁄32" 12 1 ⁄16" 4 7 ⁄32"*For use in Universal Towers24"D drawer 18 23 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"*For use in Universal Pedestals30"D drawer 25 9 ⁄32" 12 1 ⁄16" 4 7 ⁄32"*For use in Universal Towers30"D drawer 24 23 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"*For use in Universal Pedestals3"H Drawers Size Inside DimensionsD W H24"D drawer 17 1 ⁄16" 11 7 ⁄8" 1 7 ⁄8"*For use in Universal Towers30"D drawer 23 1 ⁄16" 11 7 ⁄8" 1 7 ⁄8"*For use in Universal Towers.StorageContext Specification Guide cUniversal Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued 121

Universal Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued.File Framesfor Universal StorageSize Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-SizeD W Storage Storage18"W File frame 15 1 ⁄8" 13 27 ⁄32" 13 1 ⁄2" 15" 13 1 ⁄2" N.A.19 9 ⁄32" 13 27 ⁄32" 13 1 ⁄2" 19 1 ⁄2" 13 1 ⁄2" N.A.24"W File frame 15 1 ⁄8" 19 27 ⁄32" 19 1 ⁄2" 15" 19 1 ⁄2" 15"19 9 ⁄32" 19 27 ⁄32" 19 1 ⁄2" 19 1 ⁄2" 19 1 ⁄2" 19 1 ⁄2"30"W File frame 15 1 ⁄8" 25 5 ⁄8" 25 1 ⁄2" 30" 25 1 ⁄2" 15"19 9 ⁄32" 25 5 ⁄8" 25 1 ⁄2" 39" 25 1 ⁄2" 19 1 ⁄2"36"W File frame 15 1 ⁄8" 31 5 ⁄8" 31 1 ⁄2" 30" 31 1 ⁄2" 30"19 9 ⁄32" 31 5 ⁄8" 31 1 ⁄2" 39" 31 1 ⁄2" 39"42"W File frame 15 1 ⁄8" 37 5 ⁄8" 37 1 ⁄2" 45" 37 1 ⁄2" 30".122 Context Specification Guide

Universal StorageCapacities and Dimensions.Roll-Out Shallow Shelvesfor Universal StorageAdjustable Shelvesfor Universal StorageAdjustable Shelvesfor Universal Storage Open Side TowersOpen Side Tower Shelf Spacefor Universal StorageShelfSpaceSizeInside DimensionsD W H18"D Shelves 13 13 ⁄16" 13 27 ⁄32" 3 5 ⁄32"13 13 ⁄16" 19 27 ⁄32" 3 5 ⁄32"13 13 ⁄16" 25 5 ⁄8" 3 5 ⁄32"13 13 ⁄16" 31 5 ⁄8" 3 5 ⁄32"13 13 ⁄16" 37 5 ⁄8" 3 5 ⁄32"24"D Shelves 18 13 ⁄16" 13 27 ⁄32" 3 5 ⁄32"18 13 ⁄16" 19 27 ⁄32" 3 5 ⁄32"18 13 ⁄16" 25 5 ⁄8" 3 5 ⁄32"18 13 ⁄16" 31 5 ⁄8" 3 5 ⁄32"SizeInside DimensionsD W15"D Shelves 13 5 ⁄8" 22 11 ⁄32"13 5 ⁄8" 28 11 ⁄32"13 5 ⁄8" 34 11 ⁄32"13 5 ⁄8" 40 11 ⁄32"18"D Shelves 15 3 ⁄8" 16 11 ⁄32"15 3 ⁄8" 22 11 ⁄32"15 3 ⁄8" 28 11 ⁄32"15 3 ⁄8" 34 11 ⁄32"15 3 ⁄8" 40 11 ⁄32"24"D Shelves 20 3 ⁄8" 16 11 ⁄32"20 3 ⁄8" 22 11 ⁄32"20 3 ⁄8" 28 11 ⁄32"20 3 ⁄8" 34 11 ⁄32"SizeInside DimensionsD W15"D Shelves 14 5 ⁄32" 22 1 ⁄4"14 5 ⁄32" 28 1 ⁄4"SizeInside DimensionsD W H52"H Tower 22 1 ⁄4" 14 5 ⁄32" 17 7 ⁄8"28 1 ⁄4" 14 5 ⁄32" 17 7 ⁄8"65 1 ⁄2" Tower 22 1 ⁄4" 14 5 ⁄32" 31 13 ⁄32"28 1 ⁄4" 14 5 ⁄32" 31 13 ⁄32".Tower Top Openingfor Universal StorageTopOpeningTopOpeningSizeTop OpeningInterior of 65 1 ⁄2"HFlush Front UnitsD W H24"D Tower 22 7 ⁄8" 11 1 ⁄2" 11 11 ⁄16"30"D Tower 28 7 ⁄8" 11 1 ⁄2" 11 11 ⁄16"SizeTop OpeningInterior of 65 1 ⁄2"HProud Front UnitsD W H24"D Tower 22 7 ⁄8" 11 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄2"30"D Tower 28 7 ⁄8" 11 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄2".StorageContext Specification Guide cUniversal Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued 123

Universal Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued.Combination Cabinets and Overfile Stacks withAdjustable Shelf Interiorsfor Universal StorageNote: Height of fixed shelf is 5 ⁄8".Height of adjustable shelf is 3 ⁄4".Size Cabinet Cabinet RowsInterior Interior of BindersHeight Height Accommowithwith datedFixed AdjustableShelf Shelf(s)13 1 ⁄2" 12 7 ⁄8" N.A. 118" 17 3 ⁄8" N.A. 124" 23 3 ⁄8" 22 5 ⁄8" 125 1 ⁄2" 24 7 ⁄8" 24 1 ⁄8" 231 1 ⁄2" 30 7 ⁄8" 29 3 ⁄8" 236" 35 3 ⁄8" 33 7 ⁄8" 237 1 ⁄2" 36 7 ⁄8" 35 3 ⁄8" 243 1 ⁄2" 42 7 ⁄8" 41 3 ⁄8" 3Casesfor Universal Storage.SizeInterior Depth15"D 14 15 ⁄16"18"D 17 15 ⁄16"24"D 23 1 ⁄16"30"D 29 1 ⁄16"SizeInterior Width9"W 7 1 ⁄2"15"W 13 1 ⁄2"18"W 16 1 ⁄2"24"W 22 1 ⁄2"30"W 28 1 ⁄2"36"W 34 1 ⁄2"42"W 40 1 ⁄2"SizeInterior Height*12"H 12"13 1 ⁄2"H 13 1 ⁄2"18"H 18"24"H 24"25 1 ⁄2"H 25 1 ⁄2"31 1 ⁄2"H 31 1 ⁄2"36"H 36"37 1 ⁄2"H 37 1 ⁄2"43 1 ⁄2"H 43 1 ⁄2"48"H 48"51"H 51"61 1 ⁄2"H 61 1 ⁄2"63"H 63"79 1 ⁄2"H 79 1 ⁄2"*Interior height is without any interior components.(Example: Fixed shelf, adjustable shelf, etc.).124 Context Specification Guide

Context Storage Capacities and DimensionsContext Storage Capacitiesand DimensionsOverhead Storage CabinetsSingle Door Size Inside Dimensions Door WidthD W H30"W cabinet 14 1 ⁄2" 29 7 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄2" 27 1 ⁄8"36"W cabinet* 14 1 ⁄2" 35 7 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄2" 33 1 ⁄8"42"W cabinet* 14 1 ⁄2" 41 7 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄2" 39 1 ⁄8"48"W cabinet* 14 1 ⁄2" 47 7 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄2" 45 1 ⁄8"I 30"W (762 mm) international cabinet 141 ⁄2" 29 7 ⁄8" 13 5 ⁄8" 27 1 ⁄8"I 36"W (914 mm) international cabinet 141 ⁄2" 35 7 ⁄8" 13 5 ⁄8" 33 1 ⁄8"I 42"W (1067 mm) international cabinet 141 ⁄2" 41 7 ⁄8" 13 5 ⁄8" 39 1 ⁄8"I 48"W (1219 mm) international cabinet 141 ⁄2" 47 7 ⁄8" 13 5 ⁄8" 45 1 ⁄8"*Note: Inside width and door width dimensions on corner overhead cabinets are one inch less.Double Door Size Inside Dimensions Door WidthsD W H54"W cabinet* 14 1 ⁄2" 53 7 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄2" 24 1 ⁄8" + 24 1 ⁄8"60"W cabinet* 14 1 ⁄2" 59 7 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄2" 27 1 ⁄8" + 27 1 ⁄8"66"W cabinet* 14 1 ⁄2" 65 7 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄2" 30 1 ⁄8" + 30 1 ⁄8"72"W cabinet* 14 1 ⁄2" 71 7 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄2" 33 1 ⁄8" + 33 1 ⁄8"78"W cabinet* 14 1 ⁄2" 77 7 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄2" 36 1 ⁄8" + 36 1 ⁄8"I 54"W (1372 mm) international cabinet 141 ⁄2" 53 7 ⁄8" 13 5 ⁄8" 24 1 ⁄8" + 24 1 ⁄8"I 60"W (1524 mm) international cabinet 141 ⁄2" 59 7 ⁄8" 13 5 ⁄8" 27 1 ⁄8" + 27 1 ⁄8"I 66"W (1676 mm) international cabinet 141 ⁄2" 65 7 ⁄8" 13 5 ⁄8" 30 1 ⁄8" + 30 1 ⁄8"I 72"W (1829 mm) international cabinet 141 ⁄2" 71 7 ⁄8" 13 5 ⁄8" 33 1 ⁄8" + 33 1 ⁄8"I 78"W (1981 mm) international cabinet 141 ⁄2" 77 7 ⁄8" 13 5 ⁄8" 36 1 ⁄8" + 36 1 ⁄8"*Note: Inside width and door width dimensions on corner overhead cabinets are one inch less...StorageContext Specification Guide cContext Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued 125

Context Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continuedPedestals and Mobile Pedestals18 3 /8" or 23 1 /2" Tip: 18 3 ⁄8"D pedestal isused with 24"D or 30"D coreunit and 23 1 ⁄2"D pedestal isused with 30"D core unit.Box Drawer Size Inside DimensionsD W H18 3 ⁄8"D pedestal 13 19 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"23 1 ⁄2"D pedestal 18 23 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"File Drawer Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-Size A4 Letter-SizeD W H Storage Storage Storage18 3 ⁄8"D pedestal 13 1 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 13 1 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄16" 12 11 ⁄16"23 1 ⁄2"D pedestal 18 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 18 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" + 7 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16"Vertical Stationery Tray Inside Dimensions Envelopes StationeryD W H4 1 ⁄2" 11 7 ⁄8" 8" 1" 1" + 1"Tip: Tray does not accommodateA4 paper storage...126 Context Specification Guide

Context Storage Capacitiesand Dimensions.Lateral FilesVertical FilesSize Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-SizeD W H Storage Storage30”W lateral file 15 1 ⁄8" 27" 11 5 ⁄8" 27" 30 1 ⁄4" 27" 15 1 ⁄8" + 9 1 ⁄8"36"W lateral file 15 1 ⁄8" 33" 11 5 ⁄8" 33" 30 1 ⁄4" 33" 30 1 ⁄4" 30 1 ⁄4" + 6"Inside DimensionsD W HShelf area of 2-drawer 20 1 ⁄4" 23 3 ⁄8" 37 1 ⁄4"65"H cabinetShelf area of 2-drawer 20 1 ⁄4" 23 3 ⁄8" 39 5 ⁄8"68"H cabinetShelf area of 4-drawer cabinet 20 1 ⁄4" 23 3 ⁄8" 15 1 ⁄4"12"H Drawer Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-SizeD W H Storage Storage15 1 ⁄8" 27" 11 5 ⁄8" 27" 30 1 ⁄4" 27" 15 1 ⁄8" + 9 1 ⁄8"Adjustable Shelf26 5 /8"H 28 1 /2"HInside DimensionsD W20 1 ⁄4" 23 3 ⁄8"Fixed Shelf (baseInside Dimensionsof cabinet space) D W18 7 ⁄8" 23 1 ⁄2".StorageContext Specification Guide cContext Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued 127

Context Storage Capacities and Dimensions, continued.Storage TowersInside DimensionsD W HCoat space, 65"H 25 1 ⁄2" 5 1 ⁄4" 60 3 ⁄8"Coat space, 75"H 25 1 ⁄8" 5 1 ⁄4" 70 3 ⁄8"Full coat space, 65"H 25 1 ⁄8" 19 3 ⁄8" 60 3 ⁄8"Full coat space, 75"H 25 1 ⁄8" 19 3 ⁄8" 70 3 ⁄8"Shelf space, 65"H 23" 13 1 ⁄2" 60 3 ⁄8"Shelf space, 75"H 23" 13 1 ⁄2" 70 3 ⁄8"4"H Tub Inside DimensionsD W H20 3 ⁄4" 11 3 ⁄4" 3 1 ⁄4"8"H Tub Inside DimensionsD W H20 3 ⁄4" 11 3 ⁄4" 7 3 ⁄4"12"H Tub Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-Size Letter- andD W H Storage Storage Legal-SizeStorage21 1 ⁄4" 12" 9 1 ⁄2" 21 1 ⁄4" 12" + 8" 12" 12"Adjustable Shelf with Center HookInside DimensionsD W22 1 ⁄4" 13 1 ⁄4".128 Context Specification Guide

How Files Accommodate International Paper SizesIHow Files AccommodateInternational Paper Sizes.Fixed Pedestals andMobile PedestalsLateral FilesVertical CabinetsStorage-TowerFile FrameTip: Remove tub from fileframe if necessary.An “X” over a drawingmeans that this applicationis not possible.A4 FilesFront-to-Back18 3 /8"D447mmwith front-to-backextender package30"W762mm36"W914mmwith front-to-backextender package30"W762mm23 1 /2"D597mmSide-to-Side18 3 /8"D447mm23 1 /2"D597mm.StorageContext Specification Guide 129

Core Unit File Fit: Part 1Straight Core UnitsKey123.Available space forstorage is determined bysubtracting the sum of thetwo support widths from thewidth of the core unit.• Two supports,subtract 3.348".Example:To calculate whether alateral file and a pedestalwill fit under a 48"W coreunit, subtract as follows:-48.000" Core unit width-3.348" Supports-44.652-29.460" Lateral file width-15.192-15.000" Pedestal width0.192" = Answer is yes.GapInside supports do notextend to the worksurfaceedge. It is possible to attachstorage to a core unit withinside supports, but this createsa gap on the faceof the workstation.Pedestal15.0"WLateral File29.46"WLateral File35.46"W.Straight Core Unit File Combinations24"W30"W36"W42"W48"W24" 30" 36"42"48"1 1 1111 336"42"48"221242"3.130 Context Specification Guide

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Context Specification Guide 131Core Unit File Fit: Part 1Storage60"60"60"54"54"54"66"66"66"66"72"72"72"72"72"78"78"78"78"78"11111111111111 1 11111111111111112 2222222222223333 3333354"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W

Core Unit File Fit: Part 2Corner and Extended Corner Cove Core UnitsKey123.All illustrations showappropriate storageapplications.Pedestal15.0"WLateral File29.46"WLateral File35.46"W.Extended Corner Core UnitSee next pageExtended Corner Cove Core Unit File CombinationsSee next pageExtended Corner Core Units with Adjustable-Height Keyboard SurfaceSee next pageTransition Aisle Privacy Core Unit File Combinations24"W30"W36"W42"W42"148"W48"1.132 Context Specification Guide

Context Specification Guide 133..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Core Unit File Fit: Part 2Storage2 3172"66"W 72"W 78"W72" 78"66"1 1 178"172"W72"1111111111112122233378"72"66"60"54"60" 66"66"72"72"78"78"60"W54"W 66"W 72"W 78"W66"W 72"W66" 72"78"W78"1 11

Core Unit File Fit: Part 3Straight Aisle Privacy Core UnitsKey123.All illustrations showappropriate storageapplications.GapInside supports do notextend to the worksurfaceedge. It is possible to attachstorage to a core unit withinside supports, but this createsa gap on the faceof the workstation.Pedestal15.0"WLateral File29.46"WLateral File35.46"W.Straight Aisle Privacy Core Unit File Combinations30"W36"W42"W30"36"42"111142"248"W48"48"48"1123.134 Context Specification Guide

Context Specification Guide 135..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Core Unit File Fit: Part 3Storage11111111111111311211212124322213131132278"72"78"72"78"72"78"78"72"66"60"54"66"60"54"66"60"W54"W 66"W 72"W 78"W

136 Context Specification Guide

UnderstandingScreensStatement of Line 138Product DetailsScreens 142Balancing Privacy and Interaction 144ScreensContext Specification Guide 137

ScreensStatement of Line12"20"Understandingc Page 142Specifyingc Pages 358–361Straight Core-Mounted Screens24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W12"H • • • • • • • • • •20"H • • • • • • • • • •20"12"LeftarcRightarcUnderstandingc Page 142Specifyingc Page 362Straight Core-Mounted Arc Screens30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"WLeft-arc • • • • • • • • •Right-arc • • • • • • • • •12" 20"12"20"LefthandRighthandLefthandRighthandUnderstandingc Page 142Specifyingc Pages 358–361Corner Core-Mounted Screens24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W12"H • • • • • • • • • •20"H • • • • • • • • • •138 Context Specification Guide

Screens Statement of Line20"12"LefthandRighthandUnderstandingc Page 142Specifyingc Page 362Corner Core-Mounted Arc Screens30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"WLeft-hand • • • • • • • • •Right-hand • • • • • • • • •Screens17 1 /8" 18 1 /2"IUnderstandingc Page 142Specifyingc Page 364Straight Column-Mounted Screens24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W610mm 762mm 914mm 1067mm 1219mm 1372mm 1524mm 1676mm 1829mm 1981mm•I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I •II = Available in international version to match height of international overhead cabinets.Context Specification Guide cScreens Statement of Line, continued 139

Screens Statement of Line, continuedW W W W17 1 /8" 18 1 /2"IUnderstandingc Page 142Specifyingc Page 366Corner Column-Mounted Screens24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W610mm 762mm 914mm 1067mm 1219mm 1372mm 1524mm 1676mm 1829mm 1981mm24"W610mm•I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I30"W762mm•I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I36"W914mm•I •I •I •I •I42"W1067mm•I •I •I •I •I •I48"W1219mm•I •I •I •I •I •I •I •I54"W1372mm•I •I60"W1524mm•I •I •I •I •I66"W1676mm•I •I •I72"W1829mm•I •I •I •I78"W1981mm•I •I •II = Available in international version to match height of international overhead cabinets.140 Context Specification Guide

Screens Statement of LineScreensContext Specification Guide 141

ScreensScreens are available inProduct Detailsthree different heights toprovide appropriate privacyColumn cap trims the toplevels.of the column.cSpecifying, pages358–365Column-mountedscreens with their ownintegral columns can beused in several ways: abovecore-mounted screens toincrease privacy, to form aback for overhead shelves,Mitered edges on corneror to provide a convenientscreens allow adjacentpass-through between workscreens to form a sharplyOutside surface is fabricareas when the spacedefined edge.covered and non-tackable.below them is left open.Outside surfaceand top are steel.Inside surface is fabriccovered and tackable.Inside surface is fabriccoveredand tackable.Mounting foot fastensOutside edges have ato core unit at ports.removable plastic light sealto expose fabric covering atTransition screen trimend of run.is available to conceal theintersection when screensTop and edge trim isare used on core unitsplastic.adjacent to a transition core.Core-mounted screensOne height accommodatesare available in two heights,both core-mounted and12"H and 20"H.column-mounted applications.Slope and arc screenstransition from 12"H to20"H..Actual DimensionsCore-mounted Core-mounted Core-mounted Column-mountedscreens slope screens arc screens screensDepth (thickness) 1" 1" 1" 1"Width 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 54", 36", 42", 48", 54", 60", 30", 36", 42", 48", 54", 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 54",60", 66", 72", or 78" 66", 72", or 78" 60", 66", 72", or 78" 60", 66", 72", or 78"Screen height 11 3 ⁄4" or 19 1 ⁄4" 11 3 ⁄4" to 19 1 ⁄4" 11 3 ⁄4" to 19 1 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄8"I 181 ⁄2" (470mm)InternationalOverall height from worksurface 11 3 ⁄4" or 19 1 ⁄4" 11 3 ⁄4" to 19 1 ⁄4" 11 3 ⁄4" to 19 1 ⁄4" 36 1 ⁄2"I 377 ⁄8" (987mm)InternationalHeight from floor 40 1 ⁄4" or 47 3 ⁄4" 40 1 ⁄4" to 47 3 ⁄4" 40 1 ⁄4" to 47 3 ⁄4" 65".I 663 ⁄8" (1686mm)International.142 Context Specification Guide

Screens.ConnectionsMounting foot on straightscreen and on one side ofcorner screen fastens tocore unit adjacent to portarea, so it doesn’t obstructcolumn-mounted components.Tip: Feet are not attachedto screen when shipped.This allows installers theflexibility to attach the feet tothe core unit and then slipthe screens into position.Corner screens have avertical mounting foot thatgoes into the corner port andstill allows space for columnmountedcomponents..Screen socket (foot)covers conceal the connectionto the core unit andmatch the top trim.Clips install under theplastic top trim to keepadjacent screens aligned.Corner screens come withan L-shaped clip.Column-mountedscreens attach to thelower column of a core unitinside the port.Core-mounted andcolumn-mountedscreens can span twoworksurfaces when thewidth of the worksurfacesequals the width of thescreen..12"H core-mountedscreens can be usedbeneath a countertop.20"H core-mountedscreens can be usedbeneath column-mountedscreens, overhead cabinets,and shelves. They do not fitbelow countertops.Tip: Slope and arc screenstransition from 12"H to 20"Hand should not be usedbeneath column-mountedscreens, overhead cabinets,and shelves.66 3 /8"H1686mmIInternational versionof column-mounted screensare available to align withinternational overheadcabinet.cPage 105Column-mountedscreens for usewith corner overheadcabinetscPage 104–105.Surface MaterialsInside surface ofcolumn-mounted, coremountedslope, andcore-mounted arcscreens• Vertical surface fabricInside surface of coremountedscreens• Vertical surface fabric• Slatwall (option)• Markerboard (option)Outside surface ofcore-mounted screens• Vertical surface fabricTip: Fabric specified forthe outside surface of coremountedscreens wrapsthe edges of the screen.If different fabric is specifiedfor the outside surface, itwill be visible along the sideand bottom edges of theinside surface.Column-mountedscreen columns,column covers, andoutside surface• PaintTop and corner trim,core-mounted screenfoot cover, andcolumn cap• Grotto plastic• Cobblestone plasticApplication TopicsPlace screens back-tobackif you require tackablesurfaces inside backto-backworkstations.Combining screensallows varying degrees ofprivacy and interaction.cPage 144.Straight core-mountedscreens cannot attach tocorner core units. Use cornercore-mounted screens forthis application.LeftCorner screens areavailable in left- and righthandversions. To determinewhich you need, imagine aperson seated facing thecenter of the corner coreunit. If the screen is to theleft of the person, you’ll needa left-hand corner screen.(The vertical mounting footis on the right-hand side ofthe left-hand screen.)Balancing Privacyand InteractioncPage 144Right.ScreensContext Specification Guide 143

144 Context Specification GuideBalancing Privacy and Interaction.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................12"H ScreenTerritorial separation.20"H ScreenSeated-height privacy.Overhead Cabinetwithout ScreenStorage plus interaction.Overhead Cabinetwith ScreenStorage plus standing-heightprivacy.Column-MountedScreenStanding-height privacywhen used with 20"Hscreen.

UnderstandingLightingStatement of Line and Comparison 146Product DetailsCanopy Lights 148Shelf Lights 149Application TopicsDaisy Chaining 150Overhead Storage Light Fit 152LightingLyra task light is availablefrom Details, a division ofSteelcase Inc. It can be freestandingor rail-mounted,has an articulating arm, anda 9-watt fluorescent bulb.Call Details, 1.800.833.0411,or your Steelcase dealer foradditional information or aprice list.Underwriters Laboratory(UL) and CanadianStandards Association(CSA) listed. These lightshave been designed to meetU.S. and Canadian nationalelectrical and energy codesand most local building codes.Local electrical codes vary, soyou should consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installation ofall electrical equipment.Context Specification Guide 145

LightingStatement of Line and ComparisonCanopy lights are tasklights that provide broadcoverage and evenly balancedlight that significantlyminimizes glare. They offera variety of mounting optionsindependent of overheadstorage. Canopy lights aredesigned to complement avariety of Steelcase systemsfurniture and manycompetitive furniture lines.Depth 7 1 ⁄16"Width 24"36"48"OpticsPatented, crescent-shapedlens with specular aluminumreflector.Scientifically designedreflector and crescentshapedoptics lens for lowglare and broad distributionof light.BallastElectronicElectronic dimmerAvailable.Canopy LightsUnderstandingUnderstandingcPage 148 cPage 148SpecifyingSpecifyingcPage 370 cPage 370Tip: Specify canopy light,and select slatwall option.Context Yes YesCompetitive No Yes 11 Use Details slatwall.Ordered separately.Core Unit AccessoryRail-MountedCanopy LightSlatwall-MountedCanopy Light.146 Context Specification Guide

LightingStatement of Line andComparison.Shelf lights mount intothe recessed bottom ofstorage shelves and bins toilluminate the worksurface.Three types of shelf lightsare available to control thequality of light for specificapplications. Each type iscompatible with Steelcasesystems furniture and allmajor competitive furniturelines.Shelf LightsStorage-Mounted LightsAdvanced Shelf Light Standard Shelf Light Utility Shelf LightMounting • Universal mounting package • Universal mounting package • Universal mounting packageOptions (standard) (standard) (standard)• Competitive mounting package • Competitive mounting package • Competitive mounting package• Flush mounting package • Flush mounting package • Flush mounting packageUnderstanding Understanding UnderstandingcPage 149 cPage 149 cPage 149Specifying Specifying SpecifyingcPage 372 cPage 374 cPage 376Depth 9 1 ⁄4" 9 1 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄2"Width 25", 37", or 49" 25", 37", or 49" 19", 25", 37", or 49"Description Provides maximum glare control, The right choice for the majority Designed for use in display areas,which makes it the best light for of people in today’s workplace service centers, under transactionpeople who perform repetitive who switch frequently from task tops, and other applications wherefunctions, do critical visual tasks, to task throughout the day. glare control is not a primaryor have eyes that are particularlyconsideration.sensitive to light. Minimizingreflected glare is critical for theseworkers.Optics Faceted, specular aluminum Faceted, white reflector White reflectorreflectorOptics sleeve to reduce glare Contrast sleeve that can be Prismatic lens—and improve light distribution manually rotated to vary light flat acrylic diffuserintensityBallasts • Economizer electronic • Economizer electronic • Electronic ballastballast ballast • Magnetic normal-power-factor• Electronic ballast • Electronic ballast ballastElectronic • Available • Not available • Not availableDimmerLens None None • Bat-wing lens optionOptions.LightingContext Specification Guide 147

Canopy LightscSpecifying, page 370Actual DimensionsDepth 7 1 ⁄16"Width 24 1 ⁄4", 36 1 ⁄16", or 47 7 ⁄8". Height 18"On-off switch is centeredon the bottom of the controlbox in the front.Housing is painted orclear anodized aluminum.Riser supports light aboveworksurface. Power cordsnaps into vertical wiremanager in back of riser.Cord exits from underneaththe center of the control box.9' cord with grounded plugis factory installed. Lengthis maximum allowed byU.S. National ElectricalCode. Cord with circuitbreaker is available to meetthe requirements of theChicago code.Plug is flat so it remainsclose to the receptacle..Product DetailsWidth Lamp Lamp ReplacementCanopy light includes thewidth wattage lampslamp, ballast, and either a249' cord with three-prong1 ⁄4" 21 3 ⁄5" 14 watts F14T5\835plug or Chicago plug.36 1 ⁄16" 33 2 ⁄5" 21 watts F21T5\83547 7 ⁄8" 45 1 ⁄5" 28 watts F28T5\83545° Wiring & CablingSurface MaterialsElectronic ballast isHousingPlug configurationmore energy efficient than• Paintallows two canopy lights toT8 electronic ballasts.• Clear anodized aluminumengage adjacent outlets inone receptacle.Electronic dimmingReflectorcontrol features sliding• Specular (reflective)Energy-saving T5switch, which allowsaluminumlamps have triphosphorcontinuous-range dimmingcoating for balanced colorfrom 100% to 50% lightCordand pleasing light.output.• Black vinyl onlyOptics include a crescentshapedlens with specularEnd caps, control box,aluminum reflector that pro-and riservides low glare and broad• Sterling plastic onlydistribution of light.ConnectionsSlotSlot in back of riser securespower cord until it reachesthe access channel at theback of worksurface.Pins in base of riserengage accessory rail.OptionalBracketsSlatwall mountingbrackets are availableto attach canopy lights toslatwall screens....148 Context Specification Guide

Shelf LightsAdvanced, Standard, and UtilityShelf LightscSpecifying, pagesEnd cap cord mana-372–377gers, molded into thedurable plastic end caps,allow you to route andmanage excess cord.Housing is painted black.Optional paint colors areavailable.On-off switch is centeredon the front edge of theshelf light.Cord exits from the centerof the back of the light.Plug is flat so it remainsclose to the receptacle.9' cord with groundedplug is factory installed.Length is maximum allowedby U.S. National ElectricalCode. Cord with circuitbreaker is available tomeet the requirements ofthe Chicago code.Daisy chain cords havemodular connectors to linkshelf lights together.Actual DimensionsAdvanced Standard UtilityDepth 9 1 ⁄4" 9 1 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄2"Width 24 5 ⁄8", 36 5 ⁄8", 24 5 ⁄8", 36 5 ⁄8", 18 5 ⁄8", 24 5 ⁄8",or 48 5 ⁄8" or 48 5 ⁄8" 36 5 ⁄8", or 48 5 ⁄8". Height 1 3 ⁄4" 1 3 ⁄4" 1 3 ⁄4".Product DetailsShelf light includes thelamp, ballast, and either a9' cord with three-prongplug or daisy-chain cords.45°Plug configurationallows two shelf lights toengage adjacent outletsin one receptacle.Energy-saving T8lamps have triphosphorcoating for balanced colorand pleasing light.ConnectionsShelf light mountsrecessed or flushdepending on design ofoverhead storage cabinetand shelf. Installation isdone in the field.Universal bracket allowsshelf light to be installedrecessed without tools undermost metal overhead cabinetsand shelves. Thebracket snaps into the endcaps and then shelf lightsnaps into place.Flush mounting packageprovides snap-on,painted end cap covers foruse on shelf lights that arescrew-mounted under woodor laminate overhead storagebins, shelves, servicemodules, and transactiontops using keyhole slots inthe light fixture. End capcovers are field installed.Width Lamp Lamp Replacementwidth wattage lamps18 5 ⁄8" 18" 15 watts F15T8-TL73524 5 ⁄8" 24" 17 watts F17T8-TL73536 5 ⁄8" 36" 25 watts F25T8-TL73548 5 ⁄8" 48" 32 watts F32T8-TL735Magnetic ballasts areavailable on Utility shelflights.Tip: Magnetic ballasts cancause interference with computermonitors. An electronicballast is recommended forshelf lights in offices wherecomputers are used.Electronic ballast that isroughly 30% more efficientKeyhole slots in housingthan a magnetic ballast isof fixture allow shelf light toavailable. Electronic ballastsbe mounted beneath over-eliminate fluorescent lamphead cabinets and shelvesflicker and computer screenusing screws provided.interference.Competitive mountingEconomizer electronicpackage provides attach-ballast cuts power usement hardware to mountby 25% and emits 50% ofSteelcase shelf lights onthe light output of a regularall major competitive furni-electronic ballast. It isture lines. Package includesavailable on Advanced andscrews and installationStandard shelf lights.instructions.Electronic dimmingcontrol features slidingswitch, which allowscontinuous-range dimmingfrom 100% to 10% lightoutput on Advanced shelflights.Bat-wing lens is availableas an option on Utility shelflights for applications wheremoderate improvement tolight distribution of regularShelf light can beprismatic lens is required,mounted anywhere fromand low cost is critical.side to side beneath overheadcabinet and shelf.The cord length is the onlySurface Materialslimitation.Housing• Black paint (standard)Wiring & Cabling• Paint colors (option)Power drawn is approximately1 ⁄2 amp.Reflector• Specular (reflective)Daisy chaining permitsaluminum on Advancedinterconnecting up to sixshelf lightshelf lights from a single• White on Standard andpower outlet.Utility shelf lightscPage 150CordStarter cord powers first• Black vinyl onlylight in a daisy chain andallows you to convert anyEnd cap cord managerdaisy chain light for inde-• Black plastic only.pendent operation...LightingContext Specification Guide 149

Daisy Chaining.Daisy chainingAdvanced, Standard,and Utility shelf lightstogether extends powerfrom one shelf light toanother within workstationsto help keep receptaclesclear for other uses.Starter cord is requiredon shelf lights with daisychain cords to bring powerto the first shelf light in adaisy chain so there’s noneed to designate whereeach shelf light will be usedwithin the chain.Power will not be interruptedin a chain even ifone of the shelf lights isturned off or its lamp hasburned out. That’s becausethe path of power throughthe chain doesn’t passthrough the lamps orswitches.Additions to a chain arepossible at any time byadding a starter cord. Witha starter cord, any shelflight in the daisy chain canbe powered independentlyor can be the first shelf lightin a new daisy chain.StartercordDaisy chaincordsTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.Tip: Overhead cabinets andshelves provide a recessedarea for shelf lights. Theyare not designed to concealcords when daisy chaining..150 Context Specification Guide

Daisy ChainingLightingContext Specification Guide 151

Overhead Storage Light FitLights and combinationsof lights shownhere will recess beneathoverhead storage cabinetsand shelves. The chartshows maximum conditions.Of course, smaller fixturesor fewer fixtures can also beaccommodated.Fixture can be positionedanywhere beneath overheadstorage cabinet orshelf. The cord length maybe a limitation.Key19"W Utility Shelf Light25"W Advanced, Standard,or Utility Shelf Light37"W Advanced, Standard,or Utility Shelf Light49"W Advanced, Standard,or Utility Shelf LightTip: 24"W overhead shelfdoes not accommodatea light.Tip: Cable clips may need tobe permanently removedfrom overhead cabinet toaccommodate two lightsspanning the entire cabinetwidth...Overhead and Corner Overhead Cabinet to Light Combinations30"35", 36" 41", 42" 47", 48", 53" 54"25"W25"W37"W37"W49"W54"25"W25"WShelf to Task Light Combinations30"36"42"48"54"19"W25"W25"W 37"W 37"W42"48"19"W25"W25"W19"W152 Context Specification Guide

Context Specification Guide 153Lighting..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Overhead Storage Light Fit25"W25"W59", 60" 65", 66", 71" 78"72", 77"66"60"49 "W37"W37"W37"W25"W25"W25"W37"W25"W71", 72", 77"49 "W48"78"72"72"72"66"60"60" 48"48"49"W 25"W25"W25"W25"W49"W25"W25"W37"W25"W37"W25"W48"78"25"W66" 48"37"W25"W37"W25"W49"W

154 Context Specification Guide

UnderstandingPower andCommunicationInternode Statement of Line 156Utility Trunks Statement of Line 157Power and Communication Comparison 158Internode Product DetailsInternode Wiring Schematics and Circuit Choices 159Internode Power Infeeds 160Internode Components 162Internode Receptacles and Accessories 165All Steelcase electricalsystems are designed incompliance with the NationalElectrical Code (NEC) tofunction as a multiwire branchcircuit. Installations should bemade in accordance with theNEC provisions for multiwirebranch circuits. Context electricalcomponents are CSAapproved for use in Canada.Exception: Components madespecifically for Chicago, NewYork City, and Los Angeles arenot approved for use inCanada.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Utility Trunk Product DetailsUtility Trunk Wiring Schematics 166Circuit Choices for Utility Trunks 167Utility Trunk Base Power-Ins 168Port-Mounted Utility Pole 169Utility Pole for Use with Double Utility Trunks 170Single Utility Trunk 172Powerways for Single Utility Trunk 174Double Utility Trunk 176Powerways for Double Utility Trunk 178Overview of Utility Trunk Differences 180Overview of Power-Connection Differences 183Receptacles and Accessories 184Application TopicsPlanning a Utility Network with Internode 188Planning a Utility Network with Utility Trunks 189How to Calculate Power Needs 191Locations with Special Requirements 192Cable Capacities for Utility Trunks 194Understanding Building Wiring 196Power andCommunicationChicago and some otherlocations require installationsto be hardwired. There is nohardwired version of Internode.Use double or singleutility trunks.Context Specification Guide 155

InternodeStatement of LineTip: Internode power componentsare not designedto be used in conjunctionwith utility trunks and utilitytrunk power.Exception: Conveniencetri-receptacles can plug intoa utility trunk to accesspower.Floor powerinfeed accessespower from the floor.UnderstandingcPage 160SpecifyingcPage 380Multipurposepower infeedsaccess power fromceiling or floor.UnderstandingcPage 160SpecifyingcPage 381Modular infeedcoverUnderstandingcPage 161SpecifyingcPage 381Beltway power outfeedroutes powerfrom PathwaysTechnology Wall beltwayto power module.UnderstandingcPage 161SpecifyingcPage 382Power modulesaccommodatereceptacles.UnderstandingcPage 160SpecifyingcPage 384Block-to-blockconnectorUnderstandingcPage 162SpecifyingcPage 384Mountingbracket attachesmodules underworksurface.UnderstandingcPage 162SpecifyingcPage 385Modular harnessesconnectpower modules toroute power.UnderstandingcPage 161SpecifyingcPage 386Harness-to-harnessconnectorUnderstandingcPage 163SpecifyingcPage 386Communicationmodule acceptsNEMA or modularfurniture faceplates.UnderstandingcPage 163SpecifyingcPage 388HousingFaceplateReceptaclessnap into powermodule.UnderstandingcPage 162SpecifyingcPage 390Conveniencetri-receptacleswith modularharnessUnderstandingcPage 163SpecifyingcPage 392Convenience trireceptacleswithpower cord andplug house threereceptacles.UnderstandingcPage 163SpecifyingcPage 393Conveniencecommunicationoutlet housingsupports customersuppliedfaceplates.UnderstandingcPage 163SpecifyingcPage 393Above-worksurfaceclamp kitUnderstandingcPage 163SpecifyingcPages 394, 414Below-worksurfacemountingbracketUnderstandingcPage 164SpecifyingcPages 394, 414Cord and cablemanager organizesand storescords and cables.UnderstandingcPage 164SpecifyingcPage 395Harness clipsroute and manageharnesses.UnderstandingcPage 164SpecifyingcPage 395156 Context Specification Guide

Utility TrunksStatement of LineUtility TrunksStatement of LineTip: Utility trunks andutility trunk power are notdesigned to be used inconjunction with Internodepower components.Base Power-InsUnderstandingcPage 168SpecifyingcPage 396Utility-TrunkUtility PolesUnderstandingcPages 169–170SpecifyingcPages 397–398Single Utility TrunksUnderstandingcPage 172SpecifyingcPage 400End CapsUnderstandingcPage 172SpecifyingcPage 402Single Utility TrunkPowerwaysUnderstandingcPage 174SpecifyingcPage 403Double Utility TrunksUnderstandingcPage 176SpecifyingcPage 404Double Utility TrunkJunctionsUnderstandingcPage 177SpecifyingcPage 407Double Utility-TrunkPowerwaysUnderstandingcPage 178SpecifyingcPage 406JumpersUnderstandingcPage 173SpecifyingcPage 408ReceptaclesUnderstandingcPage 184SpecifyingcPage 410DesktopReceptacleUnderstandingcPage 184SpecifyingcPage 411Desktop Data/TelecomConnector HousingUnderstandingcPage 185SpecifyingcPage 411Surface-MountJunction BoxUnderstandingcPage 185SpecifyingcPage 412Cable and Fiber ReelUnderstandingcPage 186SpecifyingcPage 412TerminationPlateUnderstandingcPage 186SpecifyingcPage 413Power andCommunicationPower StripsUnderstandingcPage 187SpecifyingcPage 413Context Specification Guide 157

Power and Communication ComparisonInternodeDouble and Single Utility Trunks• Offers three wiring schematics: four, 20-amp circuits, • Offers one wiring schematic: four, 20-amp circuits, 3+D3+1(D) and 2+2 or three, 20-amp circuits withseparate neutrals• Power module (powerway) with separate power harnessconnections• Non-directional power connection• Accepts four harness connections• Four receptacles per power module• Accommodates 15-amp and 20-amp receptacles• Hardwiring not an option• Healthcare receptacles not an option• Installs under worksurface• One style/size power module• Each workstation requires at least one power module• Power modules can be installed prior to workstationinstallation, connecting harnesses after workstationsare installed• Does not require housing connectors (junctions)for continuation to adjacent units• Can utilize passthroughs in back panels and end panelsof core units (keeps everything directly under theworksurface)• Easy to specify and quick to install• Easily accommodates workstation reconfiguration• Power module accommodates communication modules• Accommodates cabling through use of communicationmodules attached to power module• Cables separated from power harness by metalconduit on harnesses• Baseplates can be ordered to enclose base of core unit,or space can remain openTip: Items in bold print highlight attributesof Internode and utility trunks.• Powerways with flag connectors as one unit• Directional power connections• Accepts two flag connections on double trunk (one each side)and one flag connection on single trunk• Up to four receptacles (two each side per workstation) ondouble trunk and two receptacles on single trunk• Accommodates 15-amp receptacles• Can be hardwired (Chicago, etc.)• Accepts healthcare receptacles• Installs at base (under back panel) of core units• Sized to width of core units, but double trunks can span up totwo units; single trunks cannot span• Single trunks serve one workstation; double trunks serve twoworkstations, or they can be used together in a workstation• Double trunks can be staged and connected prior to workstationinstallation; single trunks can be installed on core units prior toworkstation installation, connecting flags after workstations are installed• Requires mechanical (housing) connector junctions for continuationof double trunks; none required for single trunk• Passthroughs would not be used for trunks• Somewhat easy to specify, but not very quick to install• Single trunks accommodate workstation reconfiguration; doubletrunks can limit workstation reconfiguration• Does not accommodate communication modules; however, cablescan exit anywhere along the trunk• Trunks provide two cavities; the top cavity is for cabling• Cables separated from powerway by metal septum within thetrunks• Utility trunks enclose base of core unit158 Context Specification Guide

Internode Wiring Schematics and Circuit ChoicesDetails for the ElectricianInternodeWiring Schematicsand Circuit ChoicesInternode products offer three different wiringschematics to allow you to match your specificwiring strategy to any typical building wiring plan.Tip: All the components in an electrical systemmust use the same wiring schematic. The componentsare color coded and keyed to make it impossibleto connect mismatched parts.Black = Four-circuit, 3+1Brown = Four-circuit, 2+2Rust = Three-circuit, separate neutralsShared neutral conductors = 10 gaugeSeparate neutral conductors = 12 gaugeHot conductors = 12 gaugeGrounding conductors = 12 gaugeFour-Circuit, 3+1Circuit Panel 1PHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 3 HotCircuits 1, 2, and 3 NeutralNEUTRALGroundGROUNDCircuit Panel 2PHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 4 HotCircuit 4 NeutralNEUTRALGroundGROUNDIn the four-circuit 3+1 schematic, circuits1, 2, and 3 are distributed from the first circuitpanel and are supported with one shared neutraland one shared ground. Circuit 4 is distributedfrom a second circuit panel and is supported witha separate neutral and ground.Single 3-PhaseCircuit PanelPHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 3 HotCircuit 4 HotCircuits 1, 2, and 3 NeutralNEUTRALCircuit 4 NeutralSystem GroundGROUNDIsolated GroundOn a single 3-phase circuit panel, all fourcircuits are distributed as shown..Four-Circuit, 2+2Circuit Panel 1PHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuits 1 and 2 NeutralNEUTRALGroundGROUNDCircuit Panel 2PHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 3 HotCircuit 4 HotCircuits 3 and 4 NeutralNEUTRALGroundGROUNDIn the four-circuit 2+2 schematic, circuits1 and 2 are distributed from two different phasesfrom the first circuit panel and are supportedwith one shared neutral and one shared ground.Circuits 3 and 4 are distributed from a second circuitpanel and supported by their own sharedneutral and ground.Single 3-PhaseCircuit PanelPHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 3 HotCircuit 4 HotCircuits 1 and 2 NeutralNEUTRALCircuits 3 and 4 NeutralSystem GroundGROUNDIsolated GroundOn a single 3-phase circuit panel, all fourcircuits are distributed as shown.Split-PhaseCircuit PanelPHASEPHASEACCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 3 HotCircuit 4 HotCircuits 1 and 2 NeutralNEUTRALCircuits 3 and 4 NeutralSystem GroundGROUNDIsolated GroundOn a split-phase circuit panel, all four circuitsare distributed as shown..Three-Circuit, Separate NeutralsCircuit Panel 1PHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 1 NeutralNEUTRALCircuit 2 NeutralGroundGROUNDCircuit Panel 2PHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 3 HotCircuit 3 NeutralNEUTRALGroundGROUNDIn the three-circuit, separate neutralschematic, circuits 1 and 2 are distributed fromtwo different phases from the first circuit panel.Each circuit is supported with its own neutral anda common ground. Circuit 3 is distributed fromthe second circuit panel and is supported by itsown neutral and ground.Single 3-PhaseCircuit PanelPHASE PHASE PHASEA B CCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 3 HotCircuit 1 NeutralCircuit 2 NeutralNEUTRALCircuit 3 NeutralSystem GroundGROUNDIsolated GroundOn a single 3-phase circuit panel, threecircuits are distributed as shown.Split-PhaseCircuit PanelPHASEPHASEACCircuit 1 HotCircuit 2 HotCircuit 3 HotCircuit 1 NeutralCircuit 2 NeutralNEUTRALCircuit 3 NeutralSystem GroundGROUNDIsolated Ground.On a split-phase circuit panel, three circuitsare distributed as shown..Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 159

Internode Power InfeedsInternode power infeedbrings building power to apower module or from aPathways Technology Wallbeltway to a power module.cSpecifying, page 380Modular connector providesa plug-in connection.Power module is apower block inside a metalhousing. It accepts modularreceptacles.Actual DimensionsFloor power Multipurposeinfeedpower infeed. Conduit length 72" 144" or 288"Port-mounted utilitypole can conceal multipurposepower infeed thatbrings power to an Internodepower module from the ceiling.Cables can also berouted to Internode througha port-mounted utility pole.Tip: Use with empty portmountedutility pole.Multipurpose powerinfeed, routed inside portmountedutility pole, bringspower from the ceiling toInternode.Floor power infeedaccesses power from thefloor.cPage 380Tip: Floor power infeedcannot be used in NewYork City. Use a multipurposepower infeed instead..Product DetailsModularconnectionHardwireconnectionFloor power infeed ismade from a liquid-tightflexible conduit. One endallows a hardwire connectionto building floor powersource. The opposite endhas a modular connectorthat attaches to a powermodule.Multipurpose powerinfeed is made from flexibleconduit. One end allowseither a modular or hardwireconnection to the buildingpower source. The oppositeend has a modular connectorthat attaches to a powermodule or harness-to-harnessconnector.Modular connectorreceptacle is includedwith modular multipurposepower infeed to hardwireto a junction box. It allowsmodular connector to snapinto position. This allowsfurniture to be disconnected,moved, and reconnectedlater..160 Context Specification Guide

Internode Power Infeeds.Modular infeed coveris available to conceal theconnection in a visiblelocation.Wiring & CablingHarness from an Underscoretransition modulecan bring power to an Internodepower module fromthe floor. Cables can also berouted to Internode fromUnderscore.cSee Architecture andTechnology InfrastructureProducts Specification Guide.BeltwaypowerCoveroutfeedBeltway power outfeed accesses powerat a receptacle location in the beltway of a 4"Pathways Technology Wall and brings it to apower module. Use only upper beltway becauselower beltway will be inaccessible behindContext back panel or end support.cSee Pathways TechnologyWall Solutions SpecificationGuide.GrommetcoveradapterModularharnessModular harness accesses power fromthe end of a power block inside a 4" PathwaysTechnology Wall and brings it to a power modulethrough a grommet cover adapter. Use only upper beltwaybecause lower beltway will be inaccessiblebehind Context back panel or end support.cSee Pathways TechnologyWall Solutions SpecificationGuide...Surface MaterialsInfeed conduit• Floor—black vinyl• Multipurpose—metalModular connector• Black plasticModular connectorreceptacle• ZincModular infeed cover• Black plasticBeltway power outfeed• Metal..Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 161

Internode ComponentsInternode componentsprovide external routing andaccess of power and communicationto core units.Power module is a powercSpecifying, pagesblock inside a metal hous-380–395ing. It accepts modularModular harnessesreceptacles.connect power modules.Mounting bracketattaches to bottom of aworksurface and accommodatespower or communicationmodules.Convenience tri-receptaclehouses threereceptacles and extendspower above or below theworksurface.Receptacles are orderedseparately and installed onsite. They are coded to indicatewhich circuit and typeof ground they engage.Block-to-block connectoris used to connect adjacentpower modules.Cover closes the openingwhen receptacles are notused.Communication moduleaccommodates anyNEMA or modular furniturefaceplate.Actual DimensionsMounting Power Modular Block-to-block Communication Convenience Conveniencebracket module harnesses connector module communication tri-receptacleoutlet housingDepth 4" 3" N.A. 1 3 ⁄16" 3" 2 3 ⁄4" 2 3 ⁄4"Width 10" 10" N.A. 1 5 ⁄8" 5" 5 1 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄4"Height 1 1 ⁄2" 3 1 ⁄2" N.A. 1 15 ⁄16" 4" 2 1 ⁄2" 2 1 ⁄2"Harness N.A. N.A. 12" to 144" N.A. N.A. N.A. 72"lengthPower N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 96". cord length.162 Context Specification Guide

Internode Components.Product DetailsPower module accommodatesup to four duplexreceptacles—two on eachside. Covers are includedfor each side to fill theopenings when receptaclesare not used.Tip: Power module isattached to the mountingbracket or another powermodule.Communication moduleis a metal housing thatsupports NEMA or modularfurniture faceplates. Faceplatesare located on oneside of the module.Tip: The communicationmodule can be attachedto a power module, tothe mounting bracket, ordirectly onto underside ofworksurface.Convenience tri-receptaclewith modularharness draws powerfrom the end of a powermodule. Attachment pinsare included for placementinto a core unit accessoryrail. Below-worksurfacemounting bracket can beordered separately..Convenience tri-receptacleswith optionalbeltway power outfeeddraws power from a receptacleopening in a 4"Pathways Technology Wallbeltway. Attachment pinsare included for placementinto a core unit accessoryrail. Below-worksurfacemounting bracket can beordered separately.Convenience tri-receptaclewith cord andplug has an 8' cord todrawer power. Order mountinghardware separately.HousingFaceplateConvenience communicationoutlet housingsupports customer-suppliedmodular furniture faceplates.It is designed to siton a worksurface using theabove-worksurface clamp kit(accessory rail pins). Orattach beneath the worksurfaceusing below-worksurfacemounting bracket.Order mounting hardwareseparately..Modular harness mustbe specified to route powerbetween two powermodules.Power can branch in upto three directions from apower module.Harness-to-harnessconnector is available tojoin harnesses and extendthe length of a run. It canjoin up to four modularharnesses.cPage 386.When connectingpower from one workstationto another,harnesses may be routeddown/up adjacent back panelsor through an optionalpassthrough. Use Internodeharness clips and/or tiestraps along with the cablemanagement features ofContext to help route andconceal harnesses.Tip: When routing a harnessunder a back panel, you willneed 40" of harness lengthin addition to the lengthrequired by placement ofpower modules. If routing aharness under an end panel,you will need an additional56" of harness. Internodeharness clips and/or tiestraps can be used to keepexcess harness length offthe floor.cPage 65Block-to-block connectorjoins adjacent powermodules.Receptacles snap intopower blocks. Tools are notrequired for installation..ConnectionsMounting bracketattaches power or communicationmodules to theunderside of a worksurface.Power module can beordered with or without amounting bracket. Communicationmodule is standardwithout a mounting bracket.Mounting bracket can beordered separately.Tip: Communication modulecan also be installed directlyto the underside of a worksurfacewithout using amounting bracket.Vertically stack powerand communication modulesto increase the numberof receptacles and communicationoutlets beneath aworksurface. Order a 22"modular harness to extendpower to the stackedmodule.Tip: Two communicationmodules can be attachedbeneath a power module.Tip: If two power modulesare stacked, it is recommendedthe communicationmodules are placed besidethe power modules insteadof adding them below..Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide cInternode Components, continued 163

Internode Components, continued.Horizontally connectpower and communicationmodules to increase thenumber of receptacles andcommunication outletsbeneath a worksurface.Order a block-to-blockconnector to join adjacentmodules.1"Attach conveniencetri-receptacles separatelyto accessory rail forenhanced stability andflexibility.Cord and cable managerattaches to the undersideof a worksurface or themounting bracket to helporganize and store cordsand cables.cPage 395.Harness clip attachesto the underside of a worksurfaceto route and managemodular harnesses.Clips can also help keepexcess harness or multipurposepower infeed lengthoff the floor.cPage 395Below-worksurfacemounting bracketmounts convenience trireceptacleor a conveniencecommunication outlethousing to the undersideof a worksurface..Surface MaterialsPower block andhousing• 4793 Solar Black onlyPower module covers• 6653 Solar Black onlyCommunicationmodule• 4793 Solar Black onlyConveniencetri-receptacles• PlasticConvenience communicationoutlet housing• PlasticBelow-worksurfacemounting bracket• 4793 Solar Black onlyModular harnessconduit• MetalModular harnessconnector• Black plasticReceptacles• Plastic...164 Context Specification Guide

Internode Receptacles and AccessoriesInternode Receptaclesand Accessories.Internode ReceptaclescSpecifying, page 390ConvenienceTri-ReceptaclescSpecifying, page 392Product DetailsProvide electrical outletsin workstations.Internode receptaclesare coded to indicate whichcircuit and type of groundthey engaged.Available in 4-circuit, 3+1;4-circuit, 2+2; and 3-circuit,separate neutrals; and insystem or isolated ground.Specify a specific circuit,either line 1, 2, 3, or 4Product DetailsExtend power above theworksurface using a modularconnector or a cord andplug.Houses three receptacles.Available in 4-circuit, 3+1;4-circuit, 2+2; and 3-circuit,separate neutrals; and insystem or isolated groundon models with modularharness. Cord and plugmodel doesn’t require differentcircuit types since itwill correspond to whateveroutlet it is plugged into.ConnectionsConnect to power moduleof Internode power block.Receptacles are orderedseparately and installed onsite.Specify a specific circuit,either line 1, 2, 3, or 4.Convenience tri-receptaclesare designed to siton a worksurface or attachbeneath it using the belowworksurfacemountingbracket.Surface MaterialsReceptacle• PlasticConnections1"Attach conveniencereceptacles separately toaccessory rail with pins oruse below-worksurfacemounting bracket.Surface MaterialsConveniencetri-receptacle• PlasticActual DimensionsDepth 2 3 ⁄4"Width 5 1 ⁄4"Height 2 1 ⁄2"Harness length 72"Power cord length 96".Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 165

Utility Trunk Wiring SchematicsDetails for the Electrician.The utility trunk electricalsystem is an 8-wire systemwith four circuits (threecircuits, plus a fourth, dedicatedcircuit). It is designedto work with three-phase,208Y/120V service.If a building has singlephase,240/120V service,you simply use two of thethree hot conductors thatshare a neutral ground.Because the dedicated circuitin the 4-circuit systemhas its own neutral andground, it works with eithertype of service.There are several ways toconfigure the system. Thedrawing at the right showsone of the most common.How 4-circuit (3+D) Powerway System ConnectsBuilding PhasesA B CCircuit breakersJunctionboxConnect circuit 4 tophase A or B, but notto phase CBuilding GroundBuilding NeutralOptionalIsolated GroundConnect G1 and G2 tomain service ground if aseparate power systemis not being used..System description:Multiwire branch circuitsystem, rated at 20 ampsper circuit. The 4-circuit(3+D) system has 8 wires:3 hots, with a sharedneutral, and ground plusa completely separatecircuit with its own hot,neutral, and isolatedground. When connectedto a building-suppliedisolated ground, it providesa ground-isolated circuitthat can be dedicated tosensitive electronic equipment.Provides a totalcapacity of 80 amps.PowerwayCircuit 1 (Red)Circuit 2 (Black)Circuit 3 (Blue)Circuit 4 (Pink)Ground 1 (Green)Ground 2 (Green/Yellow)Neutral 1 (White)Neutral 2 (Grey)Wire specifications:Common neutral wire is10AWG, 600V, 90°C. Hotand ground wires are12AWG, 600V, 105°C..166 Context Specification Guide

Circuit Choices for Utility TrunksPowerways and Strategies for Using ThemCircuit Choicesfor Utility Trunks.Powerways added tosingle and double utilitytrunks allow you to provideand distribute power withina workstation.8-wire, 4-circuit (3+D)powerways have threehot wires to carry power(general purpose), oneshared neutral to completethe circuit, and one groundfor safety. Three additionalwires make a separate,fourth (dedicated) circuitwith its own hot, neutral,and ground wires..Three basic strategiescan be used to employ theavailable circuits.Circuit1Circuit2Strategy 1Undesignated CircuitsThis strategy allows allavailable circuits to be usedfreely without specifyingwhich equipment is poweredby which circuit.Tip: Order simplex andduplex receptacles so thatall available circuits can beaccessed.AdvantagesNo specific planningrequired.Circuit3.Circuit1Circuit2Circuit3Strategy 2Designated CircuitsThis strategy assignsspecific circuits for specificuses. You can indicate thecircuit number—1, 2, or 3—for each receptacle in yourplan and then designatewhich equipment should beconnected to each circuit.AdvantagesPrevent overload (excessiveamperage) of any onecircuit.Gain control over groupsof electrical equipment. Forexample, connect all the lightfixtures to one designatedcircuit and you can turnthem all on or off with asingle switch. Furthermore,equipment on the othertwo circuits, such as faxmachines and printers,won’t be affected..CircuitDStrategy 3Dedicated CircuitsThis strategy uses theseparate circuit in the4-circuit (3+D) powerwayto power sensitive electronicequipment. Sensitiveequipment is isolated andprotected from fluctuationsin power flow caused byelectronic equipment onother circuits. The remainingthree circuits in the powerwaycan be designated orundesignated.AdvantagesSensitive electronic equipment,such as a computer,can be protected from voltagespikes and electronicnoise.Equipment that has highpower requirements, suchas a copy machine or papershredder, can be assignedto the dedicated circuit toreduce the burden on theremaining circuits..Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 167

Utility Trunk Base Power-InsBase power-ins bringbuilding power to utilitytrunks.cSpecifying, page 396Double utility trunksCover protects thereceive building power fromconnectionthe double utility trunk basepower-in.Leveling glide adjusts toinstall double utility trunkbase power-in on unevenfloors.Single utility trunkreceives building powerfrom the single utility trunkbase power-in.Flexible, liquid-tightconduit on all basepower-ins leads to the buildingwiring in a floor, wall, orcolumn.Actual DimensionsDouble Utility Single UtilityTrunk Base Trunk BasePower-In Power-InConnection cover depth 2 3 ⁄8" 1 1 ⁄4"Connection cover width 6 1 ⁄2" 5 1 ⁄2"Connection cover height 2 7 ⁄8" 3 1 ⁄4"Harness length 72" 72". Conduit diameter 1 ⁄2" 1 ⁄2".ConnectionsDouble utility trunkbase power-in connectsto the double utility trunk atany receptacle opening.Single utility trunkbase power-in connectsto the power slot on thesingle utility trunk, leavingreceptacle openings free..Surface MaterialsDouble utility trunkbase power-in• PaintSingle utility trunkbase power-in• Black paint• Black plastic coverConduit• BlackApplication TopicsBreakaway basepower-in is available tomeet the Office of StatewideHealth Planning andDevelopment (OSHPD)requirements for hospitalsin the State of California.cPage 193Chicago requires specialhardwired base power-inconnections.cPage 192Planning a UtilityNetwork with UtilityTrunkscPage 189UnderstandingBuilding WiringcPage 196.168 Context Specification Guide

Port-Mounted Utility PolePort-Mounted Utility PoleUtility pole is availableempty, as standard, to accommodatea field-installed Internodemultipurpose powerinfeed or for applicationswhere routing of a largevolume of cables is neededwithout power. Optional, factory-installedharnesses areavailable to bring power fromthe ceiling to single-or double-utilitytrunks with additionalspace to accommodatecables.cSpecifying, page 397Port-mounted utilitypole can accommodateceiling heights up to 10'H.It can be cut on site to theappropriate height.Cable space allowscables to reach the singleutility trunk. Metal conduitinside the pole separatespower from cables.Removable columncover allows access tocords and cables.Single trunk flag connectoroption connectsinto the powerway throughthe powerslot on the outsideof the single utility trunkpowerway and does nottake up a receptacleopening.Actual DimensionsConduit height 120"Conduit diameter1⁄2" (0.710" outside)(0.622" inside)Harness length 72". Wire length with harness 198"Power harnesses areprotected by a liquid-tightflexible conduit.Double trunk flag connectoroption connectsinto the powerway throughthe use of a receptacleopening on the outside ofthe double utility trunk.Junction box enclosesthe hardwire connectionfrom the building’s electricalservice.Hanger bar secures thetop of the pole to the ceilinggrid.Ceiling trim platefinishes the opening in theceiling tile.Multipurpose powerinfeed, routed inside portmountedutility pole, bringspower from the ceiling toInternode.cPage 160.ConnectionsPort-mounted utilitypole fits into the port of acore unit. It cannot be usedon core units with columnmountedstorage.Wiring & CablingConnections tobuilding power must behardwired by a qualifiedelectrician or engineer.Chicago (hardwire),New York City, and LosAngeles have specialrequirements.cPage 192Surface MaterialsPort-mountedutility pole• PaintApplication TopicsPlanning a Utility Networkwith InternodecPage 188Planning a UtilityNetwork with UtilityTrunkscPage 189Cable Capacitiesfor Utility TrunkscPage 194UnderstandingBuilding WiringcPage 196.Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 169

Utility Pole for Use with Double Utility TrunksDouble utility trunkreceives building powerand cables from the ceilingthrough the utility pole.cSpecifying, page 398Ceiling trim platefinishes the opening in theceiling tile.Hanger bar secures thetop of the pole to the ceilinggrid...Cable space allowscables to reach the doubleutility trunk. Metal conduitinside the pole separatescords from cables.Utility pole can accommodateceiling heights up to10'H (3.2m). It can be cuton site to the appropriateheight.Actual DimensionsBase depth 2 7 ⁄8" (73 mm)Base width10 3 ⁄8" (264 mm)Height 126" (3.2 m)Base height 5 1 ⁄2" (140 mm)Pole diameter 3" (76 mm)Conduit diameter 3⁄4" (19.5 mm).Connections5 1 /2"Base of utility pole fits intothe end of a double utilitytrunk and extends 5 1 ⁄2"outside the workstationfootprint.Power harness, orderedseparately (part number841700089SR), providesmodular connection to powerwayinside the doubleutility trunk..Wiring & CablingConnections to buildingpower must behardwired by a qualifiedelectrician or engineer..Surface MaterialsUtility pole• Anodized aluminumUtility pole base• PaintApplication TopicsUtility pole can be usedto bring ceiling power todouble utility trunks only.Tip: This pole can be usedwith a hard-wired doubleutility trunk.Planning a Utility Networkwith InternodecPage 188Planning a UtilityNetwork with UtilityTrunkscPage 189Cable Capacitiesfor Utility TrunkscPage 194UnderstandingBuilding WiringcPage 196.170 Context Specification Guide

Utility Pole for Use withDouble Utility TrunksPower andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 171

Single Utility TrunkSingle utility trunksare available field installedto carry power and cablesthrough workstations. Singleutility trunks fit flush with thecore unit’s back panel, fillingthe 5 1 ⁄2" height and theentire width at the base ofthe back panel. Single utilitytrunks power one workstation.cSpecifying, page 400Power slot on the singleutility trunk powerway allowspower-in connection withouttaking up a receptacleopening.Cable slot provides acontinuous opening alongthe inside of the single utilitytrunk that allows cables toenter and exit the cablechannel at any point. Slotis covered by a flexiblechannel guard.Cable channel is locatedin the upper part of the utilitytrunk, shielded from thepowerway. Cable capacityvaries according to the typeof cable.cPage 194Receptacles areordered separately andfield installed.cPage 184Access plates can beremoved from either sideof the single utility trunk.Removing the outsideaccess plate allows unobstructedlay-in cabling.Light sealActual DimensionsSingle End caps Jumpersutility trunksDepth 1 1 ⁄2" N.A.Width 24", 30", 36", 42", 1 1 ⁄2" or 3"48", 54", 60", 66",72", or 78"Height 5 1 ⁄2" 5 1 ⁄2". Length 14", 30", 48", 72", or 84"Powerway can be factoryinstalled or ordered separatelyfor field installation.cPage 174Single and double endcaps are available toconceal the end of a run ofsingle utility trunks usedalone or back-to-back.Sliding ends on the insideaccess plate allow the singleutility trunk to change widthsso it can fit a straight, a lefthandcorner, or a right-handcorner core unit.Covers fill the openingsfor power-slot connectionand receptacles. Coverssnap in and out and canbe replaced if your electricalneeds change..172 Context Specification Guide

Single Utility TrunkProduct Details11 1 /8"14 1 /8"Receptacle openingsare 14 1 ⁄8" from the end of thesingle trunk to the center ofthe receptacle.36"W and wider singleutility trunks provide tworeceptacle openings; 24"Wand 30"W single utility trunksprovide one receptacleopening. All receptacleopenings face the insideof the workstation.Tip: Cannot accommodateInternode power modules.Single utility trunkbase power-in bringspower from the buildingfloor to the single utilitytrunk in the workstation. Itconnects to the power slot,leaving receptacle openingsfree.cPage 168Port-mounted utilitypole brings ceiling powerto a single utility trunk. Itconnects to the power slot,leaving receptacle openingsfree.Tip: Single trunk connectionis an option to an emptypole; it must be specified.cPage 169..ConnectionsDouble-to-single utilitytrunk junction connectssingle utility trunks withdouble utility trunks in anL-, T-, X-, or in-lineconfiguration.Tip: All double utility trunksat an intersection withsingle trunk(s) must usethe double-to-single trunkjunction.cSpecifying, page 402Single utility trunksare connected to the bottomedge of a core unit backpanel. When you move thecore unit, the utilities movewith the furniture. No junctionsare required to joinsingle utility trunks; singleutility trunks extend the fullwidth of the core unit.Single utility trunkscannot span more than onecore unit.Shorter access platesare available to allow clearancefor double utility trunkto extend into the footprintof a core unit with a singleutility trunk.Chicago (hardwire)access plates are availableto accommodate hardwirereceptacles.cPage 192.Single and double endcaps conceal the end of arun of single utility trunks.A single cap closes the endof one trunk. A double endcap closes the end of twosingle utility trunks back toback—or two single endcaps can be used.cSpecifying, page 402Wiring & CablingPowerways for singleutility trunks are directionaland cannot be turnedupside down to reversedirections.Flag connector on powerwayis longer than singleutility trunk so it can extendto the connection point onan adjacent powerway.Tip: Cannot connect withInternode power module.Power-inJumperSingle utility trunkjumpers allow power topass from one run of singleutility trunks to another, withoutadding another power-in.Tip: When placing singleutility trunks back to back,leave off the outside accessplates.Jumpers connect to thepower slots on the greenends of two powerways..Single-to-double utilitytrunk jumpers can passpower by connecting to thepower slot on the green endof a single utility trunk andto a receptacle opening onthe green end of a doubleutility trunk.Steel septum separatesthe powerway from thecable-routing space.Single utility trunkpowerways provide fourcircuits (3+D).Chicago (hardwire),New York City, andLos Angeles have specialrequirements.cPage 192Surface MaterialsSingle utility trunks,end caps, and doubleto-singleutility trunkjunction• PaintTrim• Cobblestone plasticJumpers• BlackApplication TopicsOverview of DifferencescPages 180–183Planning a UtilityNetwork with UtilityTrunkscPage 189Circuit Choices forUtility TrunkscPage 167Utility Trunk WiringSchematicscPage 166How to CalculatePower NeedscPage 191.Cable CapacitiescPage 194BaseplateSingleUtility TrunkDoubleUtility TrunkBaseplates, single utilitytrunks, and doubleutility trunks relate differentlyto core units whenviewed from the outside ofcore unit..Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 173

Powerways for Single Utility Trunk.Powerways can befactory or field installed insingle utility trunks to formpower distribution networks.They allow receptacles tobe installed on one face toserve one workstation.cSpecifying, page 403Powerways havetwo color-coded flagconnections.• Green: Power-inconnection (left end)• Yellow: Power-out flagconnector (right end)Flag connector links toflag terminal on adjacentpowerway.Green color-coded endof the powerway.Power-slot terminalbrings building power to thenetwork by accepting a basepower-in or port-mountedutility pole connection. It alsoaccepts a jumper connection,which passes power betweenworkstations.Yellow color-coded endof the powerway.Terminal for simplexor duplex receptacleconnection.Flag connectorFlag terminal acceptsconnector from adjacentpowerway..174 Context Specification Guide

Powerways forSingle Utility Trunk.Product DetailsReceptacles snap intoterminals and are held inplace with screws.cPage 184Color coding designatesopposing ends of thepowerway–green representsthe power-in end. Theyellow end can be used toextend the network to anadjacent powerway.ConnectionsFlag connector onsingle utility trunk powerwayextends power to nextpowerway. Single utilitytrunk powerways always linkto each other in acontinuous path.Tip: Cannot connect withInternode power module.Jumpers pass power fromone line of single utility trunkpowerways to another.Tip: Cannot connect withInternode power module.Single-to-double utilitytrunk jumpers allow a runof single utility trunk powerwaysto be connected to anetwork of double utility trunkpowerways. Jumper connectsto power slot of singleutility trunk and to receptaclelocation of doubleutility trunk.Single utility trunkpowerways are directionaland cannot be turnedupside down to reversedirections...Chicago (hardwire)access plates are availableto accommodate hardwirereceptacles.cPage 192Single and double endcaps conceal the end of arun of single utility trunks. Asingle cap closes the end ofone trunk. A double end capcloses the end of two singleutility trunks back to back–or two single end caps canbe used.Wiring & CablingPassing power betweena single and a double utilitytrunk powerway is possibleusing the flag connectors onthe powerways. Simply followthese guidelines:• When bringing power froma single to a double utilitytrunk, connect the yellowend of the single trunkpowerway to the greenend of the double.• When bringing power froma double to a single utilitytrunk, connect the yellowor the green end of thedouble trunk powerwayto the green end of thesingle.• If either of the aboveconditions are unavailable,order a jumper thatwill reach to the greenend of the receivingpowerway.cPage 173Double-to-single utilitytrunk junction mustbe used when making adouble utility trunk to singleutility trunk connection..Double-to-single utilitytrunk junction must beused to complete the end ofevery double utility trunk inan intersection with one ormore single utility trunks.End of run is terminatedby folding the last flag backand connecting it to its ownparking station or securing itwith tape.Single utility trunkpowerways providefour circuits (3+D).Chicago (hardwire),New York City, andLos Angeles have specialrequirements.cPage 192.Surface MaterialsPowerways areconcealed when theyare properly installed.Application TopicsOverview of Power-Connection DifferencescPage 183Planning a UtilityNetwork with UtilityTrunkscPage 189.Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 175

Double Utility TrunkDouble utility trunksare available field installedto carry power and cablesand form the main spineof networks. They can spanthe width of two adjacentcore units and can beshared when two coreunits are back to back.cSpecifying, page 404Double utility trunkjunctions connect utilitytrunks in line or at 90°.Cable slot provides acontinuous opening alongeach side of a utility trunk,which allows cables to enterand exit the cable channelat any point. Slot is coveredby a flexible channel guard.Receptacles are orderedseparately and field installed.cPage 184Powerway can befactory installed orordered separatelyfor field installation.cPage 178Access plates can beremoved from either sideof the double utility trunkto provide access to theinterior.Actual DimensionsUtility trunkDepth 3" 3"Width 14 1 ⁄4", 20 1 ⁄4", 26 1 ⁄4", 4 7 ⁄8" (end)32 1 ⁄4", 38 1 ⁄4", 44 1 ⁄4", 6 1 ⁄4" (L). Height 5 1 ⁄2" 5 1 ⁄2"Utility trunkjunctions50 1 ⁄4", 56 1 ⁄4", 62 1 ⁄4", 9 3 ⁄4" (in-line, T, and X)or 68 1 ⁄4"3 3 ⁄8" (double-to-single)Cable channel is locatedin the upper part of the utilitytrunk, shielded from thepowerway. Cable capacityvaries according to type ofcable.cPage 194Covers fill the openingsfor receptacles. Coverssnap in and out and can bereplaced if your electricalneeds change.Leveling glides adjustto install double utilitytrunks and junctions onuneven floors..176 Context Specification Guide

Double Utility TrunkProduct DetailsEnd junction14 1 /8"4 1 /8" 9 1 /4" 9 1 /4"Receptacle openingsare 9 1 ⁄4" from the ends ofthe utility trunk to the centerof the receptacle and wheninstalled with a junction arePort-mounted utility14 1 ⁄8" from the end of apole brings ceiling powercore unit.to a single utility trunk. Itconnects to the power slot,24"W double utilityleaving receptacle openingstrunk provides pass-free.through power only; 30"WTip: Double trunk connectionprovides one receptacleis an option to an emptyopening on each accesspole; it must be specified.plate; 36"W and widercPage 169provide two receptacleopenings on each accessplate.Tip: Cannot accommodateInternode power modules.Double utility trunksfit in the recess below backto-backcore unit back panels.When you move thecore unit, the utility networkDouble utility trunkstays in place.base power-in bringspower from the buildingfloor to the double utilityConnectionstrunk. It connects to aIn-line junction joinsreceptacle location.double utility trunks in acPage 168straight run.L-junction joins twodouble utility trunks at 90°....T-junction joins threedouble utility trunks at 90°.X-junction joins fourdouble utility trunks at 90°.End junction terminates adouble utility trunk sectionat the end of a run.Double-to-single utilitytrunk junction connectssingle utility trunks withdouble utility trunks in anL-, T-, X-, or in-line configuration.This must be usedwhenever a double-tosingleutility trunk connectionis made.Flag connectors onpowerways are longerthan the double utility trunkso they can extend throughjunctions to connect to anadjacent powerway.Tip: Cannot connect withInternode power module.Chicago (hardwire)access plates are availableto accommodate hardwirereceptacles.cPage 192.Wiring & CablingPowerways for doubleutility trunks are directionalbut can be reversedto accommodate a green-togreenor yellow-to-greenconnection when required.Single-to-double utilitytrunk jumper can passpower by connecting to thepower slot on the green endof a single utility trunk andto a receptacle opening ona double utility trunk.Steel septum separatesthe powerway from thecable-routing space.Utility trunk powerwayscarry four-circuits(3+D).Chicago (hardwire),New York City, andLos Angeles have specialrequirements.cPage 192Surface MaterialsUtility trunks andjunctions• PaintJunction trim• Cobblestone plasticJumpers• BlackApplication TopicsUtility trunks are 9 3 ⁄4"less wide than correspondingcore unit to allow a junctionconnection at each end.Overview ofDifferencescPages 180–183Planning a UtilityNetwork with UtilityTrunkscPage 189Circuit Choices forUtility TrunkscPage 167Utility Trunk WiringSchematicscPage 166How to CalculatePower NeedscPage 191.Cable Capacities forUtility TrunkscPage 194BaseplateSingleUtility TrunkDoubleUtility TrunkBaseplates, singleutility trunks, anddouble utility trunksrelate differently to coreunits when viewed fromthe outside of core unit..Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 177

Powerways for Double Utility Trunk.Powerways can be factoryor field installed in doubleutility trunks to form power distributionnetworks. They allowreceptacles to be installed onboth faces to serve back-tobackworkstations.cSpecifying, page 406Powerways have twocolor-coded flag connectors—a green end and ayellow end.Flag connectorlinks to flag terminalon adjacent powerway.Green color-coded endof the powerway.Terminal for base powerin,simplex-, or duplex-sizereceptacle connection.Parking station on the yellow end providesa place to secure a flag connector fromadjacent powerway that is not being usedto make an electrical connection.Tip: 24"W and 30"W do nothave parking stations.Terminal for simplexor duplex receptacleconnection.Yellow color-coded endof the powerway.Yellow color-coded endof the powerway.Terminal for simplexor duplex receptacleconnection.Terminal for basepower-in, simplex- orduplex-size receptacleconnection.Terminal for utility polepower-in.Green color-codedend of the powerway.Flag connectorFlag connector.178 Context Specification Guide

Powerways forDouble Utility Trunk.Product DetailsReceptacles snap intoterminals and are held inplace with screws.cPage 184Pass-through powerwayis available for 24"Wdouble utility trunks. It cannotaccommodate a receptacle,base power-in, or utility pole.Color coding designatesopposing ends of the powerway—greenrepresentsthe power-in end. The yellowend can be used toextend the network to anadjacent powerway.Connections1 2Straight connectionis formed when a flag connectorfrom the yellow endof one double utility trunkpowerway attaches to thesecond flag terminal on thegreen end of the adjacentpowerway..L-connection is formedwhen flag connector turnsto left or right.T-connection is formedby two flags—one formingan L-connection and theother a straight connectionat junction. Remainingconnection is inactive.X-connection is formedby three flags that makeright turns. Remainingconnection is inactive.G YG Y GYYGAlthough it is possibleto power all four doubleutility trunks in an X-configurationwith only green endsat the intersection, it is notrecommended. One end ofa powerway in the intersectionshould be yellow..End-of-run is terminatedby folding the last flag backand connecting it to its ownparking station or securing itwith tape.In green-green connectionsthe extra flag cansnap onto the extra terminalinstead of onto a parkingstation. This makes a redundantpower connection,which works the same asa parking connection.Single-to-double utilitytrunk jumpers allow a runof single utility trunk powerwaysto be connected to anetwork of double utility trunkpowerways. Jumper connectsto power slot of singleutility trunk and to receptaclelocation of doubleutility trunk.Tip: Cannot connect withInternode power module.Chicago (hardwire)access plates are availableto accommodate hardwirereceptacles.cPage 192.Wiring & CablingPassing powerbetween a single- anda double- utility-trunkpowerway is possibleusing the flag connectors onthe powerways. Simply followthese guidelines:• When bringing power froma single to a double utilitytrunk, connect the yellowend of the single trunkpowerway to the greenend of the double.• When bringing power froma double to a single utilitytrunk, connect the yellowor the green end of thedouble trunk powerwayto the green end of thesingle.• If either of the above conditionsare unavailable,order a jumper that willreach to the green end ofthe receiving powerway.cPage 173Double-to-single utilitytrunk junction mustbe used when making adouble utility trunk to singleutility trunk connection.Double-to-single utilitytrunk junction must beused to complete the end ofevery double utility trunk inan intersection with one ormore single utility trunks.Double utility trunkpowerways provide fourcircuits (3+D)..Chicago (hardwire),New York City, andLos Angeles have specialrequirements.cPage 192Surface MaterialsPowerways are concealedwhen they areproperly installed.Application TopicsOverview of Power-Connection DifferencescPage 183Planning a UtilityNetwork with UtilityTrunkscPage 189.Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 179

Overview of Utility Trunk Differences.Single Utility Trunk Double Utility Trunk Single Utility Trunk Double Utility Trunk1 1 /2"3"Furniture can be installed first, All connections and cabling canSingle utility trunk is 1 1 ⁄2" thick Double utility trunk is 3" thick (deep).then the single utility trunk can be be completed before furniture is(deep). It fits inside the core unit It can be shared by two core unitsattached to the back panels of the installed.footprint flush with the back panel. that are back to back. Because itcore units. Finally, adjacent utilityextends 1 1 ⁄2" into the footprint oftrunks are connected and cableseach core unit, configurations inare routed. Or single utility trunkswhich the double utility trunk servescan be attached to core unit backonly one core unit will extend 1 1 ⁄2"panels before core units areoutside the footprint of the core unit.installed. Flag connections can bemade before leveling core units.No junctions are needed. Each Double utility trunks are shorter thanThe single utility trunk allows The double utility trunk will preventsingle utility trunk matches the width the width of the core unit. Junctionsfurniture to be positioned flush core units from being positionedof the core unit.must be used to fill in the space.against walls.flush with walls.JumperSingle utility trunk powerways Because there are flag connectorsIn applications where the back of a In applications where the back ofalways link to each other in a line. on both ends of the double utilitycore unit faces an aisle or public a core unit faces an aisle or publicJumpers can be used to extend trunk powerway, T- and X-junctionsspace the single utility trunk is flush space, the double utility trunk willpower from one line to another, or extend power through branchingwith the back panel.extend into the aisle 1 1 ⁄2" beyondfrom one side of an island of workstationsto the other side.avoid this overhang, you can use asingle utility trunk and join it to thedouble utility trunk by using a double-to-singleutility trunk junction..networks.the footprint of the core unit. To.180 Context Specification Guide

Overview ofUtility Trunk Differences.Single Utility Trunk Double Utility Trunk Single Utility Trunk Double Utility TrunkTowerTowerPower can be continued past a Because the double utility trunkAccess plates on both faces of the Access plates on both faces of thetower with a single utility trunk. extends outside the footprint of asingle utility trunk are removable. double utility trunk are removable.core unit, towers will block a runBy removing the access plate on Installing cables in the cable stor-of power.the outside face, you can lay cables age space requires threading theinto the cable storage space above cables through junctions.the powerway without threadingcables past obstructions. Installingcables from the inside of the workstationrequires threading thecables behind core-unit supports.End PanelEnd PanelA core unit end panel can beA core unit end panel cannot beA single utility trunk accommodates A double utility trunk doesn’t accom-installed parallel to a run of single installed parallel to a run of doubleslightly more cables than one-half a modate twice as many cables as autility trunks.utility trunks.double utility trunk.single utility trunk because of limitsimposed by junctions and interiorsupports.BaseBaseReceptaclepower-in 1power-in 1obstructedBasepower-in 2Up toUp to8 circuits4 circuitsavailableavailableA spine can be made with two separateruns of single utility trunks trunks serves workstations on botha spine of single utility trunks. spine of double utility trunks, butarranged back to back. Both runs of sides, no workstation along theBecause the single utility trunks only if you shift in increments thatsingle utility trunks can have four spine can have access to more thanmove with the furniture, receptacle do not block receptacle locations.circuits (3+D) if each is linked to its four circuits (3+D).locations are never blocked.own power-in. Each workstation inthe cluster can have access to alleight circuits–up to four by plugginginto the single utility trunk inside theworkstation and up to four othersby running the power cord beneaththe spine and plugging into thesingle utility trunk in the adjacent..Because a spine of double utilityCore units can be offset along Core units can be offset along aworkstation.Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide cOverview of Utility Trunk Differences, continued 181

Overview of Utility Trunk Differences, continuedSingle Utility TrunkCore units with single utility trunkscan be relocated. Because thesingle utility trunks move with thefurniture, few accommodationsare needed to maintain the powernetwork.In most cases, two single utilitytrunks will cost slightly more thanone double utility trunk withjunctions..Double Utility TrunkCore units that share double utilitytrunks can be relocated, but theirsource of power remains with thepower network.A double utility trunk costs morethan a single utility trunk of thesame width, but it can serve twoworkstations.Single utility trunks can be used with doubleutility trunks to take advantage of the characteristicsof both. Use a double-to-single utilitytrunk junction to make a connection...182 Context Specification Guide

Overview of Power-Connection DifferencesDomesticOverview ofPower-ConnectionDifferences.Single Utility Trunk Double Utility Trunk Single Utility Trunk Double Utility TrunkOne flag connector extends Two flag connectors, one onConnection rule for single utility Connection rules for doublefrom the right end (yellow) of the each end of the double utility trunk,trunk powerways is:utility trunk powerways are:single utility trunk powerway and allow power to be passed to two1. Must link to form a continuous 1. There must be at least one greenallows power to be passed to the adjacent powerways. This featureline. (Line can be straight, form end at each junction.next powerway. Power can extend allows you to build networks that90° corners, and fold back on 2. There can never be more thanin a line, but cannot branch.branch in T and X configurations.itself.)one yellow end per junction.Green EndGreen endGreen end of a single utility Green end of a double utilityIf you have a run of utility Power-in location can be any-trunk powerway can receive power trunk powerway can receive powertrunks, you can deliver power to where along a continuous run ofpassed from an adjacent powerway, passed from an adjacent powerway,any point in the run as long as you double utility trunk powerways.from a base power-in, a portmountedutility pole, or a jumper. or a single-to-double utility trunkphysical connections.connect to the beginning of a run ofjumper. Flag connector on greenutility trunks.end can pass power to adjacentpowerway.Power slotParking stationNo terminalTop power-inYellow endYellow EndJumperBase power-inYellow end of a single utility trunk Yellow end of a double utilityPower-ins connect to a single Power-ins connect to a doublefrom a base power-in, a utility pole,meet the requirements of the Exception: Utility pole must alwayspowerway cannot receive power trunk powerway cannot receiveutility trunk powerway only at a utility trunk powerway at variousbecause there is not a flag terminal. power because there is no flagpower slot.locations. Base power-in connectsterminal–only a flag parking station.to the green receptacle location.The single utility trunk base power-Utility pole has a harness with anin and the port-mounted utilityend like a flag connector. Thispole have a special connector thatallows a connection to the greenengages the power slot withoutend of the powerway without occu-occupying a receptacle location.pying a receptacle location.Jumper is similar to a power-in.It connects to the power slot of asingle utility trunk, but, instead ofbringing power from the building, itbrings power from a nearby run of. single or double utility trunks..Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 183

Receptacles and Accessories.Domestic ReceptaclescSpecifying, page 410Desktop ReceptaclecSpecifying, page 411ConvenienceTri-Receptacles withPower Cord and PlugcSpecifying, page 411Product DetailsProvide electrical outletsin workstations.Duplex receptaclesaccess a specific circuit,either 1, 2, or 3. Face ofreceptacle is labeled toindicate circuit.Simplex receptaclesaccess line 4, the dedicated,isolated circuit.Product DetailsBrings electrical outletsto worksurface level.Product DetailsExtend power above orbelow the worksurface.Houses three receptacles.Convenience tri-receptacleis designed to sit ona worksurface or attachbeneath it using the belowworksurfacemountingbracket.ConnectionsReceptacles plug intoterminals on powerway andare secured with screws.Receptacles are orderedseparately for field installationto double or singleutility trunks.ConnectionsPins on base of desktopreceptacle housing insert intothe accessory rail at the backof a core unit. Field installed.Power cord plugs into areceptacle in the utilitytrunk, building wall, or floorwithin the 9' of cord.Connections1"Attach conveniencereceptacles separately toaccessory rail with pins oruse below-worksurfacemounting bracket.Surface MaterialsReceptacle• Cobblestone plasticApplication TopicsHospital gradereceptacles may bemandated for use in somehospitals. These heavy-dutyreceptacles are virtuallyindestructible. They areavailable through mostelectrical supply companies.Ask for, as an example:Surface MaterialsDesktop receptacle• Grotto plasticRail-mount pins• Grotto Mélange coatingCord• Black vinylSurface MaterialsConveniencetri-receptacle• PlasticLeviton 15 amp16262-H6G Grey16262-H6R RedHubble 15 amp8200GY Grey8200R RedChicago (hardwired)receptacles are supplied bythe electrician.cPage 192Actual DimensionsDepth 1 3 ⁄8"Width 4 1 ⁄8"Height 3 1 ⁄2"Cord length 9'Actual DimensionsDepth 2 3 ⁄4"Width 5 1 ⁄4"Height 2 1 ⁄2"Harness length 72"Power cord length 96".184 Context Specification Guide

Receptaclesand Accessories.Desktop Data/TelecomConnector HousingcSpecifying, page 411Convenience CommunicationOutlet HousingcSpecifying, page 412Surface-MountJunction BoxcSpecifying, page 412Product DetailsProvides access tovoice/data network atworksurface level.Accepts AMP ® FLEX-MODE ® , or equivalent, communicationfaceplates.Product DetailsSupports customersuppliedmodular furniturefaceplates.Product DetailsAccepts voice/datacommunications faceplate.ConnectionsPins on base of desktopdata/telecom connectorhousing insert into the accessoryrail at the back of acore unit. Field installed.ConnectionsSits on a worksurfaceusing the above-worksurfaceclamp kit (accessoryrail pins) or attachesbeneath the worksurfaceusing below-worksurfacemounting bracket.ConnectionsMounts with screws tounderside of worksurface.Cables are hardwired tocommunication faceplate inhousing and extend to thecable tray in core units orthe cable channel in utilitytrunks.Cables are hardwired tocommunication faceplate inhousing and extend to thecable tray in core units orthe cable channel in utilitytrunks.Surface MaterialsDesktop data/telecomconnector housing• Grotto plasticRail-mount pins• Grotto Mélange coatingSurface MaterialsConvenience communicationoutlet housing• PlasticSurface MaterialsJunction box• Grotto plasticActual DimensionsDepth 1 3 ⁄8"Width 4 1 ⁄8"Height 3 1 ⁄2"Inside width 2 5 ⁄8"of openingInside height 1 3 ⁄8"of openingActual DimensionsDepth 2 3 ⁄4"Width 5 1 ⁄4"Height 2 1 ⁄2"Actual DimensionsDepth 1 1 ⁄2"Width 4"Height 3 1 ⁄2".Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide cReceptacles and Accessories, continued 185

Receptacles and Accessories, continued.Cord and CableManagercSpecifying, page 413Cable and Fiber ReelcSpecifying, page 412Termination PlatecSpecifying, page 413Product DetailsHelps organize and storecords and cables.Product DetailsProvides storage forexcess fiber-optic cablelengths. Also suitable forstoring power cables.Capacity of reel is approximately12' of standardpower or communicationcable on outer reel and 18'of telephone-type on innerreel depending on thespecific cable used.Product DetailsAccommodates junctionboxes for connections offiber-optic cables and othercable types.Faceplates andjunction boxes can beadded to support fiber-opticor ordinary voice/datanetworks.NEMA standard holepattern allows virtuallyall conventional boxes andtermination devices to beconnected.ConnectionsAttaches to the undersideof a worksurface or themounting bracket.ConnectionsField installed verticallyor horizontally in the kneespaceof core units.ConnectionsField installed beneaththe core unit worksurfacein any position needed.Usually, it is located at theback of the worksurfaceso it doesn’t obstructkneespace.Surface MaterialsCord and cablemanager• 6653 Solar BlackSurface MaterialsReel• Black plastic onlySurface MaterialsTermination plate• Black paint onlyActual DimensionsDepth 1 1 ⁄4"Width 8"Height 8 5 ⁄16"Actual DimensionsDepth 3 ⁄4"Width 7 1 ⁄8"Height 7 1 ⁄8"Center opening 2 3 ⁄4"diameter.186 Context Specification Guide

Receptaclesand Accessories.Power StripscSpecifying, page 413ChicagoJunction BoxescSpecifying, page 409Tip: These junction boxeswill accommodate 15-ampor 20-amp receptaclesand hospital gradereceptacles.Product DetailsProvides additionalelectrical power outletsin the workstation.Line-conditioned versionis available.Product DetailsChicago electricalcode requires that all utilitytrunks must be hardwiredin the field. These junctionboxes can be used for anyhardwired solution.Two separate junctionboxes are available foruse in single- and doubleutilitytrunks. Single junctionbox accommodates onereceptacle, double junctionbox accommodates tworeceptacles.ConnectionsAttaches to underside ofworksurface. 6' cord hasthree-prong plug that plugsinto receptacle in the utilitytrunk or building receptacle.ConnectionsElectrician makes powerconnections in the field.Surface MaterialsPower strips• Grey Value 5 paintCord• Black vinylSurface MaterialsJunction boxes• Black onlyActual DimensionsWidth 1 1 ⁄2"Height 2"Length 15"Cord length 6'Actual DimensionsFor Single UtilityTrunksDepth 1 3 ⁄8"Width 9 1 ⁄2"Height 3"For Double UtilityTrunksDepth 2 3 ⁄8"Width 5"Height 2".Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 187

Planning a Utility Network with Internode.1Complete a plan viewdrawing of your workstationcluster.2Draw power modules onyour plan view.3Connect power moduleswith harnesses to determinewhere you need passthroughsand to determineharness lengths.Tip: If possible, place powermodules in the same locationon all core units to minimizethe number of differentharness lengths.4Identify use of conveniencereceptacles if being used.5Determine the number ofreceptacles required perpower module.cFor information aboutwiring schematics andcircuits, see page 166.6Determine how manypower-ins are needed tosupply enough power to thecluster of workstations.cFor information about calculatingpower needs, seepage 191.Floor power infeed22 1 2 122 1212221 21 21 2Power modulesConveniencetri-receptacle7Indicate the position of eachfloor power infeed or portmountedutility pole on yourplan.8List all the components thatappear on your drawing.Include them in your furniturespecification. Make acopy of the drawing for yourinstallation crew.Harness can be routeddown beneath back paneland then back up to nextpower block. Allow 40" inaddition to the distance separatingthe block.Tip: Harness clips and/ortie straps can be used tomanage harnesses or multipurposepower infeeds andto keep excess length offthe floor.Passthroughs in backpanels allow harness tobe routed to adjacent coreunits. Passthroughs arealso available in end panels.cPage 65Openings in inside supportsallow harness to reachadjacent workspace.Convenience receptacleconnected to receptaclein back of power moduleand cord routed down andunder back panel and upto top of worksurface..188 Context Specification Guide

Planning a Utility Network with Utility TrunksPlanning a Utility Networkwith Utility Trunks.1Complete a plan viewdrawing of your workstationcluster.2Decide if you’re going to usesingle or double utility trunksor a combination of both.cReview the comparison ofproduct features for singleand double utility trunkon page 180.3Draw the utility trunks onyour plan view of the workstations.If you’re usingdouble utility trunks, showthe junctions.cFor more informationabout utility trunk junctions,see page 177.4Indicate on the drawingwhere you want receptaclesand designate which circuityou want each receptacleto connect to—1, 2, 3, or D(dedicated).cFor information aboutdedicated and designatedcircuits, see page 167.5Determine how manypower-ins are needed tosupply enough power tothe cluster of workstations.cFor more informationabout calculating powerneeds, see page 191.Single Utility Trunk Application3 2 13Single utility trunkbase power-in 1D3Duplex1 22 31D2 D 13 D 2 D2 13112D11D2D2DD23 D1 3Simplex=DedicatedD323 1Single utility trunkjumper orbase power-in 26Indicate the position of eachbase power-in, utility pole, orport-mounted utility pole onyour plan.7For single utility trunks, youshould be able to trace acontinuous line through thereceptacles that you intendto power with a singlepower- in. The power-in canconnect to the power slot ofa single utility trunk anywherealong that line. Ifyour line ends without runningthrough all the singleutility trunks that you intendto power, add a jumper toextend the power from oneline to the next, or addanother power-in..Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide cPlanning a Utility Network with Utility Trunks, continued 189

Planning a Utility Network with Utility Trunks, continued.8For double utilitytrunks, you can makebranching connections tosupply power to all thereceptacles. Follow thesetwo rules for utility trunkflag connections:• There must be at leastone green end at eachintersection.• There can be no morethan one yellow end ateach intersection.9Connect a double utilitytrunk to a single by connectingthe flag from either theyellow or the green end ofthe double utility trunk powerwayto the green end ofthe single.10Connect a single utility trunkto a double by connectingthe flag of the single utilitytrunk powerway to thegreen end of the double.11List all the components thatappear on your drawing.Include them in your furniturespecification. Make acopy of the drawing for yourinstallation crew.Double Utility Trunk Application withSingle Utility Trunks on the EndsGY GYG3 2 13YYD31 22 31D 2 13 D 2 D2 1 D31GG2YGYGYGYGYG2D11D2D22D3 1 1 Jumper 3YY G Y GGD3Double utility trunkbase power-in23 1YTwo yellow ends cannotconnect. Use a long jumperto connect the power slotsof the single utility trunkpowerways. No receptaclelocations will be blocked..190 Context Specification Guide

How to Calculate Power NeedsUse This to Determine How Many Power-Ins You’ll NeedHow to CalculatePower Needs.When planning a power network,you must calculatethe amperage requirementsof all your electrical componentsso you can providesufficient electricity to powerthem..If your usage is notknown in advance:The National ElectricalCode (NEC) allows a maximumof 10 receptacleson each 15-amp circuit.This provides up to 39receptacles for each 3-circuitpower-in and 52 receptaclesfor each 4-circuitpower-in. In Canada, theCanadian Electrical Codeallows a maximum of 10receptacles on each 15-amp circuit. This providesup to 30 receptacles foreach 3-circuit power-in and40 receptacles for each4-circuit power-in..If your usage is knownin advance:Add up the amperage usedby each piece of equipmentin the workstation. Wheneveryou reach 60 amps—20 amps times 3 circuits—(45 amps in Canada) fromitems that are likely to beused at the same time, youhave reached the limit for asingle power-in. Specifyanother power-in and continueuntil all equipment ispowered.cSee table at right for typicaland actual amperageusages for components.To calculate amperage whenthe wattage of a device isknown, divide watts by 120.If the circuits will normallybe subject to a continuousload (three or more hoursof continuous use, such aslights or computers), theNEC requires that circuitcapacity be “de-rated” by20 percent. Therefore, treatcircuits used for continuousloads as if they were ratedat 16 amps (12 amps inCanada) instead of theregular 20 amps.Try to anticipate futureincreases in power requirementsand build someexcess capacity into yourplan.Some appliances, suchas large copiers, coffeemakers, or space heatersrequire most of the currentavailable on a circuit. It isrecommended that suchdevices be supplied withtheir own dedicated circuit.Local electrical codes vary.Consult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forthe proper planning of electricalcircuits in your locale..Requirements of Office Equipmentin AmpsGeneral Equipment(Typical Amperage)A.C. adapter 0.05Adding machine 0.05Answering machine 0.08Calculator 0.25Clock 0.03Coffee pot 10.00Copy machine 15.00Desk-top copiers 7.00 to 10.00Stand-alone copiers 15.00Electric eraser 0.25Fan 1.00Manuscript holder 0.75Microwave 8.00 to 12.00Pencil sharpener 0.25Radio 0.05Space heater, 1000 watts 8.50Space heater, 1500 watts 12.50Electronic Equipment(Typical Amperage)Desk-top memorystorage devices 0.08 to 12.00Modems 0.15Desk-top printers 1.20 to 5.00Stand-alone printers 3.00 to 11.00VDTs and PCs 0.08 to 4.80Steelcase Lighting(Actual Amperage)Canopy lights:24 1 ⁄4"W, 14 watts 0.1436 1 ⁄16"W, 21 watts 0.2047 7 ⁄8"W, 28 watts 0.26Shelf lights:25"W, 17 watts 0.237"W, 25 watts 0.349"W, 32 watts 0.3Peerless (50-watt Biax lampswith electronic ballasts):1 lamp 0.52 lamps, 1 ballast 0.92 lamps, 2 ballasts 0.93 lamps 1.4.Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 191

Locations with Special RequirementsChicago (or Any Other Hardwired Installation)Chicago CodeSpecification:LightingCords must include integral • Canopy lights or shelfRequirementsoverload protectionlights are available with abuilt-in circuit breaker to meetthe Chicago electrical code.InternodeChicago electrical Use utility trunks.Requirementscode requires the powerdistribution network to behardwired on site. There isno hardwired version ofInternode.Utility Trunk• Order single andRequirementsdouble utility trunksand junctions withoutpowerways and specifyTip: These products can beChicago (hardwired) option toused for any hardwiredget receptacle openings ininstallation, i.e. hospitalpositions that match Chicagorequirements.junction boxes.Tip: Consult a qualifiedelectrician before specifyingutility trunks.Utility trunks must beOrder Chicago (hardwire)hardwired in the field.version of:• Junction boxes• Connector harness to linkadjacent junction boxes(unless conduit to be suppliedby electrician)• Port-mounted utility poleNew York CityNew York City Code Specification:LightingLights cannot require • Order canopy lightsRequirementstools to install.and shelf lights.Cords must be 9' long.InternodeNew York City electricalcode requires modular components are modular andcomponents to be installed field installed.on site by the electrician.Because all Internode mod-Order hardwire multiularcomponents are field purpose power infeed.installed, they are acceptablefor use in New York City.Floor power infeedmust be hardwire with metalenclosure (no liquid-tightconduit).Utility TrunkPowerways must be • Order single and doubleRequirementsinstalled in the field. utility trunks and junctionswithout powerways.Base power infeedmust be hardwire with metal Order utility trunkenclosure.powerways separately.Order base power-in.without conduit for use• No specific ordering; allRequirementsin New York City.• Connector harness to extendpower from one utility trunkpowerway to another (unlessconduit to be supplied byelectrician)Base power-in is accomplishedby attaching conventionalflexible conduitand elbow to knock-outopening in faceplate ofChicago junction box.Electrician will supply:• Connection to buildingpower supply• Wires• Fittings• Duplex receptacles(Levitron 5325)• Conduit (unless Chicagoconnector harnesses arespecified).192 Context Specification Guide

Locations withSpecial RequirementsLos AngelesLos Angeles Code Specification:Core UnitAll modular power • Order core units with theRequirementscomponents areCA modification. Loweracceptable for use in Los columns do not allow cableAngeles. Cord-connected to be concealed.power connections are notacceptable. Wire and cablemanagers which concealcords and cables are notapproved for use in LosAngeles.StorageCannot conceal cords or • Order overhead cabinets,Requirementscables.and column-mountedshelves with CAmodification.LightingLights cannot require • Order canopy lightsRequirementstools to install.and shelf lights.San FranciscoSan Francisco Code Specification:InternodeCannot have exposedRequirementsmetal conduit.Desktop receptacles • Use utility trunks.cannot be housed in plasticcasings.Utility TrunkDesktop receptacles • Use utility trunk receptacles.Requirementscannot be housed in plasticcasings.California OSHPDCalifornia OSHPD Specification:RequirementsIn California, the Office • Breakaway baseAll Internode modularof Statewide Healthpower-ins are required.power componentsPlanning and Development If you have chosen to useare acceptable for use in(OSHPD) requires special hospital-grade receptacles,Los Angeles except forpower-in connections that your system will be hardwired.Therefore, this break-multipurpose power infeed.hazard if furniture isaway base power-in doesn’tIn addition, wire and cabledisturbed during anhave a powerway to connectmanagers are not approvedearthquake. The rules are to, and it will have to befor use in Los Angeles.mandated for healthcare hardwired.facilities only.Breakaway basepower-in features aconnector that interruptsthe power supply if thefurniture tips..the modular version of thewill reduce the chance of aContext Specification Guide 193.Power andCommunication

Cable Capacities for Utility Trunks.Test and verify capacitiesfor your individual situation.We recommend thattesting be conducted usingyour specific cableas well as the furniture configurationyou are considering.Cable capacities inthis table are based on nonplenum-ratedcables installedby a cable contractorunder ideal conditions.Figures are approximations.Actual capacities may varyslightly depending on whichmanufacturer produced thecable and the specific fieldconditions.Cat 6 Test Cableså Avaya 1071OD=0.215"∫ Avaya 1081OD=0.250"ç Avaya 2071 PlenumOD=0.195"∂ Avaya 2081 PlenumOD=0.240"´ Belden Media Twist1872AOD=0.365" x 0.165"ƒ Belden Media Twist1874A PlenumOD=0.365" x 0.165"© Berk-TekLan-Mark 1000OD=0.230"˙ Berk-TekLan-Mark 1000PlenumOD=0.225"ˆ CommScopeUltraMediaOD=0.240"∆ General CableCommand LINX 6OD=0.250"˚ Mohawk GigaLANOD=0.240"¬ Nordx 4812LXOD=0.245"µ Nordx 4813XPlenumOD=0.230"Cat 5 Test Cables˜ Berk–Tek24 AWG CMR4-Pair UTP*OD=0.190".StraightL, T, and Xå ∫ ç ∂ ´ ƒ © ˙ ˆ ∆ ˚ ¬ µ ˜Single utility trunk30 27 30 28 27 29 25 28 25 30 31 30 26 38with powerway1Single utility trunk65 57 65 50 57 57 55 57 53 56 52 54 55 65without powerway2Double utility trunk56 50 56 52 54 53 54 58 48 51 49 52 60 75with powerway1Double utility trunk116 112 115 114 113 115 112 115 110 112 110 110 112 160without powerway2Single utility trunk28 24 30 26 31 31 26 28 26 21 25 24 30 32with powerway 1Single utility trunk61 55 61 56 51 48 58 60 55 56 56 52 58 64without powerway2Double utility trunk56 50 56 52 54 55 54 53 48 48 52 49 53 50with powerway1Double utility trunk116 112 115 114 113 115 112 114 110 112 116 111 116 150without powerway2.194 Context Specification Guide

Cable Capacitiesfor Utility Trunks.Power Pole and Cable Poleå ∫ ç ∂ ´ ƒ © ˙ ˆ ∆ ˚ ¬ µ ˜Cable routing frompole with power23 20 23 21 20 20 22 24 20 19 22 19 21 44conduit into core unitCable routing frompole without power50 45 50 50 50 50 47 51 48 50 53 46 48 85conduit or gussetsinto core unit5Core Unit Cable TraysStandard cable tray 3 24 20 24 22 18 20 22 25 20 20 25 20 22 28Cable tray extender 3, 4 40 35 40 38 35 35 38 39 35 33 40 36 39 70.ContextDouble Utility TrunkCross Section2 1 ⁄2"ContextSingle Utility TrunkCross Section1 1 ⁄8"LightSeal2"2 1 ⁄2".LightSealNotes:1 = Only cable-routingspace in top of utility trunkused.2 = Both top and bottomspaces used.3 = Figures assume cablesare stacked level with top.Capacity can be increasedby securing cables with ties.4 = Capacities are forextender only. Additionalcapacity is available instandard tray.5 = Not a standard product.Available from SpecialsEngineering.Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 195

Understanding Building WiringSystem Characteristics Advantages Disadvantages CommentsFixed Wall and Column• Common to most• Low cost for initial• Must be used with other • Workstation layout dependsbuildings.installation.systems to reach areas on location of wallaway from walls.receptacles and must be• Power and telecommunicationrun through corridors and small rooms. • Moving wall receptacles ispermanent walls to walldifficult and expensive. • Usually used with otherreceptacles.systems such as pokethrough or flat wiring.Poke Through• Wiring concealed in ceiling • More flexible than• High relocation costs. • Not accepted by some localspace of floor below and underfloor duct becausefire codes.fed through holes in floor. wires can be pulled up at • Moving junction boxesany location.requires cutting a hole • May weaken floor slab.• Electrical receptacles andthrough the floor—telecommunicationsa process called coring. • Flexibility dependent onoutlets located in floor-building structure.attached monuments.• Moving junction boxes candisrupt work on two floors.• Monuments can causepeople to trip.Underfloor Duct• Ducts or continuous • Low life-cycle costs. • Flexibility limited to specific • Increasing wire and cablechannels encased in flooraccess points.requirements may exceedslab.• Easy access for relocation.capabilities of existingsystem.• Relocation causes littledisruption.Cellular Floor• Underfloor system with • Inconspicuous.• System can add to required • Carpet tiles ease accesslarge capacity, dividedlength of wire or cable to trench.distribution cells for • Electrical and telecommuni-because of trench header-electrical and telecomcationssystems runcell configuration.munication wiring.together to the workstation.• Wiring runs perpendicular • Protects voice and datato the trench header, a systems from interferencespecial duct that cuts and damage.across all the cells andprovides access.• Provides power incarefully planned...196 Context Specification Guide

Understanding Building Wiring.System Characteristics Advantages Disadvantages CommentsAccess FlooringFlat WiringIn-Ceiling Wiring• Developed for mainframecomputer rooms.• Modular floor panels raisedabove the slab on 6" to 36"high supports. Conduit andcables run beneath thesefloor panels.• Access through monumentfixtures.• Access from wall or column.Power and signal cablesrun to workstation via flatwire and cable sandwichedbetween slab and carpet.• Outlets in transition boxeson top of carpet.• Conduit and cables run inspace above suspendedceiling and are distributedto furniture by utility polesor utility columns.• Ease of access andrearrangement of wiringsystems.• Easy relocation.• Flexible.• Meets most capacityrequirements.• Elements sold as onepackage.• Low initial cost.• Very easy to move.• Little disruption during move.• Space usuallyaccommodates largecapacities.• May be noisy whenwalked on.• Requires stairs and rampson building floor whenadded to existing facility.• Heavy wheel traffic cancause signal interruption indata transmission wiring.• Utility poles used to routecables can detract fromopen-plan aesthetics.• Smoke alarms and fireprotection sprinklers maybe required.• Use only carpet tiles orarea rugs.• Should not be used in areassusceptible to extremedampness or spills.• Slab-on-grade installations,where concrete is poureddirectly on the ground,require careful preparationper manufacturer’sinstructions to ensure thatmoisture doesn’t damagethe system.• Cost for installation increaseswhen ceiling space is usedas return air plenum to meetfire-protection codes.• Ceiling-suspended cabletrays should be consideredfor communication cables..Power andCommunicationContext Specification Guide 197

198 Context Specification Guide

UnderstandingAccessoriesStatement of Line 200Product DetailsPaper Trays 201Diagonal Paper Tray 201Accessory Support 201Telephone Stand 202Coat Hook 202Pencil Shell 203Plastic Center Drawer 203AccessoriesContext Specification Guide 199

AccessoriesStatement of LinePaper TraysUnderstandingcPage 201SpecifyingcPage 416Diagonal Paper TrayUnderstandingcPage 201SpecifyingcPage 417Accessory SupportUnderstandingcPage 201SpecifyingcPage 417Telephone StandUnderstandingcPage 202SpecifyingcPage 417Coat HookUnderstandingcPage 202SpecifyingcPage 418Pencil ShellUnderstandingcPage 203SpecifyingcPage 418Plastic Center DrawerUnderstandingcPage 203SpecifyingcPage 418200 Context Specification Guide

AccessoriesAccessories.Paper TrayscSpecifying, page 416Diagonal Paper TraycSpecifying, page 417Accessory SupportcSpecifying, page 417Product DetailsOrganize and store upto 2 1 ⁄2" of paper or materialin each tier.Letter-size tray is availablewith two or three tiers.Plastic label holdersare provided for each tier.Product DetailsOrganizes up to 2 1 ⁄2"ofpaper or material in eachtray or divider.Tray dividers flip from leftto right for ambidextrousapplications.Plastic label holdersare provided for each traydivider.Product DetailsAllows conversion ofsome accessories fromfreestanding to a railmountedapplication.Clearance between railmountedaccessories andthe worksurface is 4 1 ⁄2".ConnectionsFreestanding paper trayscan be placed anywhere.Rail-mounting is possiblewith an accessory support.cSee below.ConnectionsFreestanding diagonalpaper tray can be placedanywhere.Rail-mounting is possiblewith an accessory support.cSee below.ConnectionsRail pins insert into theaccessory rail located alongthe back of core unit worksurfaces.Surface MaterialsPaper trays• Embossed anodizedaluminumHandles• Grotto plasticSupport• Grotto Mélange coatingLabel holders• Clear plasticSurface MaterialsPaper trays• Embossed anodizedaluminumDivider support• Grotto plasticSupport• Grotto Mélange coatingLabel holders• Clear plasticSurface MaterialsAccessory support• Grotto Mélange coatingActual DimensionsLetter-size trayOverall depth 9 7 ⁄8"Tray depth 8 7 ⁄8"Width 14"Height4 7 ⁄8" or7 7 ⁄8"Actual DimensionsOverall depth 12 1 ⁄4"Tray depth 11 1 ⁄4"Width 8 7 ⁄8"Height 8 1 ⁄4"Actual DimensionsDepth 1"Width 8 1 ⁄8"Height 8 2 ⁄3".AccessoriesContext Specification Guide cAccessories, continued 201

Accessories, continued.Telephone StandcSpecifying, page 417Coat HookcSpecifying, page 418Product DetailsHolds a telephone orprovides a display spaceabove the worksurface.Product DetailsProvides a convenientplace to hang coats, displayartwork, or hold other lightweightobjects.ConnectionsRail-mounted only.Rail pins insert into theaccessory rail located alongthe back of core unit worksurfaces.ConnectionsAttaches to boundarywalls, column-mountedscreen top trim, or cabinettops.Surface MaterialsPlatform• Embossed anodizedaluminumHandles• Grotto plasticSupport• Grotto Mélange coatingSurface MaterialsCoat hook• Grotto plasticActual DimensionsOverall depth 12 1 ⁄4"Tray depth 11 1 ⁄4"Width 17 1 ⁄4"Height 9 1 ⁄4"Actual DimensionsDepth 1 1 ⁄8"Width 4 1 ⁄8"Height 2 3 ⁄4".202 Context Specification Guide

Accessories.Pencil ShellcSpecifying, page 418Plastic Center DrawercSpecifying, page 418Product DetailsStores pencils, pens,coins, markers, paper clips,and other work materialsunderneath the worksurface.Rotating tray providesaccess to contents.Product DetailsStores pens, pencils,paper, and other lightweightpersonal tools.Center drawer does notlock.Inside depth does notinclude pencil tray. Depth is14 7 ⁄8" when pencil tray isincluded in dimensions.ConnectionsClips to the front edge ofany Context worksurface.ConnectionsField install drawerwherever space is availablebeneath the worksurface.Minimum area required is19 1 ⁄2"D x 21"W.Surface MaterialsShell• Grotto plasticClip• Anodized aluminumSurface MaterialsDrawer• Black textured plastic onlySlides• Black plastic onlyActual DimensionsDepth 7 5 ⁄8"Width 8 1 ⁄2"Height 1 1 ⁄4"Actual DimensionsDepth 19"Inside depth 12"Width 21"Inside width 19"Overall height 1 3 ⁄8"installedInside height 1 3 ⁄8"Pencil spaces 2 7 ⁄8" x 7 1 ⁄2"Clip spaces 3 3 ⁄4" x 1".AccessoriesContext Specification Guide 203

204 Context Specification Guide

SpecifyingCore UnitsCore UnitsCore UnitsCorner Core Units 206Extended Corner Core Units 208Extended Corner Cove Core Units 224Corner Core Units with Adjustable-Height Keyboard Surface 232Extended Corner Core Units with Adjustable-Height 234Keyboard SurfaceCorner Core Units with Dual Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces 242Extended Corner Core Units with 244Dual Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces24"D Straight Core Units 24630"D Straight Core Units 254Straight Core Units with Single Adjustable-Height Worksurface 262Straight Core Units with Dual Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces 26424"D Straight Aisle Privacy Core Units 26630"D Straight Aisle Privacy Core Units 270Transition Aisle Privacy Core Units 274Reception Core Units 278Transition Core Units 280Visitor and Bubble Visitor Core Units 282Spanner Tables 284Combi Tables 286Jetty Tables 288Bubble Jetty Tables 290Enterprise Tables 292Round Tables 294Add-On Cable Tray 295Context Specification Guide 205

Corner Core UnitsTip: The units on this pagedo not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 207 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.206 Context Specification Guide

Corner Core UnitsCACACADBDBDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dTwo Inside Supports24" 24" 42" 42" X1BI24425 $1498 +$627 +$20 +$4124" 24" 48" 48" X1BI24487 $1555 +$744 +$20 +$4124" 30" 48" 48" X1BI23486 $1586 +$744 +$20 +$4130" 24" 48" 48" X1BI32482 $1586 +$744 +$20 +$4130" 30" 48" 48" X1BI30480 $1586 +$744 +$20 +$41d d d d d dInside Support Left, End Support Right24" 24" 42" 42" X1BL24424 $1498 +$627 +$20 +$4124" 24" 48" 48" X1BL24486 $1555 +$744 +$20 +$4124" 30" 48" 48" X1BL23485 $1586 +$744 +$20 +$4130" 24" 48" 48" X1BL32481 $1586 +$744 +$20 +$4130" 30" 48" 48" X1BL30489 $1586 +$744 +$20 +$41d d d d d dEnd Support Left, Inside Support Right24" 24" 42" 42" X1BR24422 $1498 +$627 +$20 +$4124" 24" 48" 48" X1BR24484 $1555 +$744 +$20 +$4124" 30" 48" 48" X1BR23483 $1586 +$744 +$20 +$4130" 24" 48" 48" X1BR32489 $1586 +$744 +$20 +$4130" 30" 48" 48" X1BR30487 $1586 +$744 +$20 +$41d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed42" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $78d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 207

Extended Corner Core Unitswith Two Inside Supports, Left-Hand UnitsTip: The 66"W and 72"Wunits will accept a pedestal;the 78"W unit will accept twopedestals or a 30"Wlateral file.cPage 133Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 209 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.208 Context Specification Guide

Extended CornerCore UnitsACDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units24" 24" 60" 48" X1MI24608 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 24" 66" 48" X1MI24660 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 24" 72" 48" X1MI24725 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 24" 78" 48" X1MI24787 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8424" 30" 60" 48" X1MI23607 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 30" 66" 48" X1MI23669 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 30" 72" 48" X1MI23724 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 30" 78" 48" X1MI23786 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 24" 60" 48" X1MI32603 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 66" 48" X1MI32665 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 48" X1MI32720 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 78" 48" X1MI32782 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 30" 60" 48" X1MI30601 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 30" 66" 48" X1MI30663 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 30" 72" 48" X1MI30728 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 30" 78" 48" X1MI30780 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed48" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 209

Extended Corner Core Unitswith Two Inside Supports, Right-Hand UnitsTip: The 66"W and 72"Wunits will accept a pedestal;the 78"W unit will accept twopedestals or a 30"Wlateral file.cPage 133Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 211 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.210 Context Specification Guide

Extended CornerCore UnitsACDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dRight-Hand Units24" 24" 48" 60" X1NI24609 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 24" 48" 66" X1NI24661 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 24" 48" 72" X1NI24726 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 24" 48" 78" X1NI24788 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 60" X1NI23608 $1698 +$910 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 66" X1NI23668 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 72" X1NI23725 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 78" X1NI23787 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 60" X1NI32604 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 66" X1NI32667 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 72" X1NI32721 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 78" X1NI32783 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 60" X1NI30602 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 66" X1NI30664 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 72" X1NI30729 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 78" X1NI30781 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed48" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 211

Extended Corner Core Unitswith Inside and End Support, Left-Hand UnitsTip: The 66"W and 72"Wunits will accept a pedestal;the 78"W unit will accept twopedestals or a 30"Wlateral file.cPage 133Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 213 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Lateral files cPage 346• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.212 Context Specification Guide

Extended CornerCore UnitsACDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units24" 24" 60" 48" X1ML24607 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 24" 66" 48" X1ML24669 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 24" 72" 48" X1ML24724 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 24" 78" 48" X1ML24786 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8424" 30" 60" 48" X1ML23606 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 30" 66" 48" X1ML23668 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 30" 72" 48" X1ML23723 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 30" 78" 48" X1ML23785 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 24" 60" 48" X1ML32602 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 66" 48" X1ML32664 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 48" X1ML32729 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 78" 48" X1ML32781 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 30" 60" 48" X1ML30600 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 30" 66" 48" X1ML30662 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 30" 72" 48" X1ML30727 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 30" 78" 48" X1ML30789 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed48" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 213

Extended Corner Core Unitswith Inside and End Support, Right-Hand UnitsTip: The 66"W and 72"Wunits will accept a pedestal;the 78"W unit will accept twopedestals or a 30"Wlateral file.cPage 133Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 215 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.214 Context Specification Guide

Extended CornerCore UnitsACDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dRight-Hand Units24" 24" 48" 60" X1NL24608 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 24" 48" 66" X1NL24660 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 24" 48" 72" X1NL24725 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 24" 48" 78" X1NL24787 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 60" X1NL23607 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 66" X1NL23667 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 72" X1NL23724 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 78" X1NL23786 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 60" X1NL32603 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 66" X1NL32665 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 72" X1NL32720 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 78" X1NL32782 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 60" X1NL30601 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 66" X1NL30663 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 72" X1NL30728 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 78" X1NL30780 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed48" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 215

Extended Corner Core Unitswith End and Inside Support, Left-Hand UnitsTip: The 66"W and 72"Wunits will accept a pedestal;the 78"W unit will accept twopedestals or a 30"Wlateral file.cPage 133Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 217 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.216 Context Specification Guide

Extended CornerCore UnitsACDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units24" 24" 60" 48" X1MR24605 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 24" 66" 48" X1MR24667 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 24" 72" 48" X1MR24722 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 24" 78" 48" X1MR24784 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8424" 30" 60" 48" X1MR23604 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 30" 66" 48" X1MR23666 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 30" 72" 48" X1MR23721 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 30" 78" 48" X1MR23783 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 24" 60" 48" X1MR32600 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 66" 48" X1MR32662 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 48" X1MR32727 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 78" 48" X1MR32789 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 30" 60" 48" X1MR30608 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 30" 66" 48" X1MR30660 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 30" 72" 48" X1MR30725 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 30" 78" 48" X1MR30787 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed48" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 217

Extended Corner Core Unitswith End and Inside Support, Right-Hand UnitsTip: The 66"W and 72"Wunits will accept a pedestal;the 78"W unit will accept twopedestals or a 30"Wlateral file.cPage 133Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 219 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.218 Context Specification Guide

Extended CornerCore UnitsACDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dRight-Hand Units24" 24" 48" 60" X1NR24606 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 24" 48" 66" X1NR24668 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 24" 48" 72" X1NR24723 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 24" 48" 78" X1NR24785 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 60" X1NR23605 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 66" X1NR23665 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 72" X1NR23722 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 78" X1NR23784 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 60" X1NR32601 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 66" X1NR32663 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 72" X1NR32728 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 78" X1NR32780 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 60" X1NR30609 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 66" X1NR30661 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 72" X1NR30726 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 78" X1NR30788 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed48" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 219

Extended Corner Core Unitswith Two End Supports, Left-Hand UnitsTip: The 66"W and 72"Wunits will accept a pedestal;the 78"W unit will accept twopedestals or a 30"Wlateral file.cPage 133Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 221 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.220 Context Specification Guide

Extended CornerCore UnitsACDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units24" 24" 60" 48" X1ME24604 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 24" 66" 48" X1ME24668 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 24" 72" 48" X1ME24723 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 24" 78" 48" X1ME24785 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8424" 30" 60" 48" X1ME23605 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 30" 66" 48" X1ME23667 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 30" 72" 48" X1ME23722 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 30" 78" 48" X1ME23784 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 24" 60" 48" X1ME32604 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 66" 48" X1ME32663 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 48" X1ME32728 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 78" 48" X1ME32780 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 30" 60" 48" X1ME30602 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 30" 66" 48" X1ME30661 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 30" 72" 48" X1ME30726 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 30" 78" 48" X1ME30788 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed48" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 221

Extended Corner Core Unitswith Two End Supports, Right-Hand UnitsTip: The 66"W and 72"Wunits will accept a pedestal;the 78"W unit will accept twopedestals or a 30"Wlateral file.cPage 133Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 223 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.222 Context Specification Guide

Extended CornerCore UnitsACDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dRight-Hand Units24" 24" 48" 60" X1NE24607 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 24" 48" 66" X1NE24669 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 24" 48" 72" X1NE24724 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 24" 48" 78" X1NE24786 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 60" X1NE23606 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 66" X1NE23666 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 72" X1NE23723 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 78" X1NE23785 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 60" X1NE32602 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 66" X1NE32664 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 72" X1NE32729 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 48" 78" X1NE32781 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 60" X1NE30603 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 66" X1NE30662 $1784 +$1011 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 72" X1NE30727 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 78" X1NE30789 $1947 +$1212 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed48" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 223

Extended Corner Cove Core Unitswith Two Inside SupportscNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: The 72"W unit willaccept a pedestal but nota lateral file.cPage 133Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$44 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$78 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 225 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.224 Context Specification Guide

Extended Corner CoveCore UnitsCACADBDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units30" 24" 60" 42" X1YI32602 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 42" X1YI32729 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 60" 48" X1WI32601 $1724 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 48" X1WI32728 $1890 +$1108 +$42 +$84d d d d dRight-Hand Units24" 30" 42" 60" X1ZI23601 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 30" 42" 72" X1ZI23728 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 60" X1RI23600 $1724 +$ 910 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 72" X1RI23727 $1890 +$1108 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed42" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8372" X1J000720 1 $91d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 225

Extended Corner Cove Core Unitswith Inside and End SupportcNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: The 72"W unit willaccept a pedestal but nota lateral file.cPage 133Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$44 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$78 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 227 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.226 Context Specification Guide

Extended Corner CoveCore UnitsXCExtwitconCACADBDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units30" 24" 60" 42" X1YL32600 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 42" X1YL32727 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 60" 48" X1WL32609 $1724 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 48" X1WL32726 $1890 +$1108 +$42 +$84d d d d d dRight-Hand Units30" 24" 60" 42" X1ZL23609 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 42" X1ZL23726 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 60" 48" X1RL23608 $1724 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 48" X1RL23725 $1890 +$1108 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed42" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8372" X1J000720 1 $91d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 227

Extended Corner Cove Core Unitswith End and Inside SupportcNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: The 72"W unit willaccept a pedestal but nota lateral file.cPage 133Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$44 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$78 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 229 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.228 Context Specification Guide

Extended Corner CoveCore UnitsCACADBDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units30" 24" 60" 42" X1YR32608 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 42" X1YR32725 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 60" 48" X1WR32607 $1724 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 48" X1WR32724 $1890 +$1108 +$42 +$84d d d d d dRight-Hand Units30" 24" 60" 42" X1ZR23607 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 42" X1ZR23724 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 60" 48" X1RR23606 $1724 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 48" X1RR23723 $1890 +$1108 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed42" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8372" X1J000720 1 $91d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 229

Extended Corner Cove Core Unitswith Two End SupportscNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: The 72"W unit willaccept a pedestal but nota lateral file.cPage 133Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$44 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$78 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 231 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.230 Context Specification Guide

Extended Corner CoveCore UnitsCACADBDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units30" 24" 60" 42" X1YE32603 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 42" X1YE32721 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 60" 48" X1WE32602 $1724 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 48" X1WE32720 $1890 +$1108 +$42 +$84d d d d dRight-Hand Units30" 24" 60" 42" X1ZE23608 $1698 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 42" X1ZE23720 $1862 +$1108 +$42 +$8430" 24" 60" 48" X1RE23607 $1724 +$ 910 +$42 +$8430" 24" 72" 48" X1RE23729 $1890 +$1108 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed42" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8372" X1J000720 1 $91d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 231

Corner Core Units with Adjustable-Height Keyboard SurfaceTip: The units on this pagedo not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 26Standard Includes• Fixed-height monitor surface: laminate• Pneumatically assisted adjustable-height keyboardsurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacescSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Basic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 233 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.232 Context Specification Guide

Corner Core Unitswith Adjustable-HeightKeyboard SurfaceCACACADBDBDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dBased d dPriced d dTwo Inside Supports24" 24" 42" 42" X1BI2442K $172924" 24" 48" 48" X1BI2448K $196524" 30" 48" 48" X1BI2348K $201230" 24" 48" 48" X1BI3248K $201230" 30" 48" 48" X1BI3048K $1911d d dInside Support Left, Conference Support Right24" 24" 42" 42" X1BL2442K $172924" 24" 48" 48" X1BL2448K $196524" 30" 48" 48" X1BL2348K $201230" 24" 48" 48" X1BL3248K $201230" 30" 48" 48" X1BL3048K $1911d d dConference Support Left, Inside Support Right24" 24" 42" 42" X1BR2442K $172924" 24" 48" 48" X1BR2448K $196524" 30" 48" 48" X1BR2348K $201230" 24" 48" 48" X1BR3248K $201230" 30" 48" 48" X1BR3048K $1911d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed42" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $78d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 233

Extended Corner Core Units with Adjustable-Height Keyboard Surfacewith Two Inside SupportscNeed help?Product details,page 26Standard Includes• Fixed-height monitor surface: laminate• Pneumatically assisted adjustable-height keyboardsurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacescSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Basic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with left end supportsupportpassthroughs.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with right end supportsupportpassthroughs.Related • Corner baseplates cSpecify style number (below) and selectProductspaint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Mobile pedestals cPage 344• Power and communication cPage 379Related ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed48" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.234 Context Specification Guide

Extended Corner Core Unitswith Adjustable-HeightKeyboard SurfaceCACADBDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand Units24" 30" 60" 48" X1MI2360K $202324" 30" 66" 48" X1MI2366K $210924" 30" 72" 48" X1MI2372K $218724" 30" 78" 48" X1MI2378K $227224" 24" 60" 48" X1MI2460K $202324" 24" 66" 48" X1MI2466K $210924" 24" 72" 48" X1MI2472K $218724" 24" 78" 48" X1MI2478K $227230" 30" 60" 48" X1MI3060K $202330" 30" 66" 48" X1MI3066K $210930" 30" 72" 48" X1MI3072K $218730" 30" 78" 48" X1MI3078K $227230" 24" 60" 48" X1MI3260K $202330" 24" 66" 48" X1MI3266K $210930" 24" 72" 48" X1MI3272K $218730" 24" 78" 48" X1MI3278K $2272d d dRight-Hand Units24" 30" 48" 60" X1NI2360K $202324" 30" 48" 66" X1NI2366K $210924" 30" 48" 72" X1NI2372K $218724" 30" 48" 78" X1NI2378K $227224" 24" 48" 60" X1NI2460K $202324" 24" 48" 66" X1NI2466K $210924" 24" 48" 72" X1NI2472K $218724" 24" 48" 78" X1NI2478K $227230" 30" 48" 60" X1NI3060K $202330" 30" 48" 66" X1NI3066K $210930" 30" 48" 72" X1NI3072K $218730" 30" 48" 78" X1NI3078K $227230" 24" 48" 60" X1NI3260K $202330" 24" 48" 66" X1NI3266K $210930" 24" 48" 72" X1NI3272K $218730" 24" 48" 78" X1NI3278K $2272d d dCore UnitsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 235

Extended Corner Core Units with Adjustable-Height Keyboard Surfacewith Inside and Conference SupportcNeed help?Product details,page 26Standard Includes• Fixed-height monitor surface: laminate• Pneumatically assisted adjustable-height keyboardsurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacescSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Basic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with left end supportsupportpassthroughs.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with right end supportsupportpassthroughs.Related • Corner baseplates cSpecify style number (below) and selectProductspaint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Mobile pedestals cPage 344• Power and communication cPage 379Related ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed48" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.236 Context Specification Guide

Extended Corner Core Unitswith Adjustable-HeightKeyboard SurfaceCACADBDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand Units24" 30" 60" 48" X1ML2360K $202324" 30" 66" 48" X1ML2366K $210924" 30" 72" 48" X1ML2372K $218724" 30" 78" 48" X1ML2378K $227224" 24" 60" 48" X1ML2460K $202324" 24" 66" 48" X1ML2466K $210924" 24" 72" 48" X1ML2472K $218724" 24" 78" 48" X1ML2478K $227230" 30" 60" 48" X1ML3060K $202330" 30" 66" 48" X1ML3066K $210930" 30" 72" 48" X1ML3072K $218730" 30" 78" 48" X1ML3078K $227230" 24" 60" 48" X1ML3260K $202330" 24" 66" 48" X1ML3266K $210930" 24" 72" 48" X1ML3272K $218730" 24" 78" 48" X1ML3278K $2272d d dRight-Hand Units24" 30" 48" 60" X1NR2360K $202324" 30" 48" 66" X1NR2366K $210924" 30" 48" 72" X1NR2372K $218724" 30" 48" 78" X1NR2378K $227224" 24" 48" 60" X1NR2460K $202324" 24" 48" 66" X1NR2466K $210924" 24" 48" 72" X1NR2472K $218724" 24" 48" 78" X1NR2478K $227230" 30" 48" 60" X1NR3060K $202330" 30" 48" 66" X1NR3066K $210930" 30" 48" 72" X1NR3072K $218730" 30" 48" 78" X1NR3078K $227230" 24" 48" 60" X1NR3260K $202330" 24" 48" 66" X1NR3266K $210930" 24" 48" 72" X1NR3272K $218730" 24" 48" 78" X1NR3278K $2272d d dCore UnitsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 237

Extended Corner Core Units with Adjustable-Height Keyboard Surfacewith End and Inside SupportcNeed help?Product details,page 26Standard Includes• Fixed-height monitor surface: laminate• Pneumatically assisted adjustable-height keyboardsurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacescSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Basic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with left end supportsupportpassthroughs.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with right end supportsupportpassthroughs.Related • Corner baseplates cSpecify style number (below) and selectProductspaint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Mobile pedestals cPage 344• Power and communication cPage 379Related ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed48" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.238 Context Specification Guide

Extended Corner Core Unitswith Adjustable-HeightKeyboard SurfaceCACADBDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand Units24" 30" 60" 48" X1MR2360K $202324" 30" 66" 48" X1MR2366K $210924" 30" 72" 48" X1MR2372K $218724" 30" 78" 48" X1MR2378K $227224" 24" 60" 48" X1MR2460K $202324" 24" 66" 48" X1MR2466K $210924" 24" 72" 48" X1MR2472K $218724" 24" 78" 48" X1MR2478K $227230" 30" 60" 48" X1MR3060K $202330" 30" 66" 48" X1MR3066K $210930" 30" 72" 48" X1MR3072K $218730" 30" 78" 48" X1MR3078K $227230" 24" 60" 48" X1MR3260K $202330" 24" 66" 48" X1MR3266K $210930" 24" 72" 48" X1MR3272K $218730" 24" 78" 48" X1MR3278K $2272d d dRight-Hand Units24" 30" 48" 60" X1NL2360K $202324" 30" 48" 66" X1NL2366K $210924" 30" 48" 72" X1NL2372K $218724" 30" 48" 78" X1NL2378K $227224" 24" 48" 60" X1NL2460K $202324" 24" 48" 66" X1NL2466K $210924" 24" 48" 72" X1NL2472K $218724" 24" 48" 78" X1NL2478K $227230" 30" 48" 60" X1NL3060K $202330" 30" 48" 66" X1NL3066K $210930" 30" 48" 72" X1NL3072K $218730" 30" 48" 78" X1NL3078K $227230" 24" 48" 60" X1NL3260K $202330" 24" 48" 66" X1NL3266K $210930" 24" 48" 72" X1NL3272K $218730" 24" 48" 78" X1NL3278K $2272d d dCore UnitsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 239

Extended Corner Core Units with Adjustable-Height Keyboard Surfacewith End and Conference SupportcNeed help?Product details,page 26Standard Includes• Fixed-height monitor surface: laminate• Pneumatically assisted adjustable-height keyboardsurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacescSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Basic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$73 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with left end supportsupportpassthroughs.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with right end supportsupportpassthroughs.Related • Corner baseplates cSpecify style number (below) and selectProductspaint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Mobile pedestals cPage 344• Power and communication cPage 379Related ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed48" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.240 Context Specification Guide

Extended Corner Core Unitswith Adjustable-HeightKeyboard SurfaceCACADBDBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand Units24" 30" 60" 48" X1ME2360K $202324" 30" 66" 48" X1ME2366K $210924" 30" 72" 48" X1ME2372K $218724" 30" 78" 48" X1ME2378K $227224" 24" 60" 48" X1ME2460K $202324" 24" 66" 48" X1ME2466K $210924" 24" 72" 48" X1ME2472K $218724" 24" 78" 48" X1ME2478K $227230" 30" 60" 48" X1ME3060K $202330" 30" 66" 48" X1ME3066K $210930" 30" 72" 48" X1ME3072K $218730" 30" 78" 48" X1ME3078K $227230" 24" 60" 48" X1ME3260K $202330" 24" 66" 48" X1ME3266K $210930" 24" 72" 48" X1ME3272K $218730" 24" 78" 48" X1ME3278K $2272d d dRight-Hand Units24" 30" 48" 60" X1NE2360K $202324" 30" 48" 66" X1NE2366K $210924" 30" 48" 72" X1NE2372K $218724" 30" 48" 78" X1NE2378K $227224" 24" 48" 60" X1NE2460K $202324" 24" 48" 66" X1NE2466K $210924" 24" 48" 72" X1NE2472K $218724" 24" 48" 78" X1NE2478K $227230" 30" 48" 60" X1NE3060K $202330" 30" 48" 66" X1NE3066K $210930" 30" 48" 72" X1NE3072K $218730" 30" 48" 78" X1NE3078K $227230" 24" 48" 60" X1NE3260K $202330" 24" 48" 66" X1NE3266K $210930" 24" 48" 72" X1NE3272K $218730" 24" 48" 78" X1NE3278K $2272d d dCore UnitsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 241

Corner Core Units with Dual Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesTip: The units on this pagedo not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 30Standard Includes• Electrically adjustable monitor surface: laminate• Pneumatically assisted adjustable-height keyboardsurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacescSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Basic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$55 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$96 Specify paint color number.PassthroughsBack panels• Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 243 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.242 Context Specification Guide

Corner Core Units withDual Adjustable-HeightWorksurfacesCADBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dBased d dPriced d d24" 24" 42" 42" X1B02442EA $389524" 24" 48" 48" X1B02448EA $400924" 30" 48" 48" X1B02348EA $405630" 24" 48" 48" X1B03248EA $405630" 30" 48" 48" X1B03048EA $409030" 30" 54" 54" X1B03054EA $4712d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed42" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $7854" X1J000544 1 $81d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 243

Extended Corner Core Units with Dual Adjustable-Height WorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page 30Standard Includes• Electrically adjustable monitor surface: laminate• Pneumatically assisted adjustable-height keyboardsurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacescSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: The units on thispage do not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Use mobile pedestals.Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.PassthroughsBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$55 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$96 Specify paint color number.Back panels• Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.Related • Corner baseplates cSpecify style number (below) and selectProductspaint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Mobile pedestals cPage 344• Power and communication cPage 379Related ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed42" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $7860" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $91d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.244 Context Specification Guide

Extended Corner CoreUnits with Dual Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesACACDDBBFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand Units24" 24" 60" 42" X1P02460EA $522224" 24" 66" 42" X1P02466EA $531424" 24" 72" 42" X1P02472EA $540024" 24" 60" 48" X1M02460EA $533624" 24" 66" 48" X1M02466EA $542824" 24" 72" 48" X1M02472EA $551424" 30" 60" 42" X1P02360EA $522224" 30" 66" 42" X1P02366EA $531424" 30" 72" 42" X1P02372EA $540024" 30" 60" 48" X1M02360EA $533624" 30" 66" 48" X1M02366EA $542824" 30" 72" 48" X1M02372EA $551430" 24" 60" 48" X1M03260EA $533630" 24" 66" 48" X1M03266EA $542830" 24" 72" 48" X1M03272EA $551430" 30" 60" 48" X1M03060EA $533630" 30" 66" 48" X1M03066EA $542830" 30" 72" 48" X1M03072EA $5514d d dRight-Hand Units24" 24" 42" 60" X1V02460EA $522224" 24" 42" 66" X1V02466EA $531424" 24" 42" 72" X1V02472EA $540024" 24" 48" 60" X1N02460EA $533624" 24" 48" 66" X1N02466EA $542824" 24" 48" 72" X1N02472EA $551424" 30" 48" 60" X1N02360EA $533624" 30" 48" 66" X1N02366EA $542824" 30" 48" 72" X1N02372EA $551430" 24" 42" 60" X1V03260EA $522230" 24" 42" 66" X1V03266EA $531430" 24" 42" 72" X1V03272EA $540030" 24" 48" 60" X1N03260EA $533630" 24" 48" 66" X1N03266EA $542830" 24" 48" 72" X1N03272EA $551430" 30" 48" 60" X1N03060EA $533630" 30" 48" 66" X1N03066EA $542830" 30" 48" 72" X1N03072EA $5514d d dContext Specification Guide 245Core Units

24"D Straight Core Unitswith Two Inside SupportscNeed help?Product details,page 34Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rail• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$26 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$47 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back paneland Cutouts • Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.• Cutout in back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 247 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.246 Context Specification Guide

24"D Straight Core UnitsWDSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural with dNatural withd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dVeneer with dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d d24" X1AI24242 $ 905 +$421 +$12 +$2430" X1AI24307 $ 954 +$434 +$12 +$2436" X1AI24369 $1001 +$455 +$12 +$2442" X1AI24424 $1050 +$471 +$20 +$4148" X1AI24486 $1115 +$491 +$20 +$4154" X1AI24541 $1199 +$507 +$20 +$4160" X1AI24606 $1297 +$528 +$20 +$4166" X1AI24668 $1396 +$551 +$30 +$6072" X1AI24723 $1479 +$567 +$30 +$6078" X1AI24785 $1560 +$593 +$30 +$60d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplates, Field Installed24" X1I000248 1 $6230" X1I000303 1 $6836" X1I000365 1 $7042" X1I000420 1 $7348" X1I000482 1 $7554" X1I000547 1 $7860" X1I000602 1 $8166" X1I000664 1 $8672" X1I000729 1 $9178" X1I000781 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 247

24"D Straight Core Unitswith Inside and End SupportcNeed help?Product details,page 34Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rail• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$26 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$47 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back paneland Cutouts • Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.• Cutout in back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 249 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.248 Context Specification Guide

24"D Straight Core UnitsWDSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural with dNatural withd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dVeneer with dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d d24" X1AL24241 $ 905 +$421 +$12 +$2430" X1AL24306 $ 954 +$434 +$12 +$2436" X1AL24368 $1001 +$455 +$12 +$2442" X1AL24423 $1050 +$471 +$20 +$4148" X1AL24485 $1115 +$491 +$20 +$4154" X1AL24540 $1199 +$507 +$20 +$4160" X1AL24605 $1297 +$528 +$20 +$4166" X1AL24667 $1396 +$551 +$30 +$6072" X1AL24722 $1479 +$567 +$30 +$6078" X1AL24784 $1560 +$593 +$30 +$60d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplates, Field Installed24" X1I000248 1 $6230" X1I000303 1 $6836" X1I000365 1 $7042" X1I000420 1 $7348" X1I000482 1 $7554" X1I000547 1 $7860" X1I000602 1 $8166" X1I000664 1 $8672" X1I000729 1 $9178" X1I000781 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 249

24"D Straight Core Unitswith End and Inside SupportcNeed help?Product details,page 34Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rail• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$26 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$47 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back paneland Cutouts • Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.• Cutout in back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 251 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.250 Context Specification Guide

24"D Straight Core UnitsWDSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural with dNatural withd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dVeneer with dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d d24" X1AR24249 $ 905 +$421 +$12 +$2430" X1AR24304 $ 954 +$434 +$12 +$2436" X1AR24366 $1001 +$455 +$12 +$2442" X1AR24421 $1050 +$471 +$20 +$4148" X1AR24483 $1115 +$491 +$20 +$4154" X1AR24548 $1199 +$507 +$20 +$4160" X1AR24603 $1297 +$528 +$20 +$4166" X1AR24665 $1396 +$551 +$30 +$6072" X1AR24720 $1479 +$567 +$30 +$6078" X1AR24782 $1560 +$593 +$30 +$60d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplates, Field Installed24" X1I000248 1 $6230" X1I000303 1 $6836" X1I000365 1 $7042" X1I000420 1 $7348" X1I000482 1 $7554" X1I000547 1 $7860" X1I000602 1 $8166" X1I000664 1 $8672" X1I000729 1 $9178" X1I000781 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 251

24"D Straight Core Unitswith Two End SupportscNeed help?Product details,page 34Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rail• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$26 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$47 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back paneland Cutouts • Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.• Cutout in back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 253 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.252 Context Specification Guide

24"D Straight Core UnitsWDSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural with dNatural withd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dVeneer with dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d d24" X1AE24240 $ 905 +$421 +$12 +$2430" X1AE24305 $ 954 +$434 +$12 +$2436" X1AE24367 $1001 +$455 +$12 +$2442" X1AE24422 $1050 +$471 +$20 +$4148" X1AE24484 $1115 +$491 +$20 +$4154" X1AE24549 $1199 +$507 +$20 +$4160" X1AE24604 $1297 +$528 +$20 +$4166" X1AE24666 $1396 +$551 +$30 +$6072" X1AE24721 $1479 +$567 +$30 +$6078" X1AE24783 $1560 +$593 +$30 +$60d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplates, Field Installed24" X1I000248 1 $6230" X1I000303 1 $6836" X1I000365 1 $7042" X1I000420 1 $7348" X1I000482 1 $7554" X1I000547 1 $7860" X1I000602 1 $8166" X1I000664 1 $8672" X1I000729 1 $9178" X1I000781 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 253

30"D Straight Core Unitswith Two Inside SupportscNeed help?Product details,page 34Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rail• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$26 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$47 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back paneland Cutouts • Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.• Cutout in back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 255 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.254 Context Specification Guide

30"D Straight Core UnitsWDSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural with dNatural withd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dVeneer with dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d d24" X1AI30245 $ 936 +$455 +$12 +$2430" X1AI30300 $ 985 +$486 +$20 +$4136" X1AI30362 $1037 +$512 +$20 +$4142" X1AI30427 $1087 +$543 +$20 +$4148" X1AI30489 $1134 +$575 +$20 +$4154" X1AI30544 $1217 +$611 +$30 +$6060" X1AI30609 $1313 +$650 +$30 +$6066" X1AI30661 $1414 +$684 +$30 +$6072" X1AI30726 $1495 +$723 +$30 +$6078" X1AI30788 $1573 +$762 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplates, Field Installed24" X1I000248 1 $6230" X1I000303 1 $6836" X1I000365 1 $7042" X1I000420 1 $7348" X1I000482 1 $7554" X1I000547 1 $7860" X1I000602 1 $8166" X1I000664 1 $8672" X1I000729 1 $9178" X1I000781 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 255

30"D Straight Core Unitswith Inside and End SupportcNeed help?Product details,page 34Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rail• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$26 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$47 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back paneland Cutouts • Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.• Cutout in back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 257 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.256 Context Specification Guide

30"D Straight Core UnitsWDSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural with dNatural withd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dVeneer with dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d d24" X1AL30244 $ 936 +$455 +$12 +$2430" X1AL30309 $ 985 +$486 +$20 +$4136" X1AL30361 $1037 +$512 +$20 +$4142" X1AL30426 $1087 +$543 +$20 +$4148" X1AL30488 $1134 +$575 +$20 +$4154" X1AL30543 $1217 +$611 +$30 +$6060" X1AL30608 $1313 +$650 +$30 +$6066" X1AL30660 $1414 +$684 +$30 +$6072" X1AL30725 $1495 +$723 +$30 +$6078" X1AL30787 $1573 +$762 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplates, Field Installed24" X1I000248 1 $6230" X1I000303 1 $6836" X1I000365 1 $7042" X1I000420 1 $7348" X1I000482 1 $7554" X1I000547 1 $7860" X1I000602 1 $8166" X1I000664 1 $8672" X1I000729 1 $9178" X1I000781 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 257

30"D Straight Core Unitswith End and Inside SupportcNeed help?Product details,page 34Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rail• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$26 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$47 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back paneland Cutouts • Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.• Cutout in back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 259 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.258 Context Specification Guide

30"D Straight Core UnitsWDSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural with dNatural withd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dVeneer with dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d d24" X1AR30242 $ 936 +$455 +$12 +$2430" X1AR30307 $ 985 +$486 +$20 +$4136" X1AR30369 $1037 +$512 +$20 +$4142" X1AR30424 $1087 +$543 +$20 +$4148" X1AR30486 $1134 +$575 +$20 +$4154" X1AR30541 $1217 +$611 +$30 +$6060" X1AR30606 $1313 +$650 +$30 +$6066" X1AR30668 $1414 +$684 +$30 +$6072" X1AR30723 $1495 +$723 +$30 +$6078" X1AR30785 $1573 +$762 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplates, Field Installed24" X1I000248 1 $6230" X1I000303 1 $6836" X1I000365 1 $7042" X1I000420 1 $7348" X1I000482 1 $7554" X1I000547 1 $7860" X1I000602 1 $8166" X1I000664 1 $8672" X1I000729 1 $9178" X1I000781 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 259

30"D Straight Core Unitswith Two End SupportscNeed help?Product details,page 34Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rail• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$26 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$47 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back paneland Cutouts • Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.• Cutout in back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in back panel.End supports• Passthroughs in left end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left endsupportsupport.• Passthroughs in right end +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right endsupportsupport.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 261 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.260 Context Specification Guide

30"D Straight Core UnitsWDSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural with dNatural withd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dVeneer with dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d d24" X1AE30243 $ 936 +$455 +$12 +$2430" X1AE30308 $ 985 +$486 +$20 +$4136" X1AE30360 $1037 +$512 +$20 +$4142" X1AE30425 $1087 +$543 +$20 +$4148" X1AE30487 $1134 +$575 +$20 +$4154" X1AE30542 $1217 +$611 +$30 +$6060" X1AE30607 $1313 +$650 +$30 +$6066" X1AE30669 $1414 +$684 +$30 +$6072" X1AE30724 $1495 +$723 +$30 +$6078" X1AE30786 $1573 +$762 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplates, Field Installed24" X1I000248 1 $6230" X1I000303 1 $6836" X1I000365 1 $7042" X1I000420 1 $7348" X1I000482 1 $7554" X1I000547 1 $7860" X1I000602 1 $8166" X1I000664 1 $8672" X1I000729 1 $9178" X1I000781 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 261

Straight Core Units with Single Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceTip: The units on this pagedo not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Use mobile pedestals.Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 36Standard Includes• Electrically adjustable surface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacescSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Basic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$39 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$68 Specify paint color number.PassthroughsBack panel• Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 263 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Mobile pedestals cPage 344• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.262 Context Specification Guide

Straight Core Unitswith Single Adjustable-Height WorksurfaceBASpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B dNumber dBased d dPriced d d24" 36" X1A02436SA $312424" 42" X1A02442SA $317524" 48" X1A02448SA $324624" 54" X1A02454SA $333524" 60" X1A02460SA $344124" 66" X1A02466SA $354724" 72" X1A02472SA $363430" 36" X1A03036SA $318930" 42" X1A03042SA $321630" 48" X1A03048SA $326430" 54" X1A03054SA $335630" 60" X1A03060SA $345830" 66" X1A03066SA $356630" 72" X1A03072SA $3653d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplates, Field Installed36" X1I000365 1 $7042" X1I000420 1 $7348" X1I000482 1 $7554" X1I000547 1 $7860" X1I000602 1 $8166" X1I000664 1 $8672" X1I000729 1 $91d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 263

Straight Core Units with Dual Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesTip: The units on this pagedo not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Use mobile pedestals.Tip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 36Standard Includes• Electrically adjustable monitor surface: laminate• Pneumatically assisted adjustable-height keyboardsurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacescSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Basic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$39 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$68 Specify paint color number.PassthroughsBack panel• Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 265 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Mobile pedestals cPage 344• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.264 Context Specification Guide

Straight Core Unitswith Dual Adjustable-HeightWorksurfacesBASpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B dNumber dBased d dPriced d dWith Full-Width Keyboard Surface30" 42" X1A03042EA $3514Core UnitsBBBAAAWith Keyboard Position Left30" 48" X1A03048EAL $356130" 54" X1A03054EAL $365330" 60" X1A03060EAL $375630" 66" X1A03066EAL $386430" 72" X1A03072EAL $3950With Keyboard Position Right30" 48" X1A03048EAR $356130" 54" X1A03054EAR $365330" 60" X1A03060EAR $375630" 66" X1A03066EAR $386430" 72" X1A03072EAR $3950With Keyboard Position Center30" 66" X1A03066EAC $386430" 72" X1A03072EAC $3950d d dRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplates, Field Installed42" X1I000420 1 $7348" X1I000482 1 $7554" X1I000547 1 $7860" X1I000602 1 $8166" X1I000664 1 $8672" X1I000729 1 $91d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 265

24"D Straight Aisle Privacy Core UnitsLeft-Hand UnitsTip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 40Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$36 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 267 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.266 Context Specification Guide

24"D Straight Aisle PrivacyCore UnitsWDSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural with dNatural withd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dVeneer with dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units24" X6ER24248 $ 985 +$421 +$12 +$2430" X6ER24309 $1037 +$434 +$12 +$2436" X6ER24360 $1079 +$455 +$12 +$2442" X6ER24421 $1128 +$471 +$20 +$4148" X6ER24482 $1188 +$491 +$20 +$4154" X6ER24544 $1269 +$507 +$20 +$4160" X6ER24603 $1362 +$528 +$20 +$4166" X6ER24664 $1456 +$551 +$30 +$6072" X6ER24724 $1537 +$567 +$30 +$6078" X6ER24785 $1612 +$593 +$30 +$60d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed24" X1J000241 1 $6230" X1J000302 1 $6836" X1J000364 1 $7042" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $7854" X1J000544 1 $8160" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 267

24"D Straight Aisle Privacy Core UnitsRight-Hand UnitsTip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 40Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$36 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 269 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.268 Context Specification Guide

24"D Straight Aisle PrivacyCore UnitsWDSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural with dNatural withd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dVeneer with dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dRight-Hand Units24" X6EL24240 $ 985 +$421 +$12 +$2430" X6EL24301 $1037 +$434 +$12 +$2436" X6EL24362 $1079 +$455 +$12 +$2442" X6EL24423 $1128 +$471 +$20 +$4148" X6EL24484 $1188 +$491 +$20 +$4154" X6EL24544 $1269 +$507 +$20 +$4160" X6EL24605 $1362 +$528 +$20 +$4166" X6EL24664 $1456 +$551 +$30 +$6072" X6EL24726 $1537 +$567 +$30 +$6078" X6EL24787 $1612 +$593 +$30 +$60d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed24" X1J000241 1 $6230" X1J000302 1 $6836" X1J000364 1 $7042" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $7854" X1J000544 1 $8160" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 269

30"D Straight Aisle Privacy Core UnitsLeft-Hand UnitsTip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 40Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$36 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 271 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.270 Context Specification Guide

30"D Straight Aisle PrivacyCore UnitsWDSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural with dNatural withd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dVeneer with dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units24" X6ER30248 $1017 +$455 +$12 +$2430" X6ER30309 $1066 +$486 +$20 +$4136" X6ER30360 $1108 +$512 +$20 +$4142" X6ER30421 $1180 +$543 +$20 +$4148" X6ER30482 $1217 +$575 +$20 +$4154" X6ER30544 $1297 +$611 +$30 +$6060" X6ER30603 $1391 +$650 +$30 +$6066" X6ER30664 $1485 +$684 +$30 +$6072" X6ER30724 $1568 +$723 +$30 +$6078" X6ER30785 $1643 +$762 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed24" X1J000241 1 $6230" X1J000302 1 $6836" X1J000364 1 $7042" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $7854" X1J000544 1 $8160" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 271

30"D Straight Aisle Privacy Core UnitsRight-Hand UnitsTip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 40Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$36 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 273 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.272 Context Specification Guide

30"D Straight Aisle PrivacyCore UnitsWDSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural with dNatural withd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dVeneer with dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dRight-Hand Units24" X6EL30240 $1017 +$455 +$12 +$2430" X6EL30301 $1066 +$486 +$20 +$4136" X6EL30362 $1108 +$512 +$20 +$4142" X6EL30423 $1180 +$543 +$20 +$4148" X6EL30484 $1217 +$575 +$20 +$4154" X6EL30544 $1297 +$611 +$30 +$6060" X6EL30605 $1391 +$650 +$30 +$6066" X6EL30664 $1485 +$684 +$30 +$6072" X6EL30726 $1568 +$723 +$30 +$6078" X6EL30787 $1643 +$762 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed24" X1J000241 1 $6230" X1J000302 1 $6836" X1J000364 1 $7042" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $7854" X1J000544 1 $8160" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 273

Transition Aisle Privacy Core UnitsLeft-Hand UnitsTip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 42Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$36 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 275 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.274 Context Specification Guide

Transition Aisle PrivacyCore UnitsACBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units30" 24" 42" X6CR24422 $1446 +$510 +$20 +$4130" 24" 48" X6CR24484 $1472 +$533 +$20 +$4130" 24" 54" X6CR24543 $1498 +$559 +$30 +$6030" 24" 60" X6CR24604 $1555 +$590 +$30 +$6030" 24" 66" X6CR24668 $1581 +$619 +$30 +$6030" 24" 72" X6CR24729 $1607 +$647 +$30 +$6030" 24" 78" X6CR24780 $1635 +$676 +$30 +$6036" 30" 42" X6DR30424 $1474 +$546 +$30 +$6036" 30" 48" X6DR30486 $1500 +$577 +$30 +$6036" 30" 54" X6DR30548 $1529 +$611 +$30 +$6036" 30" 60" X6DR30606 $1583 +$650 +$30 +$6036" 30" 66" X6DR30669 $1609 +$686 +$30 +$6036" 30" 72" X6DR30720 $1638 +$725 +$30 +$6036" 30" 78" X6DR30782 $1667 +$762 +$30 +$60d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed30" X1J000302 1 $6836" X1J000364 1 $7042" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $7854" X1J000544 1 $8160" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 275

Transition Aisle Privacy Core UnitsRight-Hand UnitsTip: If you want to fill thespace below the back panelwith a baseplate, rememberto order one baseplate foreach back panel.cNeed help?Product details,page 42Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panels and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rails• Channel guards• Cable trays• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$36 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back panelsand Cutouts • Passthroughs in left back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in left backpanelpanel.• Passthroughs in right back +$39 Specify with passthroughs in right backpanelpanel.• Cutout in left back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in left back panel.• Cutout in right back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in right back panel.Related • Corner baseplates cPage 277 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted corner screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted corner and cPages 364–368straight screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Pedestals cPage 342• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.276 Context Specification Guide

Transition Aisle PrivacyCore UnitsACBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dRight-Hand Units24" 30" 42" X6CL24421 $1446 +$510 +$20 +$4124" 30" 48" X6CL24483 $1472 +$533 +$20 +$4124" 30" 54" X6CL24542 $1498 +$559 +$30 +$6024" 30" 60" X6CL24605 $1555 +$590 +$30 +$6024" 30" 66" X6CL24667 $1581 +$619 +$30 +$6024" 30" 72" X6CL24728 $1607 +$647 +$30 +$6024" 30" 78" X6CL24789 $1635 +$676 +$30 +$6030" 36" 42" X6DL30423 $1474 +$546 +$30 +$6030" 36" 48" X6DL30485 $1500 +$577 +$30 +$6030" 36" 54" X6DL30546 $1529 +$611 +$30 +$6030" 36" 60" X6DL30607 $1583 +$650 +$30 +$6030" 36" 66" X6DL30668 $1609 +$686 +$30 +$6030" 36" 72" X6DL30729 $1638 +$725 +$30 +$6030" 36" 78" X6DL30781 $1667 +$762 +$30 +$60d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dCorner Baseplates, Field Installed30" X1J000302 1 $6836" X1J000364 1 $7042" X1J000421 1 $7348" X1J000483 1 $7854" X1J000544 1 $8160" X1J000603 1 $8366" X1J000665 1 $8672" X1J000720 1 $9178" X1J000782 1 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 277

Reception Core UnitsTip: The units on thispage do not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Use mobile pedestals.Tip: Reception core unitcomponents are shipped inthree cartons and assembledin the field.cNeed help?Product details,page 46Standard Includes• Worksurface and countertop: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port covers: plastic• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port: 6681Grotto or 6682 Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$31 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$57 Specify paint color number.Related • Straight baseplates cSpecify style number (below) and selectProductspaint color number.• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Mobile pedestals cPage 344• Power and communication cPage 379Related ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplates, Field Installed54" X1I000547 1 $7860" X1I000602 1 $8166" X1I000664 1 $86d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.278 Context Specification Guide

Reception Core UnitsDWDWDWDWSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dTwo Inside Supports24" 54" HRCI2454 $1799 +$ 829 +$30 +$6024" 60" HRCI2460 $1927 +$ 913 +$30 +$6024" 66" HRCI2466 $2057 +$1006 +$30 +$6030" 54" HRCI3054 $1815 +$ 962 +$30 +$6030" 60" HRCI3060 $1942 +$1066 +$30 +$6030" 66" HRCI3066 $2075 +$1170 +$30 +$60d d d d d dInside Support Left, End Support Right24" 54" HRCL2454 $1799 +$ 829 +$30 +$3024" 60" HRCL2460 $1927 +$ 913 +$30 +$3024" 66" HRCL2466 $2057 +$1006 +$30 +$3030" 54" HRCL3054 $1815 +$ 962 +$30 +$3030" 60" HRCL3060 $1942 +$1066 +$30 +$3030" 66" HRCL3066 $2075 +$1170 +$30 +$30d d d d d dEnd Support Left, Inside Support Right24" 54" HRCR2454 $1799 +$ 829 +$30 +$3024" 60" HRCR2460 $1927 +$ 913 +$30 +$3024" 66" HRCR2466 $2057 +$1006 +$30 +$3030" 54" HRCR3054 $1815 +$ 962 +$30 +$3030" 60" HRCR3060 $1942 +$1066 +$30 +$3030" 66" HRCR3066 $2075 +$1170 +$30 +$30d d d d d dTwo End Supports24" 54" HRCE2454 $1799 +$ 829 +$30 +$3024" 60" HRCE2460 $1927 +$ 913 +$30 +$3024" 66" HRCE2466 $2057 +$1006 +$30 +$3030" 54" HRCE3054 $1815 +$ 962 +$30 +$3030" 60" HRCE3060 $1942 +$1066 +$30 +$3030" 66" HRCE3066 $2075 +$1170 +$30 +$30d d d d d dCore UnitsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 279

Transition Core UnitsABTip: The units on thispage do not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.cNeed help?Product details,page 50Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Vertical support and base cover:all paint price groups• Port cover: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for vertical supportand base cover4 Plastic color number for port cover:6681 Grotto or 6682 Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices below Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices below cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerRelated • Transition core screen trim cPages 358–361ProductsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B dNumber dBase d(Add $ to Base Price)d d dPrice dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d d24" 24" X1E024242 $577 +$437 +$20 +$4124" 30" X1E024307 $658 +$499 +$20 +$4130" 24" X1E030245 $658 +$499 +$20 +$4130" 30" X1E030300 $736 +$556 +$20 +$41d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.280 Context Specification Guide

Transition Core UnitsCore UnitsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 281

Visitor and Bubble Visitor Core UnitsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyDWLeft-Hand UnitVisitor Core UnitsWcNeed help?Product details,page 52• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rail• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glides• Cylinder on 30"D bubble visitor and fanned visitorcore units: paint1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.DLeft-Hand UnitBubble Visitor Core UnitsTip: The units on thispage do not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Use mobile pedestals.Tip: If installing a 24"Dbubble visitor core unit adjacentto a straight core unit,straight adjustable-heightunit, or a dual-adjustableheightcore unit, a supportcolumn is necessary. Ordera support column kit separately.Reference part number0015539SR in CSS (orCSP Canada) electronicparts catalog.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerPassthroughsBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$21 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$36 Specify paint color number.Back panel• Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 283 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Mobile pedestals cPage 344• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.282 Context Specification Guide

Visitor and Bubble VisitorCore UnitsWWDWDDSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dVisitor Core UnitsLeft-Hand Units24" 24" X1FR24248 $ 884 +$437 +$12 +$2424" 30" X1FR24309 $ 900 +$416 +$12 +$2430" 30" X1FR30302 $ 923 +$445 +$12 +$24Right-Hand Units24" 24" X1FL24240 $ 884 +$437 +$12 +$2424" 30" X1FL24301 $ 900 +$416 +$12 +$2430" 30" X1FL30304 $ 923 +$445 +$12 +$24d d d d d dBubble Visitor Core UnitsLeft-Hand Units24" 30" X1UR24304 $1079 +$499 +$20 +$4130" 30" X1UR30307 $1108 +$533 +$20 +$41Core UnitsWDRight-Hand Units24" 30" X1UL24306 $1079 +$499 +$20 +$4130" 30" X1UL30309 $1108 +$533 +$20 +$41d d d d d dRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplates, Field Installed24" X1I000248 1 $6230" X1I000303 1 $68d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 283

Spanner TablesTip: The units on this pagedo not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Use mobile pedestals.Tip: The units on this pagedo not accommodatescreens or upper storage.cNeed help?Product details,page 56Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Cylinders and inside support cover:paint price group 1• Accessory rail: Grotto paint• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for cylinders andinside support cover4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices below Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices below cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 8 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$16 Specify paint color number.Related • Mobile pedestals cPage 344ProductsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dWDTip: Spanner table componentsare shipped in twocartons and assembled inthe field.30" 48" X1E030487 $ 749 +$590 +$30 +$6030" 60" X1E030606 $ 978 +$772 +$30 +$6036" 48" X1E036485 $ 772 +$606 +$30 +$6036" 60" X1E036609 $1001 +$788 +$30 +$60d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.284 Context Specification Guide

Spanner TablesCore UnitsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 285

Combi Tableswith Two Inside SupportsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: The units on this pagedo not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Use mobile pedestals.cNeed help?Product details,page 58• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Cylinder: all paint price groups• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rail• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glides1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Paint color number for cylinder5 Plastic color number for port andscreen socket covers: 6681 Grotto or6682 Cobblestone6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Combi table componentsare shipped in threecartons and assembled inthe field.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$78 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$78 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$31 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$55 Specify paint color number.Cylinder structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 8 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$13 Specify paint color number.PassthroughsBack panel• Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 287 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Mobile pedestals cPage 344• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.286 Context Specification Guide

Combi TablesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dCore UnitsA66"CB24" 24" 66" X1DI24664 $2093 +$2842 +$42 +$8424" 24" 78" X1DI24781 $2246 +$3338 +$42 +$8430" 30" 66" X1DI30667 $2093 +$2842 +$42 +$8430" 30" 78" X1DI30784 $2246 +$3338 +$42 +$84d d d d d dRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplate, Field Installed66" X1I000664 1 $86d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 287

Jetty TablesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyADCLeft-hand UnitCDBcNeed help?Product details,page 58• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Cylinder: all paint price groups• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rail• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glides1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Paint color number for cylinder5 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.ARight-hand UnitTip: The units on this pagedo not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Use mobile pedestals.Tip: Jetty table componentsare shipped in one cartonand assembled in the field.BOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 26 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 47 Specify paint color number.Cylinder structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 8 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 13 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back paneland Cutouts • Passthroughs in back panel +$ 39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.• Cutout in back panel +$ 39 Specify with cutout in back panel.Tip: Modesty panel cannotbe used with back panelcutout option.Modesty • Modesty panel spanning the +$556 Specify with modesty panel.Panelspace from column supportto back panelRelated • Straight baseplates cPage 289 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Mobile pedestals cPage 344• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.288 Context Specification Guide

Jetty TablesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units30" 24" 66" 48" X1DR24668 $1547 +$2220 +$42 +$8430" 24" 78" 48" X1DR24785 $1890 +$2735 +$42 +$8430" 30" 78" 48" X1DR30788 $1890 +$2735 +$42 +$84d d d d d dRight-Hand Units24" 30" 48" 66" X1DL24660 $1547 +$2220 +$42 +$8424" 30" 48" 78" X1DL24787 $1890 +$2735 +$42 +$8430" 30" 48" 78" X1DL30780 $1890 +$2735 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplate, Field Installed48" X1I000482 1 $75d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 289

Bubble Jetty TablesBCLeft-hand UnitCBAcNeed help?Product details,page 58Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel and supports):paint price group 1• Cylinder: all paint price groups• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rail• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Paint color number for cylinder5 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.ARight-hand UnitTip: The units on this pagedo not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Use mobile pedestals.Tip: Jetty table componentsare shipped in one cartonand assembled in the field.Tip: Modesty panel option isnot available for bubble jettytables.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Price at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$26 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$47 Specify paint color number.Cylinder structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 8 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$13 Specify paint color number.Passthroughs Back paneland Cutouts • Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.• Cutout in back panel +$39 Specify with cutout in back panel.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 291 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Mobile pedestals cPage 344• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.290 Context Specification Guide

Bubble Jetty TablesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units24" 30" 60" X1TR24602 $1342 +$1942 +$20 +$4130" 30" 66" X1TR30667 $1373 +$1986 +$20 +$41d d d d d dRight-Hand Units24" 30" 60" X1TL24604 $1342 +$1942 +$20 +$4130" 30" 66" X1TL30669 $1373 +$1986 +$20 +$41d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplate, Field Installed30" X1I000303 1 $68d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 291

Enterprise TablesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyACLeft-hand UnitDBcNeed help?Product details,page 58• Worksurface: laminate• Basic structure (back panel, modesty panel, cylinder,and supports): paint price group 1• Port and screen socket covers: plastic• Accessory rail• Channel guard• Cable tray• Leveling glides1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Plastic color number for port and screensocket covers: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.ACRight-hand UnitDTip: The units on this pagedo not accommodatepedestals or lateral files.Use mobile pedestals.Tip: Enterprise tablecomponents are shippedin four cartons andassembled in the field.BOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$78 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$78 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerBasic structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$49 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$86 Specify paint color number.Cylinder structure• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 8 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$13 Specify paint color number.PassthroughsBack panel• Passthroughs in back panel +$39 Specify with passthroughs in back panel.Related • Straight baseplates cPage 293 Specify style number andProductsselect paint color number.• Core-mounted straight screens cPages 358–362• Column-mounted straight cPages 364–365screens• Add-on cable tray cPage 295• Mobile pedestals cPage 344• Power and communication cPage 379For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.292 Context Specification Guide

Enterprise TablesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdA B C D dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dLeft-Hand Units45" 24" 90" 48" X1CR24904 $2470 +$3507 +$42 +$8445" 30" 90" 48" X1CR30907 $2470 +$3507 +$42 +$84d d d d d dRight-Hand Units24" 45" 48" 90" X1CL24906 $2470 +$3507 +$42 +$8430" 45" 48" 90" X1CL30909 $2470 +$3507 +$42 +$84d d d d d dCore UnitsRelated ProductsDWidth DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dStraight Baseplate, Field Installed48" X1I000482 1 $75d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 293

Round TablesTip: Round table componentsare shipped in twocartons and assembledin the field.cNeed help?Product details,page 62Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Cylinder: all paint price groups• Base: 7239 MidnightRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for cylinder4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices below Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices below cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerSpecification InformationDDiameter DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural with dNatural withd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dVeneer with dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d d36" X1G000363 $ 910 +$1420 +$20 +$4142" X1G000428 $ 933 +$1630 +$20 +$4148" X1G000480 $ 983 +$1877 +$30 +$6054" X1G000545 $1108 +$2127 +$30 +$60d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.294 Context Specification Guide

Add-On Cable TrayAdd-On Cable TrayCcNeed help?Product details,page 64Standard Includes• Carton of 24 add-on cable trays: 4718 Grotto paintRequired to SpecifyStyle numberCore UnitsABTip: Add-on cable tray isnot acceptable for use in LosAngeles. It also cannot beused on adjustable-heightcore units.Exception: Can be usedon corner core units withadjustable-height keyboardsurface.cPage 232Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C dNumber dPriced d d24" 9" 1 1 ⁄2" X4NC03095 $172d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 295

296 Context Specification Guide

SpecifyingStorageUniversal StorageUniversal Fixed Pedestals 298Universal Mobile Pedestals 300Fixed to Freestanding Pedestal Conversion Kits 302Universal Pedestal Accessories 303Universal Lateral Files 306Universal Open Side Towers 308Universal Full Front Towers 310Universal Vertical Drawer Towers 314Universal Combination Cabinets 316Universal Wardrobe Cabinets 320Context StorageOverhead CabinetsDomestic 322I International 322Corner Overhead Cabinets for Use with Column-Mounted Screen 324Column-Mounted Screens for Use with Corner Overhead Cabinet 326Straight Column-Mounted Shelves with Screen 327Corner Column-Mounted Shelves with Screen 328Overhead Shelves 330Straight Countertops 332Corner Countertops 334Context Fixed Pedestals 342Context Mobile Pedestals 344Context Lateral Files 346Context Vertical Cabinets 348Context Storage Towers 350Storage Inserts for Context Storage 352StorageContext Specification Guide 297

Universal Fixed Pedestalswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 74Standard Includes• Pedestal and filler, if selected: paint price group 1• Removable drawer fronts: paint to match pedestal orwood veneer if proud wood front selected• Contemporary pulls: metal• Full drawer interiors: black only– Full-depth drawer bodies– Full-extension drawer suspensions– One pencil tray per box/box/file, box drawer dividersand adjustable file rails• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Mounting hardware• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for pedestal andfiller, if selected3 Wood color number for drawer fronts,if proud wood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 435.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$12 Specify with Customiz stain.wood drawer frontscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Pulls • Handle pull No cost Specify with handle pull.• Jazz pull +$40 Specify with jazz pull.• Bar pull +$50 Specify with bar pull.Basic Drawer 18"D and 24"D box/box/file pedestalsInteriors • Full-depth drawers, box –$35 Specify with basic drawers.drawers with 3 ⁄4-extensions,and no drawer accessories18"D and 24"D file/file pedestals• Full depth drawers and no –$20 Specify with basic drawers.drawer accessoriesLock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• No lock –$50 Specify with no lock.• Individual locking drawers on +$95 Specify with individual drawer lock.file/file pedestals onlyRelated • Pedestal conversion kits cPage 302Products • Drawer accessories cPages 303For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.298 Context Specification Guide

Universal Fixed Pedestalswith Proud Steel orWood FrontTip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RPF1825A__becomes RPF1825AP forproud steel front).Tip: Use 27"H pedestals toalign with Universal Storagewith 3" base. 27"H pedestalssupport worksurfaces at28 1 ⁄2"H.Tip: Context core units manufacturedprior to January2004 can be converted toaccept these pedestals bya conversion kit availablefrom Service Parts.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dNumber dSteel dWoodd d dFront dFrontd d d dd d dSuffix P dSuffix W27"H Fixed Pedestals with 3" BaseTwo Box Drawers and One File Drawer18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPF1827A__ $430 $60523 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPF2427A__ $465 $640Two File Drawers18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPF1827B__ $415 $59023 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPF2427B__ $450 $625d d d dStorageTip: 18 3 ⁄8"D pedestals fitunder 24"D Context coreunits. 23 1 ⁄2"D pedestals fitunder 30"D Context coreunits.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 299

Universal Mobile Pedestalswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: 1 ⁄8"H steel top is nonstructural.cNeed help?Product details,page 76• Pedestal: paint price group 1• 1 ⁄8"H steel top: paint to match pedestal• Removable drawer fronts: paint to match pedestal orwood veneer if proud wood front selected• Contemporary pulls: metal• Full drawer interiors: black only– Full-depth drawer bodies– Full-extension drawer suspensions– One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file, box drawerdividers, and adjustable file rails• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four hard-composition, non-locking casters: black only• Safety interlock mechanism• Counter-weight package1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Wood color number for drawer fronts,if proud wood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 435.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.wood drawer frontscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tip: Optional tops willincrease the overallpedestal height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, finishesmust be selected for boththe wood veneer top and thewood veneer fronts.Tops • 1"H square edge steel top +$ 45 Specify with steel square top.Laminate top• 1 3 ⁄16"H Square edge +$195 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate toplaminate color number.• 1 7 ⁄16"H Bullnose laminate top +$215 Specify with bullnose laminate top andindicate laminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• 1 3 ⁄16"H Wood veneer top +$285 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Full-fill finish on wood +$ 15 Specify with full-fill finish.veneer top• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Cushion top for factory installation on RPM2421CP and RPM2421CW only• Cushion top without handle +$230 Specify with cushion top and indicatefabric color number.• Cushion top with 9201 +$300 Specify with cushion top and handle andPolished Chrome handleindicate fabric color number.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.cOptions, continued on next pageUpholstery on pedestal cushion top• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 33 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 50 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 85 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$125 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$195 Specify fabric color number.• Leather price group +$500 Specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 422.• Customer’s own material +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual(COM) or Customer’s ownto specify.leather (COL)300 Context Specification Guide

Universal Mobile Pedestalswith Proud Steel orWood FrontcOptions, continued from previous pageOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyPulls • Handle pull No cost Specify with handle pull.• Jazz pull +$40 Specify with jazz pull.• Bar pull +$50 Specify with bar pull.Basic Drawer Box/file and box/box/file pedestalsInteriors • Full-depth drawers, box –$35 Specify with basic drawers.drawers with 3 ⁄4-extensions,and no drawer accessoriesFile/file pedestals• Full depth drawers and no –$20 Specify with basic drawers.drawer accessoriesStorageTip: 18 3 ⁄8"D pedestals fitunder 24"D Context coreunits. 23 1 ⁄2"D pedestals fitunder 30"D Context coreunits.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RPF1825A__becomes RPF1825AP forproud steel front).Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers on +$95 Specify with individual drawer lock.file/file pedestals onlyRelated • Drawer accessories cPage 303ProductsSpecification InformationDActual DStyle DProud DProuddDimensions dNumber dSteel dWooddD W H d dFront dFrontd d d dd d dSuffix P dSuffix WBox/File18 3 ⁄8" 15" 21" RPM1821C__ $600 $77523 1 ⁄2" 15" 21" RPM2421C__ $625 $800d d d dBox/Box/File18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPM1827A__ $655 $83023 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPM2427A__ $695 $870d d d dFile/File18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" RPM1827B__ $640 $81523 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" RPM2427B__ $680 $855d d d dPedestal Cushion Top for Field Installation on RPM2421CP and RPM2421CW onlyDActual DStyle DU.S.dDimensions dNumber dBasedD W H d dPriced d dCushion Top without Handle23 1 ⁄2" 15" 2 1 ⁄4" RPXTC24P $230Cushion Top with 9201 Polished Chrome Handle23 1 ⁄2" 15" 2 1 ⁄4" RPXTCH24P $300d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 301

Fixed to Freestanding Pedestal Conversion KitscNeed help?Product details,page 75Standard Includes• 1 ⁄8"H steel top: all paint price groups• Counter-weight package• Installation hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for topcSee Surface Materials, page 422.Specification InformationTip: When converting afile/file pedestal with individualdrawer locks, an interlockingbar is required toprovide stability to unit.Order Service Part Number1043924SR.DStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced18"D Fixed to Freestanding Pedestal Conversion KitFor Proud Steel or Proud Wood Front PedestalsRPXCKFFS18P $130dd24"D Fixed to Freestanding Pedestal Conversion KitFor Proud Steel or Proud Wood Front PedestalsRPXCKFFS24P $145ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.302 Context Specification Guide

Universal Pedestal AccessoriesUniversal PedestalAccessoriesRailscNeed help?Product details,page 78Standard Includes• Package of two rails: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dFor Use with DrawersPackage of Two15" RXADRL15 $16d d dStorageDividerscNeed help?Product details,page 78Standard Includes• Package of two dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dFor Use in 6"H Drawers15" RXADV1506 $26ddFor Use in 12"H Drawers15" RXADV1212 $26d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide cUniversal Pedestal Accessories, continued 303

Universal Pedestal Accessories, continuedPencil TraycNeed help?Product details,page 79Standard Includes• Pencil tray: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Pedestals with boxdrawers include one penciltray per pedestal.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXDPT $22ddBi-Level TraycNeed help?Product details,page 79Standard Includes• Bi-level tray: black only• Two tray dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXDBT $26ddMedia TraycNeed help?Product details,page 79Standard Includes• Media tray: black only• Four tray dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXDMT $26dd304 Context Specification Guide

Universal PedestalAccessoriesReference ShelfcNeed help?Product details,page 79Standard Includes• Reference shelf: black only• Insert: clear plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXDRS $30ddStorageFile Drawer Stationery Insert (Three-Pocket)cNeed help?Product details,page 79Standard Includes• Stationery insert: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Stationery insertcan be used in 12"H filedrawers only.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXFST $38ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 305

Universal Lateral Fileswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 80Standard Includes• Lateral file: paint price group 1• Contemporary pulls: metal• 1"H top on unit with proud steel front: paint to match file• Drawer fronts and 1"H top on unit with proud wood front:wood veneer• 3"H base: paint to match file• Drawer body: black only• One label holder per drawer: clear plastic• Drawer suspensions: black only• One hanging file bar per drawer• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for file3 Wood color number for drawer frontsand top, if proud wood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 435.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface 28"HMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 46 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 78 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 32 Specify with Customiz stain.wood fronts and topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tip: Security top reducesoverall height by approximately1".Tops with Proud • Security top for use on 28"H No cost Specify with security top.Steel Front• Cable-routing top +$ 20 Specify with cable-routing top.No top• On 18"D x 30"W file –$ 71 Specify with no top.• On 18"D x 36"W file –$ 77 Specify with no top.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, woodveneer top color will defaultto match wood front.Tip: Security top reducesoverall height by approximately1".Laminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tops with Proud • Security top for use on 28"H –$300 Specify with security top.Wood Front• Cable-routing top +$ 20 Specify with cable-routing top.No top• On 18"D x 30"W file –$371 Specify with no top.• On 18"D x 36"W file –$377 Specify with no top.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.cOptions, continued on next pageLaminate top• Square edge laminate top –$120 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminate306 Context Specification Guide

Universal Lateral Fileswith Proud Steelor Wood FrontcOptions, continued from previous pageOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyBases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 2"H base No cost Specify with 2" base.• 2 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 2 1 ⁄2" base.• 4 1 ⁄4"H base No cost Specify with 4 1 ⁄4" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Drawer • Rails for use on 18"D No cost Specify with rails.Interiorsunits only• Front-to-back divider package Prices belowSpecify with front-to-back dividerpackage.Side-to-side divider package• On files with two drawers +$ 52 Specify with side-to-side divider package.StorageTip: Counter-weight packagesare recommendedbased on case size andinterior options.cSee SpecificationInformation below.Tip: Counter-weight optionshould be specified if thecabinet is not ganged toadjacent cabinets or boltedto the floor or wall.Tip: Counter-weights shipseparately from case andmust be installed on site.Tip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1"H topand standard 3"H base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).Pulls • Jazz pull +$ 15 per pull Specify with jazz pull.• Bar pull +$ 20 per pull Specify with bar pull.Counter- • Package 3 +$ 58 Specify with counter-weight.WeightsLockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Individual locking drawers on 18"D file• With two drawers +$100 Specify with individual lock.Related • Drawer accessories cSee Storage Specification Guide.Products • Field-installed tops cSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Counter-weightscSee Storage Specification Guide.Specification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DProud DProud DOptiondD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dSteel dWood d(Add $ tod dPackage d dFront dFront dBase Price)d d d d d dd d d dSuffix P dSuffix W dFront-to-Backd d d d d dDivider PkgTwo 12"H Drawers18 7 ⁄8" 30" 28" Package 3 RLN183024__ $631 $1411 +$6218 7 ⁄8" 36" 28" Package 3 RLN183624__ $730 $1510 +$62d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 307

Universal Open Side Towerswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 84Standard Includes• Tower: paint price group 1• Hinged door and drawer fronts on unit with proud woodfront: wood veneer• Contemporary pulls: metal• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match tower• Adjustable shelves, if selected: paint to match tower• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black• Post to support adjustable shelf: paint to match tower• Drawer body: black only• Drawer suspensions: black only• One divider per 3"H or 6"H drawer, if selected• Coat rod: 9201 Polished Chrome• Two lock face rings with plastic plugs to accommodatelock cylinders: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for tower3 Wood color number for door and drawerfronts, if proud wood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 435.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 30 Specify with Customiz stain.wood frontTopsSkylight top• Skylight top +$150 Specify with skylight top.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3 ⁄16" to overall case height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, woodveneer top color will defaultto match wood front.Laminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Glass • On 52"H towers +$ 12 Specify with glass shelves.Shelves • On 65 1 ⁄2"H towers +$ 24 Specify with glass shelves.Post • 9201 Polished Chrome +$ 20 Specify with chrome post.Tip: Drawer interior optionwill apply to all 12"H drawersin a unit.12"H Drawer • Rails +$ 8 per 12"H drawer Specify with rails.Interiors • Dividers +$ 13 per 12"H drawer Specify with dividers.Pulls • Jazz +$ 15 per pull Specify with jazz pull.• Bar +$ 20 per pull Specify with bar pull.LockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Related • Adjustable tower shelves cSee Storage Specification Guide.Products • Shelf bookends cSee Storage Specification Guide.• Details containerscSee Details Specification Guide.• Field-installed topscSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Drawer accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.308 Context Specification Guide

Universal Open SideTowers with Proud Steelor Wood FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dNumber dSteel dWoodd d dFront dFrontd d d dd d dSuffix P dSuffix WTower with Door Hinged on LeftOne Adjustable Shelf, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTB24244LA__ $1532 $200224" 24" 52" RTB30244LA__ $1684 $2154One Adjustable Shelf, Two 3"H Drawers, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTB24244LB__ $1642 $211230" 24" 52" RTB30244LB__ $1819 $2289StorageTwo Adjustable Shelves, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB24245LC__ $1800 $227030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB30245LC__ $1977 $2447Two Adjustable Shelves, Two 3"H Drawers, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB24245LD__ $1910 $238030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB30245LD__ $2113 $2583d d d dTower with Door Hinged on RightOne Adjustable Shelf, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTB24244RA__ $1532 $200230" 24" 52" RTB30244RA__ $1684 $2154One Adjustable Shelf, Two 3"H Drawers, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTB24244RB__ $1642 $211230" 24" 52" RTB30244RB__ $1819 $2289Two Adjustable Shelves, One 6"H Drawer, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB24245RC__ $1800 $227030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB30245RC__ $1977 $2447Two Adjustable Shelves, Two 3"H Drawers, and Two 12"H Drawers24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB24245RD__ $1910 $238030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTB30245RD__ $2113 $2583d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 309

Universal Full Front Towerswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 88Standard Includes• Tower with hinged door: paint price group 1• Hinged door on unit with proud wood front: wood veneer• Contemporary pulls: metal• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match tower• Adjustable shelves, if selected: paint to match tower• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black• Roll-out shallow shelves, if selected: black• Roll-out shallow shelf suspension: black• One shelf stay per roll-out shallow shelf• File frames, if selected: black• File frame suspensions: black• One hanging file bar per file frame• Coat hook, if selected: black• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for tower3 Wood color number for door, if proudwood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 435.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 30 Specify with Customiz stain.wood frontTops • Cable routing top +$ 20 Specify with cable routing top.Skylight top• Skylight top +$150 Specify with skylight top.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, woodveneer top color will defaultto match wood front.Laminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on laminate top +$ 60cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.File Frame • Rails No cost Specify with rails.AccessoriesTip: Counter-weightpackages are recommendedbased on case size andinterior options.cSee SpecificationInformation to the right.Tip: Counter-weight optionshould be specified if the cabinetis not ganged to adjacentcabinets or boltedto the floor or wall.Tip: Counter-weights shipseparately from case andmust be installed on site.Counter- • Package 2 +$ 39 Specify with counter-weight.Weights • Package 3 +$ 58 Specify with counter-weight.Pulls • Jazz +$ 15 per pull Specify with jazz pull.• Bar +$ 20 per pull Specify with bar pull.LockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Shelf bookends cSee Storage Specification Guide.Products • Details containers cSee Details Specification Guide.• Field-installed topscSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Roll-out shallow shelf accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.• File frame accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.310 Context Specification Guide

Universal Full Front Towerswith Proud Steel orWood FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).Specification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dSteel dWoodd dPackage d dFront dFrontd d d d dd d d dSuffix P dSuffix W65 1 /2"H Tower with Door Hinged on LeftThree Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185LG__ $1726 $219618 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LG__ $1777 $224724" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24185LG__ $1926 $239624" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245LG__ $1977 $2447Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185LH__ $1752 $222218 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LH__ $1800 $227024" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24185LH__ $1945 $241524" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245LH__ $2000 $2470One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185LJ__ $1626 $209618 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LJ__ $1674 $2144StorageThree Adjustable Shelves and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185LK__ $1426 $189618 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LK__ $1468 $1938Partition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frame18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LL__ $1897 $236724" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245LL__ $2068 $2538Partition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LM__ $1923 $239324" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245LM__ $2087 $2557Partition with Coat Hook, One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LN__ $1797 $2267Partition with Coat Hook, Three Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245LP__ $1597 $2067d d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next pageContext Specification Guide cUniversal Full Front Towers, continued 311

Universal Full Front Towers with Proud Steel or Wood Front, continuedTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).cSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dSteel dWoodd dPackage d dFront dFrontd d d d dd d d dSuffix P dSuffix W65 1 /2"H Tower with Door Hinged on RightThree Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185RG__ $1726 $219618 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RG__ $1777 $224724" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24185RG__ $1926 $239624" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245RG__ $1977 $2447Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185RH__ $1752 $222218 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RH__ $1800 $227024" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24185RH__ $1945 $241524" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245RH__ $2000 $2470One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185RJ__ $1626 $209618 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RJ__ $1674 $2144Three Adjustable Shelves and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 18" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 2 RTA18185RK__ $1426 $189618 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RK__ $1468 $1938Partition with Coat Hook, Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frame18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RL__ $1897 $236724" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245RL__ $2068 $2538Partition with Coat Hook, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Three File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RM__ $1923 $239324" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RTA24245RM__ $2087 $2557Partition with Coat Hook, One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RN__ $1797 $2267Partition with Coat Hook, Three Adjustable Shelves, and Two File Frames18 7 ⁄8" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RTA18245RP__ $1597 $2067d d d d d312 Context Specification Guide

Universal Full Front Towerswith Proud Steel orWood FrontStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 313

Universal Vertical Drawer Towerswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 92Standard Includes• Tower: paint price group 1• Hinged door and drawer fronts on unit with proud woodfront: wood veneer• Lift-up door on 65 1 ⁄2"H units: paint to match tower,or wood veneer if proud wood front selected• Contemporary pulls: metal• 1"H top and 3"H base: paint to match tower• Drawer body: black only• Drawer suspensions: black only• One divider per 6"H drawer, if selected• Coat rod: 9201 Polished Chrome• Two lock face rings with plastic plugs to accommodatelock cylinders: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for tower3 Wood color number for door and drawerfronts, if proud wood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 435.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 30 Specify with Customiz stain.wood frontTip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, woodveneer top color will defaultto match wood front.TopsLaminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Tip: Drawer interior optionwill apply to all 12"H drawersin a unit.12"H Drawer • Rails +$ 8 per 12"H drawer Specify with rails.• Dividers +$ 13 per 12"H drawer Specify with dividers.Pulls • Jazz +$ 15 per pull Specify with jazz pull.• Bar +$ 20 per pull Specify with bar pull.LockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Details containers cSee Details Specification Guide.Products • Field-installed tops cSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Drawer accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.314 Context Specification Guide

Universal Vertical DrawerTowers with Proud Steelor Wood FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dNumber dSteel dWoodd d dFront dFrontd d d dd d dSuffix P dSuffix WTower with Door Hinged on LeftFour 12"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTC24244LA__ $1606 $207630" 24" 52" RTC30244LA__ $1768 $2238StorageThree 12"H Drawers and Two 6"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTC24244LB__ $1716 $218630" 24" 52" RTC30244LB__ $1903 $2373Four 12"H Drawers and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC24245LC__ $1980 $236030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC30245LC__ $2171 $2551Three 12"H Drawers, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC24245LD__ $2090 $247030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC30245LD__ $2306 $2686d d d dTower with Door Hinged on RightFour 12"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTC24244RA__ $1606 $207630" 24" 52" RTC30244RA__ $1768 $2238Three 12"H Drawers and Two 6"H Drawers24" 24" 52" RTC24244RB__ $1716 $218630"24" 52" RTC30244RB__ $1903 $2373Four 12"H Drawers and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC24245RC__ $1980 $236030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC30245RC__ $2171 $2551Three 12"H Drawers, Two 6"H Drawers, and One 13 1 /2"H Lift-Up Door with Fixed Shelf24" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC24245RD__ $2090 $247030" 24" 65 1 ⁄2" RTC30245RD__ $2306 $2686d d d dContext Specification Guide 315

Universal Combination Cabinetswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 96Standard Includes• Combination cabinet: paint price group 1• Hinged doors on unit with proud steel front, if selected:paint to match cabinet• 1"H top mount with proud steel front:paint to match cabinet• 3"H base: paint to match cabinet• Hinged doors, drawer fronts, and 1"H top on unit withproud wood front, if selected: wood veneer• Contemporary pulls: metal• Adjustable shelves, if selected: paint to match cabinet• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black• Roll-out shallow shelves, if selected: black• Roll-out shallow shelf suspension: black• One shelf stay per roll-out shallow shelf• Drawer body: black only• One label holder per drawer: clear plastic• Drawer suspensions: black only• One hanging file bar per drawer on 18"D units• Two rails per drawer on 24"D units• Two lock face rings with plastic plugs to accommodatelock cylinders: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for cabinet3 Wood color number for doors, drawerfronts, and top, if proud wood frontselected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 435.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface65 1 ⁄2"H cabinetsMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 42 Specify with Customiz stain.wood front and topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tops with • Cable-routing top +$ 20 Specify with cable-routing top.Proud SteelFrontNo top• On 18"D x 30"W cabinet –$ 71 Specify with no top.• On 18"D x 36"W cabinet –$ 77 Specify with no top.• On 18"D x 42"W cabinet –$ 83 Specify with no top.• On 24"D x 30"W cabinet –$ 77 Specify with no top.• On 24"D x 36"W cabinet –$ 83 Specify with no top.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3 ⁄16" to overall case height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, woodveneer top color will defaultto match wood front.Laminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.cOptions, continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.316 Context Specification Guide

Universal CombinationCabinets with Proud Steelor Wood FrontcOptions, continued from previous pageOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyTops with • Cable-routing top –$280 Specify with cable-routing top.Proud WoodFrontNo top• On 18"D x 30"W cabinet –$371 Specify with no top.• On 18"D x 36"W cabinet –$377 Specify with no top.• On 18"D x 42"W cabinet –$383 Specify with no top.• On 24"D x 30"W cabinet –$377 Specify with no top.• On 24"D x 36"W cabinet –$383 Specify with no top.Tip: Laminate and wood topsare 3 ⁄16" taller than other topsand will add 3 ⁄16" to overallcase height.Laminate top• Square edge laminate top –$120 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateStorageTip: Glass doors are onlyavailable on cases withadjustable shelf interiors,not on cases with roll-outshelf interiors.Tip: Glass doors ship separatelyfrom case and mustbe installed on site.Tip: Counter-weight packagesare recommendedbased on case size andinterior options.cSee SpecificationInformation on next page.Tip: Counter-weight optionshould be specified if thecabinet is not ganged toadjacent cabinets or boltedto the floor or wall.Tip: Counter-weights shipseparately from case andmust be installed on site.Bases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 2"H base No cost Specify with 2" base.• 2 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 2 1 ⁄2" base.• 4 1 ⁄4"H base No cost Specify with 4 1 ⁄4" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Glass Doors • Frosted glass hinged doors +$ 25 Specify with frosted glass hinged doors.Drawer • Rails for use on 18"D units only No cost Specify with rails.Interiors • HF bar for use on 24"D No cost Specify with HF bar.units only• Front-to-back divider package Prices on next page Specify with front-to-back divider package.Side-to-side divider package• On cabinets with two drawers +$ 52 Specify with side-to-side divider package.• On cabinets with three drawers +$ 78• On cabinets with four drawers +$104Counter- • Package 1 +$ 19 Specify with counter-weight.Weights • Package 2 +$ 39 Specify with counter-weight.• Package 3 +$ 58 Specify with counter-weight.• Package 4 +$ 77 Specify with counter-weight.Pulls • Jazz +$ 15 per pull Specify with jazz pull.• Bar +$ 20 per pull Specify with bar pull.LockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Individual locking drawers on 18"D cabinet• With two drawers +$100 Specify with individual lock.• With three drawers +$200 Specify with individual lock.• With four drawers +$300 Specify with individual lock.Individual locking drawers on 24"D cabinet• With two drawers +$110 Specify with individual lock.• With three drawers +$220 Specify with individual lock.• With four drawers +$330 Specify with individual lock.Related • Adjustable shelves cSee Storage Specification Guide.Products • Shelf bookends cSee Storage Specification Guide.• Details containerscSee Details Specification Guide.• Field-installed topscSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Drawer and roll-out shallow shelf accessoriescSee Storage Specification Guide.• Counter-weightscSee Storage Specification Guide.cSpecification Information on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide cUniversal Combination Cabinets, continued 317

Universal Combination Cabinets with Proud Steel or Wood Front, continuedTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).Specification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DProud DProud DOptionsdD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dSteel dWood d(Add $ tod dPackage d dFront dFront dBase Price)d d d d d dd d d dSuffix P dSuffix W dFront-todd d d d dBackd d d d d dDividerd d d d d dPkg65 1 /2"H Single-Case Combination Cabinet25 1 ⁄2"H Hinged Doors with One Adjustable Shelf, One Fixed Shelf, and Three 12"H Drawers18 7 ⁄8" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183061E__ $1373 $2223 +$ 9318 7 ⁄8" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183661E__ $1509 $2359 +$ 9318 7 ⁄8" 42" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RCN184261E__ $1630 $2480 +$18024" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243061E__ $1510 $2360 +$ 9324" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243661E__ $1660 $2510 +$ 9325 1 ⁄2"H Hinged Doors with One Adjustable Shelf, One Roll-out Shallow Shelf, One Fixed Shelf,and Three 12"H Drawers18 7 ⁄8" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183061F__ $1518 $2368 +$ 9318 7 ⁄8" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183661F__ $1667 $2517 +$ 9318 7 ⁄8" 42" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RCN184261F__ $1797 $2647 +$18024" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243061F__ $1678 $2528 +$ 9324" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243661F__ $1837 $2687 +$ 9325 1 ⁄2"H Hinged Doors with Two Roll-out Shallow Shelves, One Fixed Shelf, and Three 12"H Drawers18 7 ⁄8" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183061G__ $1618 $2468 +$ 9318 7 ⁄8" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183661G__ $1777 $2627 +$ 9318 7 ⁄8" 42" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RCN184261G__ $1902 $2752 +$18024" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243061G__ $1798 $2648 +$ 9324" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243661G__ $1958 $2808 +$ 93Open Cabinet with One Adjustable Shelf, One Fixed Shelf, and Three 12"H Drawers18 7 ⁄8" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183061H__ $1176 N.A. +$ 6218 7 ⁄8" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183661H__ $1306 N.A. +$ 9318 7 ⁄8" 42" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RCN184261H__ $1420 N.A. +$18024" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243061H__ $1314 N.A. +$ 9324" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243661H__ $1457 N.A. +$ 9337 1 ⁄2"H Hinged Doors with Two Adjustable Shelves, One Fixed Shelf, and Two 12"H Drawers18 7 ⁄8" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183061J__ $1305 $2155 +$ 6218 7 ⁄8" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183661J__ $1434 $2284 +$ 6218 7 ⁄8" 42" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RCN184261J__ $1548 $2398 +$12024" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243061J__ $1435 $2285 +$ 6224" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243661J__ $1577 $2427 +$ 62d d d d d dcSpecification Information, continued on next page318 Context Specification Guide

Universal CombinationCabinets with Proud Steelor Wood FrontTip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1" topand standard 3" base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).cSpecification Information, continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DRecommended DStyle DProud DProud DOptionsdD W H dCounter-weight dNumber dSteel dWood d(Add $ tod dPackage d dFront dFront dBase Price)d d d d d dd d d dSuffix P dSuffix W dFront-todd d d d dBackd d d d d dDividerd d d d d dPkg65 1 /2"H Single-Case Combination Cabinet, continued37 1 ⁄2"H Hinged Doors with One Adjustable Shelf, Two Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, One Fixed Shelf,and Two 12"H Drawers18 7 ⁄8" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183061K__ $1550 $2400 +$ 6218 7 ⁄8" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183661K__ $1701 $2551 +$ 6218 7 ⁄8" 42" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RCN184261K__ $1821 $2671 +$12024" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243061K__ $1722 $2572 +$ 6224" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243661K__ $1875 $2725 +$ 6237 1 ⁄2"H Hinged Doors with Three Roll-Out Shallow Shelves, One Fixed Shelf, and Two 12"H Drawers18 7 ⁄8" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183061L__ $1650 $2500 +$ 6218 7 ⁄8" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183661L__ $1811 $2661 +$ 6218 7 ⁄8" 42" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RCN184261L__ $1926 $2776 +$12024" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243061L__ $1841 $2691 +$ 6224" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243661L__ $1996 $2846 +$ 62StorageOpen Cabinet with Two Adjustable Shelves, One Fixed Shelf, and Two 12"H Drawers18 7 ⁄8" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183061M__ $1082 N.A. +$ 6218 7 ⁄8" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 1 RCN183661M__ $1201 N.A. +$ 6218 7 ⁄8" 42" 65 1 ⁄2" Package 3 RCN184261M__ $1306 N.A. +$12024" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243061M__ $1212 N.A. +$ 6224" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" N.A. RCN243661M__ $1345 N.A. +$ 62d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 319

Universal Wardrobe Cabinetswith Proud Steel or Wood FrontcNeed help?Product details,page 100Standard Includes• Wardrobe cabinet: paint price group 1• Contemporary pull: metal• 1"H top on unit with proud steel front:paint to match cabinet• Hinged doors and 1"H top on unit with proud wood front:wood veneer• 3"H base: paint to match cabinet• Adjustable shelves, if selected: paint to match cabinet• Brackets for adjustable shelves: black• Coat rod, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome• Coat hook, if selected: black• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number with appropriate front stylesuffix in the space providedP Proud steel frontW Proud wood front2 Paint color number for cabinet3 Wood color number for hinged doorsand top, if proud wood front selected4 Metal color number for pulls:0835 Black9201 Polished Chrome9211 Nickel9212 Silver5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylindersand keys.cLock Cylinders, page 435.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface65 1 ⁄2"H cabinetsMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$112 Specify paint color number.• Customiz stain on proud +$ 42 Specify with Customiz stain.wood front and topcSee Surface Materials Reference ManualTops with • Cable-routing top +$ 20 Specify with cable-routing top.Proud SteelFrontNo top• On 18"D x 30"W cabinet –$ 71 Specify with no top.• On 18"D x 36"W cabinet –$ 77 Specify with no top.• On 18"D x 42"W cabinet –$ 83 Specify with no top.• On 24"D x 30"W cabinet –$ 77 Specify with no top.• On 24"D x 36"W cabinet –$ 83 Specify with no top.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, woodveneer top color will defaultto match wood front.Tip: If cable routing top isspecified, it will default to thesame paint color as thecase.Tip: Laminate and woodveneer tops are 3 ⁄16" tallerthan other tops and will add3⁄16" to overall case height.Laminate top• Square edge laminate top +$180 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• Wood veneer top +$300 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference ManualTops with • Cable-routing top –$280 Specify with cable-routing top.Proud WoodFrontNo top• On 18"D x 30"W cabinet –$371 Specify with no top.• On 18"D x 36"W cabinet –$377 Specify with no top.• On 18"D x 42"W cabinet –$383 Specify with no top.• On 24"D x 30"W cabinet –$377 Specify with no top.• On 24"D x 36"W cabinet –$383 Specify with no top.Laminate top• Square edge laminate top –$120 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminatecOptions, continued on next page320 Context Specification Guide

Universal WardrobeCabinets with Proud Steelor Wood FrontcOptions, continued from previous pageOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyBases • 1 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 1 1 ⁄2" base.• 2"H base No cost Specify with 2" base.• 2 1 ⁄2"H base No cost Specify with 2 1 ⁄2" base.• 4 1 ⁄4"H base No cost Specify with 4 1 ⁄4" base.• 3"H cable-routing base +$ 30 Specify with 3" cable-routing base.Pulls • Jazz +$15 per pull Specify with jazz pull.• Bar +$20 per pull Specify with bar pull.Tip: Height dimensionincludes standard 1"H topand standard 3"H base.Tip: Your specification isnot complete until you adda suffix to the style numberto define the front style (forexample, RTB24244LA__becomes RTB24244LAP forproud steel front).LockLock face ring with plastic plug• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Adjustable shelves cSee Storage Specification Guide.Products • Shelf bookends cSee Storage Specification Guide.• Details containerscSee Details Specification Guide.• Coat rodcSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed topscSee Storage Specification Guide.• Field-installed basescSee Storage Specification Guide.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DProud DProuddD W H dNumber dSteel dWoodd d dFront dFrontd d d dd d dSuffix P dSuffix WWith Front-to-Back Coat Rod18 7 ⁄8" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" RWN183061A__ $811 $163118 7 ⁄8" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" RWN183661A__ $882 $170218 7 ⁄8" 42" 65 1 ⁄2" RWN184261A__ $952 $1772d d d dStorageWith Side-to-Side Coat Rod24" 30" 65 1 ⁄2" RWN243061A__ $860 $168024" 36" 65 1 ⁄2" RWN243661A__ $934 $1754d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 321

Overhead CabinetscNeed help?Product details,page 104Standard Includes• Cabinet: paint price group 1• Support columns and covers: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for cabinet3 Paint color number for support columnsand covers4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 435Tip: Overhead cabinetcomponents are shippedin two cartons and assembledin the field.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceCabinet with one doorMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$60 Specify paint color number.Cabinet with two doors• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$55 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$96 Specify paint color number.IColumn• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$10 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$18 Specify paint color number.International • With higher interior space to Prices at right Specify international.accommodate internationalA4 and foolscap bindersRelated • Shelf dividers cPage 352Products • Lighting cPage 369For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.322 Context Specification Guide

Overhead CabinetsSpecification InformationDWidth DNumber DStyle DU.S. DOptiond dof Doors dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dInternationald d d d dInteriord d d d dSpace30" 1 X2FC00303 $ 632 +$ 9636" 1 X2FC00365 $ 686 +$10742" 1 X2FC00420 $ 741 +$11448" 1 X2FC00482 $ 793 +$12254" 2 X2FC00547 $ 848 +$13860" 2 X2FC00602 $ 915 +$14366" 2 X2FC00664 $ 970 +$14672" 2 X2FC00729 $1022 +$15378" 2 X2FC00781 $1076 +$156d d d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 323

Corner Overhead Cabinets for Use with Column-Mounted ScreenStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyLeft-hand cabinetscNeed help?Product details,page 106• Cabinet: paint price group 1• Support columns and covers: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome1 Style number2 Paint color number for cabinet3 Paint color number for support columnsand covers4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 435Right-hand cabinetsTip: Cabinet is 1" less widethan standard overheadcabinet.Tip: This corner overheadcabinet must be used witha column-mounted screen.cPage 326Tip: Overhead cabinetcomponents are shipped intwo cartons and assembledin the field.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceCabinet with one doorMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$60 Specify paint color number.Cabinet with two doors• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$55 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$96 Specify paint color number.Column• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$10 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$18 Specify paint color number.Related • Shelf dividers cPage 352Products • Lighting cPage 369For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.324 Context Specification Guide

Corner Overhead Cabinetsfor Use with Column-Mounted ScreenSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DNumber DU.S.d dNumber dof Doors dBased d d dPriced d d dLeft-Hand Cabinets35" 1 X2FC0035L $ 72541" 1 X2FC0041L $ 78047" 1 X2FC0047L $ 83253" 2 X2FC0053L $ 88759" 2 X2FC0059L $ 95465" 2 X2FC0065L $100971" 2 X2FC0071L $106177" 2 X2FC0077L $1115d d d dRight-Hand Cabinets35" 1 X2FC0035R $ 72541" 1 X2FC0041R $ 78047" 1 X2FC0047R $ 83253" 2 X2FC0053R $ 88759" 2 X2FC0059R $ 95465 2 X2FC0065R $100971" 2 X2FC0071R $106177" 2 X2FC0077R $1115d d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 325

Column-Mounted Screens for Use with Corner Overhead CabinetStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyLeft-hand screencNeed help?Product details,page 106• Basic structure (outside of screen):paint price group 1• Inside surface of screen (tackable): fabric group 1• Support column and cover: all paint price groups• Column cap: plastic1 Style number2 Paint color number for basic structure3 Fabric color number for inside surface ofscreen4 Paint color number for support columnand cover5 Plastic color number for column cap:6681 Grotto or 6682 Cobblestone6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Right-hand screenTip: This column-mountedscreen must be used with acorner overhead cabinet.cPage 324Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceScreensMaterials • Fabric price group 2 +$21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$49 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$39 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Basic structure (outside)• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 5 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$10 Specify paint color number.Column• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 5 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$10 Specify paint color number.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Specification InformationDDimension DStyle DU.S.dA dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand Screen36" X3S03600L $33542" X3S04200L $35948" X3S04800L $39554" X3S05400L $45860" X3S06000L $47366" X3S06600L $48472" X3S07200L $50478" X3S07800L $515d d dRight-Hand Screen36" X3S00036R $33542" X3S00042R $35948" X3S00048R $39554" X3S00054R $45860" X3S00060R $47366 X3S00066R $48472" X3S00072R $50478" X3S00078R $515d d d326 Context Specification Guide

Straight Column-Mounted Shelves with ScreenStraight Column-MountedShelves with ScreenStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Shelf components areshipped in two cartons andassembled in the field.cNeed help?Product details,page 104• Column: paint price group 1• Support columns and covers: paint price group 1• Inside surface of screen (tackable): fabric group 1• Column caps and shelf end trim: plastic1 Style number2 Paint color number for basic structure3 Paint color number for support columnsand covers4 Fabric color number for inside surfaceof screen5 Plastic color number for column cap andshelf end trim: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.StorageOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceScreensMaterials • Fabric price group 2 +$21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$49 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$39 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Column• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$10 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$18 Specify paint color number.Outside• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 5 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$10 Specify paint color number.IShelf• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 8 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$13 Specify paint color number.International • With higher screen and +$36 Specify international.and columns to align withinternational overheadcabinetsRelated • Shelf dividers cPage 352Products • Lighting cPage 369Specification InformationDDimension DStyle DU.S.dA dNumber dBased d dPriced d dAFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.24" X2FT00247 $53830" X2FT00302 $58036" X2FT00364 $63242" X2FT00429 $67348" X2FT00481 $72554" X2FT00546 $78060" X2FT00601 $83566" X2FT00663 $88972" X2FT00728 $91578" X2FT00780 $941d d dContext Specification Guide 327

Corner Column-Mounted Shelves with ScreensStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Shelf components areshipped in two cartons andassembled in the field.cNeed help?Product details,page 104• Basic structure (shelf, outside of screens):paint price group 1• Support columns and covers: paint price group 1• Inside surface of screens (tackable): fabric group 1• Column caps and shelf end trim: plastic1 Style number2 Paint color number for basic structure3 Paint color number for support columnsand covers4 Fabric color number for inside surface ofscreens5 Plastic color number for column cap andshelf end trim: 6681 Grotto or 6682Cobblestone6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.IOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceBasic structure (outside)Materials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 10 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 18 Specify paint color number.Screens (inside)• Fabric price group 2 +$ 42 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 73 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 99 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$130 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 78 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Column• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 16 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 29 Specify paint color number.Shelf• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 16 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 29 Specify paint color number.International • With higher screens and +$ 65 Specify international.and columns to align withinternational overheadcabinetsRelated • Shelf dividers cPage 352Products • Lighting cPage 369For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.328 Context Specification Guide

Corner Column-MountedShelves with ScreensSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B dNumber dBased d dPriced d dAB42" 42" X2FT42429 $126442" 60" X2FT42600 $139942" 66" X2FT42665 $145642" 72" X2FT42726 $149548" 48" X2FT48487 $134448" 60" X2FT48607 $145348" 66" X2FT48661 $150848" 72" X2FT48724 $154748" 78" X2FT48788 $164854" 54" X2FT54543 $145360" 42" X2FT60428 $139960" 48" X2FT60481 $145366" 42" X2FT66420 $145666" 48" X2FT66483 $150872" 42" X2FT72424 $149572" 48" X2FT72482 $154778" 48" X2FT78480 $1648d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 329

Overhead Shelveswith Two-Piece Column CoversTip: Shelf components areshipped in two cartons andassembled in the field.Tip: For use with existingcolumn-mounted screens.cNeed help?Product details,page 104Standard Includes• Shelf: paint price group 1• Column covers: paint price group 1• Shelf end trim: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for shelf3 Paint color number for column covers4 Plastic color number for shelf end trim:6681 Grotto or 6682 Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceStraight shelvesMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 8 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$13 Specify paint color number.ICovers for straight shelves• Paint price group 2 +$ 5 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$10 Specify paint color number.Corner shelves• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$16 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$29 Specify fabric color number.Covers for corner shelves• Paint price group 2 +$ 8 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$13 Specify paint color number.International • With higher column covers No cost Specify international.to align with internationaloverhead cabinetsRelated • Shelf dividers cPage 352Products • Column-mounted screens cPage 364I • International column-mounted cPage 364screens• Lighting cPage 369For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.330 Context Specification Guide

Overhead ShelvesSpecification InformationAABDCorresponding DStyle DU.S.dCore Width dNumber dBasedA B d dPriced d dStraight Shelves24" X2SS00249 $24230" X2SS00304 $26836" X2SS00366 $29642" X2SS00421 $30948" X2SS00483 $32254" X2SS00548 $35160" X2SS00603 $36466" X2SS00665 $37772" X2SS00720 $39078" X2SS00782 $403d d dCorner Shelves42" 42" X2SC42421 $53842" 60" X2SC42609 $59042" 66" X2SC42664 $62942" 72" X2SC42727 $67148" 48" X2SC48489 $59348" 60" X2SC48608 $61948" 66" X2SC48663 $64748" 72" X2SC48726 $69948" 78" X2SC48780 $72854" 54" X2SC54541 $61960" 42" X2SC60423 $59060" 48" X2SC60482 $61966" 42" X2SC66426 $62966" 48" X2SC66485 $64772" 42" X2SC72425 $67172" 48" X2SC72484 $69978" 48" X2SC78482 $728d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 331

Straight CountertopsTip: Straight countertops arenon-handed. You don’t needto specify left-hand or righthandversions.cNeed help?Product details,page 108Standard Includes• Countertop: laminate• Basic structure (columns and covers):all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for countertopcSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices below and Specify natural veneer color number.at rightcSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices below and cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerat rightRelated • Core units cPage 205Products • 12"H core-mounted screens cPage 358Specification InformationDDepth DCore Unit DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dWidth dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d d dWoodd d d d d dVeneer andd d d d d dBase Price)d d d d d dd d d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d d dWood dwith dwithd d d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d d dOpen-pore d dBoth Ends Round15" 24" HSC24RR $426 +$239 +$20 +$4115" 30" HSC30RR $447 +$278 +$20 +$4115" 36" HSC36RR $473 +$315 +$20 +$4115" 42" HSC42RR $497 +$351 +$20 +$4115" 48" HSC48RR $528 +$390 +$20 +$4115" 54" HSC54RR $541 +$424 +$30 +$6015" 60" HSC60RR $564 +$463 +$30 +$6015" 66" HSC66RR $598 +$499 +$30 +$6015" 72" HSC72RR $619 +$536 +$30 +$6015" 78" HSC78RR $660 +$572 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.332 Context Specification Guide

Straight CountertopsSpecification InformationDDepth DCore Unit DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dWidth dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ tod d d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d d dWoodd d d d d dVeneer andd d d d d dBase Price)d d d d d dd d d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d d dWood dwith dwithd d d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d d dOpen-pore d dOne End Round15" 24" HSC24SR $426 +$195 +$20 +$4115" 30" HSC30SR $447 +$229 +$20 +$4115" 36" HSC36SR $473 +$270 +$20 +$4115" 42" HSC42SR $497 +$304 +$20 +$4115" 48" HSC48SR $528 +$343 +$20 +$4115" 54" HSC54SR $541 +$380 +$30 +$6015" 60" HSC60SR $564 +$416 +$30 +$6015" 66" HSC66SR $598 +$452 +$30 +$6015" 72" HSC72SR $619 +$491 +$30 +$6015" 78" HSC78SR $660 +$525 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dBoth Ends Straight15" 24" HSC24SS $426 +$148 +$20 +$4115" 30" HSC30SS $447 +$187 +$20 +$4115" 36" HSC36SS $473 +$221 +$20 +$4115" 42" HSC42SS $497 +$260 +$20 +$4115" 48" HSC48SS $528 +$296 +$20 +$4115" 54" HSC54SS $541 +$333 +$30 +$6015" 60" HSC60SS $564 +$369 +$30 +$6015" 66" HSC66SS $598 +$408 +$30 +$6015" 72" HSC72SS $619 +$445 +$30 +$6015" 78" HSC78SS $660 +$484 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 333

Corner CountertopsBoth Ends RoundStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Countertops withstraight ends do not extendbeyond core unit.cNeed help?Product details,page 108• Countertop: laminate• Basic structure (columns and covers):all paint price groups1 Style number2 Laminate color number for countertopcSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerRelated • Core units cPage 205Products • 12"H core-mounted screens cPage 358For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.334 Context Specification Guide

Corner CountertopsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdof Core Unit dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ todB C d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dStorageBC30" 42" HCC42R30R $ 842 +$536 +$42 +$ 8230" 48" HCC48R30R $ 871 +$572 +$42 +$ 8236" 42" HCC42R36R $ 871 +$572 +$42 +$ 8236" 48" HCC48R36R $ 894 +$611 +$42 +$ 8242" 30" HCC42R30R $ 842 +$536 +$42 +$ 8242" 36" HCC42R36R $ 871 +$572 +$42 +$ 8242" 42" HCC42R42R $ 892 +$611 +$42 +$ 8248" 30" HCC48R30R $ 871 +$572 +$42 +$ 8248" 36" HCC48R36R $ 894 +$611 +$42 +$ 8248" 48" HCC48R48R $ 959 +$684 +$42 +$ 8248" 60" HCC48R60R $1004 +$759 +$50 +$10148" 66" HCC48R66R $1035 +$793 +$50 +$10148" 72" HCC48R72R $1053 +$835 +$50 +$10148" 78" HCC48R78R $1100 +$868 +$50 +$10160" 48" HCC48R60R $1004 +$759 +$50 +$10166" 48" HCC48R66R $1035 +$793 +$50 +$10172" 48" HCC48R72R $1053 +$835 +$50 +$10178" 48" HCC48R78R $1100 +$868 +$50 +$101d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 335

Corner CountertopsLeft End StraightStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Countertops withstraight ends do not extendbeyond core unit.cNeed help?Product details,page 108• Countertop: laminate• Basic structure (columns and covers):all paint price groups1 Style number2 Laminate color number for countertopcSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerRelated • Core units cPage 205Products • 12"H core-mounted screens cPage 358For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.336 Context Specification Guide

Corner CountertopsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdof Core Unit dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ todB C d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dStorageBC30" 42" HCC42R30S $ 842 +$491 +$42 +$ 8230" 48" HCC48R30S $ 871 +$525 +$42 +$ 8236" 42" HCC42R36S $ 871 +$525 +$42 +$ 8236" 48" HCC48R36S $ 894 +$564 +$42 +$ 8242" 30" HCC42S30R $ 842 +$491 +$42 +$ 8242" 36" HCC42S36R $ 871 +$525 +$42 +$ 8242" 42" HCC42R42S $ 892 +$564 +$42 +$ 8248" 30" HCC48S30R $ 871 +$525 +$42 +$ 8248" 36" HCC48S36R $ 894 +$564 +$42 +$ 8248" 48" HCC48R48S $ 959 +$640 +$42 +$ 8248" 60" HCC48S60R $1004 +$712 +$50 +$10148" 66" HCC48S66R $1035 +$749 +$50 +$10148" 72" HCC48S72R $1053 +$785 +$50 +$10148" 78" HCC48S78R $1100 +$822 +$50 +$10160" 48" HCC48R60S $1004 +$712 +$50 +$10166" 48" HCC48R66S $1035 +$749 +$50 +$10172" 48" HCC48R72S $1053 +$785 +$50 +$10178" 48" HCC48R78S $1100 +$822 +$50 +$101d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 337

Corner CountertopsRight End StraightStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Countertops withstraight ends do not extendbeyond core unit.cNeed help?Product details,page 108• Countertop: laminate• Basic structure (columns and covers):all paint price groups1 Style number2 Laminate color number for countertopcSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerRelated • Core units cPage 205Products • 12"H core-mounted screens cPage 358For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.338 Context Specification Guide

Corner CountertopsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdof Core Unit dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ todB C d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dStorageBC30" 42" HCC42S30R $ 842 +$491 +$42 +$ 8230" 48" HCC48S30R $ 871 +$525 +$42 +$ 8236" 42" HCC42S36R $ 871 +$525 +$42 +$ 8236" 48" HCC48S36R $ 894 +$564 +$42 +$ 8242" 30" HCC42R30S $ 842 +$491 +$42 +$ 8242" 36" HCC42R36S $ 871 +$525 +$42 +$ 8242" 42" HCC42R42S $ 892 +$564 +$42 +$ 8248" 30" HCC48R30S $ 871 +$525 +$42 +$ 8248" 36" HCC48R36S $ 894 +$564 +$42 +$ 8248" 48" HCC48R48S $ 959 +$640 +$42 +$ 8248" 60" HCC48R60S $1004 +$712 +$50 +$10148" 66" HCC48R66S $1035 +$749 +$50 +$10148" 72" HCC48R72S $1053 +$785 +$50 +$10148" 78" HCC48R78S $1100 +$822 +$50 +$10160" 48" HCC48S60R $1004 +$712 +$50 +$10166" 48" HCC48S66R $1035 +$749 +$50 +$10172" 48" HCC48S72R $1053 +$785 +$50 +$10178" 48" HCC48S78R $1100 +$822 +$50 +$101d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 339

Corner CountertopsBoth Ends StraightStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Countertops withstraight ends do not extendbeyond core unit.cNeed help?Product details,page 108• Countertop: laminate• Basic structure (columns and covers):all paint price groups1 Style number2 Laminate color number for countertopcSee page 431 for directional laminateillustrations.3 Paint color number for basic structure4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer Prices at right Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerRelated • Core units cPage 205Products • 12"H core-mounted screens cPage 358For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.340 Context Specification Guide

Corner CountertopsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdof Core Unit dNumber dBase d(Add $ to d(Add $ todB C d dPrice dBase Price) doptionald d d d dWoodd d d d dVeneer andd d d d dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dNatural dNatural dNaturald d d dWood dwith dwithd d d dVeneer dCustomiz dFull-filld d d dwith dStain dFinishd d d dOpen-pore d dStorageBC30" 42" HCC42S30S $ 842 +$445 +$42 +$ 8230" 48" HCC48S30S $ 871 +$484 +$42 +$ 8236" 42" HCC42S36S $ 871 +$484 +$42 +$ 8236" 48" HCC48S36S $ 894 +$517 +$42 +$ 8242" 30" HCC42S30S $ 842 +$445 +$42 +$ 8242" 36" HCC42S36S $ 871 +$484 +$42 +$ 8242" 42" HCC42S42S $ 892 +$517 +$42 +$ 8248" 30" HCC48S30S $ 871 +$484 +$42 +$ 8248" 36" HCC48S36S $ 894 +$517 +$42 +$ 8248" 48" HCC48S48S $ 959 +$593 +$42 +$ 8248" 60" HCC48S60S $1004 +$666 +$50 +$10148" 66" HCC48S66S $1035 +$705 +$50 +$10148" 72" HCC48S72S $1053 +$741 +$50 +$10148" 78" HCC48S78S $1100 +$777 +$50 +$10160" 48" HCC48S60S $1004 +$666 +$50 +$10166" 48" HCC48S66S $1035 +$705 +$50 +$10172" 48" HCC48S72S $1053 +$741 +$50 +$10178" 48" HCC48S78S $1100 +$777 +$50 +$101d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 341

Context Fixed PedestalsTip: 18 3 ⁄8"D pedestal cannotaccommodate legal files.cFile fit table, pages130–135cContext storage capacitiesand dimensions, page 125cNeed help?Product details,page 110Standard Includes• Pedestal: paint price group 1• Waterfall or Rod pulls: paint• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer body—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file, box drawerdividers, and adjustable file rails• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four adjustable leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Color number for drawer pulls4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 435Tip: Context core units manufacturedprior to January2004 can be converted toaccept these pedestals bya conversion kit availablefrom Service Parts.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceCaseMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Waterfall pulls• Paint No cost Specify paint color number.• Plated metal +$13 Specify plated metal color number.eachRod pulls• Paint No cost Specify paint color number.• Plated metal +$13 Specify plated metal color number.eachLock • Ember chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• No lock –$50 Specify with no lock.• Individual locking drawers +$95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestal onlyRelated • Accessories cPage 303ProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.342 Context Specification Guide

Context Fixed PedestalsSpecification InformationDActual Dimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d dWaterfall PullTwo File Drawers18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" X2CL2400A6 XUCL2400A6 $54523 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" X2CL3000A9 XUCL3000A9 $570StorageTwo Box Drawers and One File Drawer18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" X2CN2400A2 XUCN2400A2 $59523 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" X2CN3000A5 XUCN3000A5 $625d d d dRod PullTwo File Drawers18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" X2CL2400B7 XUCL2400B7 $54523 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" X2CL3000B0 XUCL3000B0 $570Two Box Drawers and One File Drawer18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" X2CN2400B3 XUCN2400B3 $59523 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" X2CN3000B6 XUCN3000B6 $625d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 343

Context Mobile PedestalsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycFile fit table, pages130–135cContext storage capacitiesand dimensions, page 125cNeed help?Product details,page 112• Pedestal: paint price group 1• Waterfall or Rod pulls: paint• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer body—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file, boxdrawer dividers, and adjustable file rails• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Non-locking, dual-wheel casters: black only1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Color number for drawer pulls4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 435Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceCaseMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Waterfall pulls• Paint No cost Specify paint color number.• Plated metal +$13 each Specify plated metal color number.Rod pulls• Paint No cost Specify paint color number.• Plated metal +$13 each Specify plated metal color number.Tip: Optional tops willincrease the overallpedestal height.Tip: If wood veneer topoption is selected, finishesmust be selected for boththe wood veneer top and thewood veneer fronts.Tops • 1"H square edge steel top +$ 45 Specify with steel square top.Laminate top• 1 3 ⁄16"H square edge +$195 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate toplaminate color number.• 1 7 ⁄16"H bullnose laminate top +$215 Specify with bullnose laminate top andindicate laminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• 1 3 ⁄16"H wood veneer top +$285 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Full-fill finish on wood +$ 15 Specify with full-fill finish.veneer top• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Cushion top for factory installation on XUCB3000AM and XUCB3000BM• Cushion top without handle +$230 Specify with cushion top and indicatefabric color number.• Cushion top with 9201 +$300 Specify with cushion top and handle andPolished Chrome handleindicate fabric color number.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Upholstery on cushion top• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 33 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 50 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 85 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$125 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$195 Specify fabric color number.• Leather price group +$500 Specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 422.• Customer’s own material +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual(COM) or Customer’s ownto specify.leather (COL)cOptions, continued on next page344 Context Specification Guide

Context Mobile PedestalscOptions, continued from previous pageOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyLock • Ember chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals onlyRelated • Accessories cPage 303ProductsSpecification InformationDActual Dimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d dWaterfall PullTwo File Drawers18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" X2CL2400AM XUCL2400AM $69023 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" X2CL3000AM XUCL3000AM $730StorageTwo Box Drawers and One File Drawer18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" X2CN2400AM XUCN2400AM $72023 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" X2CN3000AM XUCN3000AM $760One Box Drawer and One File Drawer23 1 ⁄2" 15" 21" X2CB3000AM XUCB3000AM $690d d d dRod PullTwo File Drawers18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" X2CL2400BM XUCL2400BM $69023 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" X2CL3000BM XUCL3000BM $730Two Box Drawers and One File Drawer18 3 ⁄8" 15" 27" X2CN2400BM XUCN2400BM $72023 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" X2CN3000BM XUCN3000BM $760One Box Drawer and One File Drawer23 1 ⁄2" 15" 21" X2CB3000BM XUCB3000BM $690d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 345

Context Lateral FilescNeed help?Product details,page 114Standard Includes• Case: paint price group 1• Waterfall or Rod pull• Locator pins to secure lateral file under worksurface• Two hanging-file frames• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Leveling glides• Worksurface, if selectedRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for case3 Color number for drawer pulls4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 435cFile fit table, pages130–135cContext storage capacitiesand dimensions, page 125Tip: Worksurface optionincreases overall height to28 1 ⁄2".Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceCaseMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 60 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$101 Specify paint color number.30" worksurface top• Laminate +$481 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer +$876 Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 24 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneer36" worksurface top• Laminate +$572 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate color number.• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Wood veneer +$944 Specify natural veneer color number.cSee pages 431–432 for directionalillustrations.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 24 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.veneerWaterfall pulls• Paint No cost Specify paint color number.• Plated metal +$ 16 Specify plated metal color number.eachRod pulls• Paint No cost Specify paint color number.• Plated metal +$ 16 Specify plated metal color number.eachRelated • Trays cPages 352–354Products • Tray dividers cPage 353• Counterweight packages cPage 354For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.346 Context Specification Guide

Context Lateral FilesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dWaterfall Pull19" 30" 27" X2G20030A4 $113419" 36" 27" X2G20036A6 $1305d d dRod Pull19" 30" 27" X2G20030B5 $113419" 36" 27" X2G20036B7 $1305d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 347

Context Vertical CabinetscNeed help?Product details,page 116Standard Includes• Cabinet: paint price group 1• Waterfall or Rod pull• Adjustable shelves in two-drawer cabinet: Black paint• Lateral-file drawers with hanging file folder frames• Removable utility trunk access plate• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for cabinet3 Color number for drawer pulls4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 435cContext storage capacitiesand dimensions, page 125Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceCabinetMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$107 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$179 Specify paint color number.Waterfall pulls• Paint No cost Specify paint color number.• Plated metal +$ 16 Specify plated metal color number.eachRod pulls• Paint No cost Specify paint color number.• Plated metal +$ 16 Specify plated metal color number.eachRelated • Trays cPages 352–354Products • Tray dividers cPage 353• Adjustable shelf cPage 354• Power and communication cPage 379Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dWaterfall PullTwo-Drawer Cabinet24" 30" 65" X2AA2465A1 $205724" 30" 68" X2AA2468A5 $2083Four-Drawer Cabinet24" 30" 68" X2AF2468A0 $2254d d dRod PullTwo-Drawer Cabinet24" 30" 65" X2AA2465B7 $205724" 30" 68" X2AA2468B6 $2083Four-Drawer Cabinet24" 30" 68" X2AF2468B1 $2254d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.348 Context Specification Guide

Context Vertical CabinetsStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 349

Context Storage TowerscContext storage capacitiesand dimensions, page 125cNeed help?Product details,page 118Standard Includes• Case: paint price group 1• Shelf, on applicable models: Grotto paint• File frames, on applicable models: Grotto paint• File frame face and tubs, on applicable models:Grotto plastic• Coat rod• Full-height, hinged, pocket door• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodatelock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for case3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 435Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceCaseMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$109 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$187 Specify paint color number.Related • Trays cPages 352–354Products • Tray dividers cPage 353• File frames with tubs for cPage 355customizing open towers• Adjustable shelf with center cPage 356hook• Tub dividers cPage 356For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.350 Context Specification Guide

Context Storage TowersSpecification InformationDrawings show right-handunits.DDimensions DNumber DNumber DStyle DU.S.dD W H dof Shelves dof Tubs dNumber dBased d d d dPriced d d d dShelf, 12"H File Frames with TubsLeft-Hand Unit30"–24" 24" 65" 1 adjustable three 12"H X2B03265A4 $254530"–24" 24" 75" 1 adjustable four 12"H X2B03275A3 $2720Right-Hand Unit24"–30" 24" 65" 1 adjustable three 12"H X2B02365A9 $254524"–30" 24" 75" 1 adjustable four 12"H X2B02375A7 $2720d d d d dShelf, 4"H/8"H/12"H File Frames with TubsLeft-Hand Unit30"–24" 24" 65" 1 adjustable one 4"H, one 8"H, X2B03265B8 $2626two 12"H30"–24" 24" 75" 1 adjustable one 4"H, one 8"H, X2B03275B4 $2964three 12"HRight-Hand Unit24"–30" 24" 65" 1 adjustable one 4"H, one 8"H, X2B02365B2 $2626two 12"H24"–30" 24" 75" 1 adjustable one 4"H, one 8"H, X2B02375B8 $2964three 12"Hd d d d dOpenLeft-Hand Unit30"–24" 24" 65" N.A. N.A. X2B032659 $184330"–24" 24" 75" N.A. N.A. X2B032753 $1856Right-Hand Unit24"–30" 24" 65" N.A. N.A. X2B023658 $184324"–30" 24" 75" N.A. N.A. X2B023757 $1856d d d d dFull-Width Coat RodLeft-Hand Unit30"–24" 24" 65" Full coat rod N.A. X2B03265C6 $186930"–24" 24" 75" Full coat rod N.A. X2B03275C5 $1924Right-Hand Unit24"–30" 24" 65" Full coat rod N.A. X2B02365C0 $186924"–30" 24" 75" Full coat rod N.A. X2B02375C9 $1924d d d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 351

Storage Inserts for Context StorageShelf DividersStandard Includes• Shelf dividers: Grotto paint• Package of fourRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor use with overheadcabinets and overheadshelves.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX2H000000 $44ddConvenience TrayStandard Includes• Tray: Black plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor use with all storage.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX5AE00006 $21dd6" Media TrayStandard Includes• Tray: Black plastic• Two dividers: Black plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor use with all storage.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdU.S.DPriceddX5AA00004 $26ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.352 Context Specification Guide

Storage Insertsfor Context Storage12" Media TrayStandard Includes• Tray: Black paint• Four dividers: Black plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor use with all storage.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX5AB00007 $31ddStorageTray DividersStandard Includes• Tray dividers: Black plastic• Package of fiveRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor use with 6", 12",and bi-level trays.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX5BD00004 $29ddBi-Level TrayStandard Includes• Tray: Black plastic• Two dividers: Black plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor use with all storage.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX5AC00000 $29ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide cStorage Inserts for Context Storage, continued 353

Storage Inserts for Context Storage, continuedVertical Stationery TrayStandard Includes• Tray: Black plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationFor use with all storage.Tip: Does not accommodateA4 or Foolscap storage.DStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX5CV00009 $47ddcContext storage capacitiesand dimensions, page 125Counterweight PackagesStandard Includes• Package of two counterweightsRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor use with a lateral fileinstalled under a core unitthat is not connected toan adjacent core unit.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedFor Use with 30"W DrawerX2GD00307 $234ddFor Use with 36"W DrawerX2GD00369 $257ddFor Use with 42"W DrawerX2GD00424 $281ddAdjustable ShelfStandard Includes• Shelf: Black paintRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationFor use with verticalcabinets.DStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX2AD24000 $81ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.354 Context Specification Guide

Storage Insertsfor Context StorageFile Frame with 4"H TubStandard Includes• File frame: Grotto paint• Tub: Grotto plastic• Two dividers: Grotto plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor use with storagetowers.cContext storage capacitiesand dimensions, page 125Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX2IA00001 $172ddStorageFile Frame with 8"H TubStandard Includes• File frame: Grotto paint• Tub: Grotto plastic• Two dividers: Grotto plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor use with storagetowers.cContext storage capacitiesand dimensions, page 125Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX2IB00004 $185ddFile Frame with 12"H TubStandard Includes• File frame: Grotto paint• Tub: Grotto plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor use with storage towers.cContext storage capacitiesand dimensions, page 125Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX2IC00007 $195ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide cStorage Inserts for Context Storage, continued 355

Storage Inserts for Context Storage, continuedDividers for 4"H TubStandard Includes• Dividers: Grotto plastic• Package of threeRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX2IF00006 $44ddDividers for 8"H TubStandard Includes• Dividers: Grotto plastic• Package of threeRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX2IG00009 $55ddAdjustable Shelf with Center HookStandard Includes• Shelf: Grotto paintRequired to SpecifyStyle numberFor use with storagetowers.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX2IE00003 $62ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.356 Context Specification Guide

SpecifyingScreensScreens12"H Core-Mounted Screens 35820"H Core-Mounted Screens 360Core-Mounted Arc Screens 362Column-Mounted Screens 364ScreensContext Specification Guide 357

12"H Core-Mounted ScreensTip: Fabric specified forthe outside surface of coremountedscreens wrapsthe edges of the screen. Ifdifferent fabric is specifiedfor the outside surface, it willbe visible along the side andbottom edges of the insidesurface.Tip: If the core unit has twoport areas, straight screensapply. If the core unit hasthree port areas, cornerscreens apply.Tip: To price a screen withfabrics in different pricegroups, add the two pricestogether and divide by two.cNeed help?Product details,page 142Standard Includes• Inside surface (tackable): fabric group 1• Outside surface (non-tackable): fabric group 1• Basic structure (top trim and screen foot cover):plastic vinyl• Alignment clipRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for inside surface3 Fabric color number for outside surface4 Plastic color number for basic structure6681 Grotto or 6682 Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceScreensMaterials • Fabric price group 2 +$ 42 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 98 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$130 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 78 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Related • Transition core screen trim cPage 359 Specify style number andProductsselect plastic color number: 6681 Grottoor 6682 CobblestoneSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d dStraight Screen24" X3A000244 $20030" X3A000309 $21136" X3A000361 $22642" X3A000426 $23948" X3A000488 $25554" X3A000543 $26360" X3A000608 $27666" X3A000660 $29172" X3A000725 $30778" X3A000787 $322d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.358 Context Specification Guide

12"H Core-MountedScreensSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCorner ScreenLeft-Hand24" X3B000245 $20530" X3B000300 $21836" X3B000362 $23442" X3B000427 $25048" X3B000489 $26354" X3B000543 $27660" X3B000609 $29166" X3B000662 $30272" X3B000726 $32578" X3B000788 $335Right-Hand24" X3C000246 $20530" X3C000301 $21836" X3C000363 $23442" X3C000428 $25048" X3C000480 $26354" X3C000544 $27660" X3C000600 $29166" X3C000663 $30272" X3C000727 $32578" X3C000789 $335d d dScreensRelated ProductsDHeight DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dTransition Core Screen Trim12" X3TC37003 1 $62d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 359

20"H Core-Mounted ScreensTip: Fabric specified forthe outside surface of coremountedscreens wrapsthe edges of the screen. Ifdifferent fabric is specifiedfor the outside surface, it willbe visible along the side andbottom edges of the insidesurface.Tip: If the core unit has twoport areas, straight screensapply. If the core unit hasthree port areas, cornerscreens apply.Tip: To price a screen withfabrics in different pricegroups, add the two pricestogether and divide by two.cNeed help?Product details,page 142Standard Includes• Inside surface (tackable): fabric group 1• Outside surface (non-tackable): fabric group 1• Basic structure (top trim and screen foot cover):plastic vinyl• Alignment clipRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for inside surface3 Fabric color number for outside surface4 Plastic color number for basic structure6681 Grotto or 6682 Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceScreensMaterials • Fabric price group 2 +$ 42 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 98 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$130 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 78 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Slatwall • 20" x 24" screen +$143 Specify 4799 Platinum or 0835 Black.Inserts • 20" x 30" screen +$179 Specify 4799 Platinum or 0835 Black.• 20" x 36" screen +$216 Specify 4799 Platinum or 0835 Black.• 20" x 42" screen +$250 Specify 4799 Platinum or 0835 Black.• 20" x 48" screen +$286 Specify 4799 Platinum or 0835 Black.• 20" x 54" screen +$322 Specify 4799 Platinum or 0835 Black.Markerboard • 20" x 24" screen +$ 65 Specify with 6520 White.Inserts • 20" x 30" screen +$ 81 Specify with 6520 White.• 20" x 36" screen +$ 99 Specify with 6520 White.• 20" x 42" screen +$114 Specify with 6520 White.• 20" x 48" screen +$127 Specify with 6520 White.• 20" x 54" screen +$135 Specify with 6520 White.• 20" x 60" screen +$153 Specify with 6520 White.• 20" x 66" screen +$169 Specify with 6520 White.• 20" x 72" screen +$185 Specify with 6520 White.• 20" x 78" screen +$200 Specify with 6520 White.Specification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d dStraight Screen24" X3D000247 $22930" X3D000302 $24736" X3D000364 $26042" X3D000429 $27648" X3D000481 $29954" X3D000546 $32060" X3D000601* $33066" X3D000663* $35472" X3D000728* $36778" X3D000780* $393d d d*Not available with slatwall option.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.360 Context Specification Guide

20"H Core-MountedScreensSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCorner ScreenLeft-Hand24" X3E000247 $25030" X3E000306 $26536" X3E000361 $28342" X3E000420 $29648" X3E000482 $31554" X3E000545 $33060" X3E000602* $34666" X3E000664* $36772" X3E000729* $39378" X3E000781* $411Right-Hand24" X3F000249 $25030" X3F000302 $26536" X3F000364 $28342" X3F000421 $29648" X3F000483 $31554" X3F000546 $33060" X3F000603* $34666" X3F000665* $36772" X3F000720* $39378" X3F000782* $411d d d*Not available with slatwall option.ScreensRelated ProductsDHeight DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dTransition Core Screen Trim20" X3TC37003 1 $62d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 361

Core-Mounted Arc ScreensStandard IncludesRequired to Specify12"20"cNeed help?Product details,page 142• Inside surface (tackable): fabric group 1• Outside surface (non-tackable): fabric group 1• Basic structure (top trim and screen foot cover):plastic vinyl• Alignment clip1 Style number2 Fabric color number for inside surface3 Fabric color number for outside surface4 Plastic color number for basic structure6681 Grotto or 6682 Cobblestone5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Fabric specified forthe outside surface of coremountedscreens wrapsthe edges of the screen. Ifdifferent fabric is specifiedfor the outside surface, it willbe visible along the side andbottom edges of the insidesurface.Tip: If the core unit has twoport areas, straight screensapply. If the core unit hasthree port areas, cornerscreens apply.Tip: To price a screen withfabrics in different pricegroups, add the two pricestogether and divide by two.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceScreensMaterials • Fabric price group 2 +$ 42 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 98 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$130 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 78 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Related • Core-mounted screens cPages 358–361Products • Transition core screen trim cPage 363 Specify style number andselect plastic color number: 6681 Grottoor 6682 CobblestoneSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d dStraight ScreenLeft Arc30" X3DL0030A $37736" X3DL0036A $39042" X3DL0042A $40648" X3DL0048A $42954" X3DL0054A $45060" X3DL0060A $46066" X3DL0066A $48472" X3DL0072A $49778" X3DL0078A $523Right Arc30" X3DR0030A $37736" X3DR0036A $39042" X3DR0042A $40648" X3DR0048A $42954" X3DR0054A $45060" X3DR0060A $46066" X3DR0066A $48472" X3DR0072A $49778" X3DR0078A $523d d d362 Context Specification Guide

Core-Mounted Arc ScreensSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCorner Arc ScreenLeft-Hand30" X3EL0030A $39536" X3EL0036A $41342" X3EL0042A $42648" X3EL0048A $44554" X3EL0054A $46060" X3EL0060A $47666" X3EL0066A $49772" X3EL0072A $52378" X3EL0078A $541Right-Hand30" X3FR0030A $39536" X3FR0036A $41342" X3FR0042A $42648" X3FR0048A $44554" X3FR0054A $46060" X3FR0060A $47666" X3FR0066A $49772" X3FR0072A $52378" X3FR0078A $541d d dScreensRelated ProductsDHeight DStyle DQuantity DU.S.d dNumber d dPriced d d dTransition Core Screen Trim20" X3TC37003 1 $62d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 363

Straight Column-Mounted ScreensStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Screens are shipped intwo cartons and assembledin the field.cNeed help?Product details,page 142• Basic structure (outside of screen):paint price group 1• Inside surface of screen (tackable): fabric group 1• Support columns and covers: paint price group 1• Column cap: plastic1 Style number2 Paint color number for basic structure3 Fabric color number for inside surfaceof screen4 Paint color number for support columnsand covers5 Plastic color number for column cap:6681 Grotto or 6682 Cobblestone6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: If the core unit has twoport areas, straight screensapply. If the core unit hasthree port areas, cornerscreens apply. Only onestraight column-mountedscreen can be used on acorner unit.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Fabric price group 2 +$21 Specify fabric color number.Materials • Fabric price group 3 +$36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$49 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$39 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.IInternationalBasic Structure (outside)• Paint price group 2 +$ 5 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$10 Specify paint color number.Column• Paint price group 2 +$10 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$18 Specify paint color number.With higher screens and columns to alignwith international overhead cabinet• Straight column-mounted +$36 Specify international.screensRelated • Overhead shelves cPage 330Products I • International overhead shelves cPage 330Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA dNumber dBased d dPriced d dA24" X3S000248 $32830" X3S000303 $35136" X3S000365 $38742" X3S000420 $41148" X3S000482 $44754" X3S000547 $51060" X3S000602 $52566" X3S000664 $53672" X3S000729 $55678" X3S000781 $567d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.364 Context Specification Guide

Straight Column-MountedScreensScreensFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 365

Corner Column-Mounted ScreensStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Screens are shipped intwo cartons and assembledin the field.cNeed help?Product details,page 142• Basic structure (outside of screen):paint price group 1• Inside surface of screen (tackable): fabric group 1• Support columns and covers: paint price group 1• Column cap: plastic1 Style number2 Paint color number for basic structure3 Fabric color number for inside surfaceof screen4 Paint color number for support columnsand covers5 Plastic color number for column cap:6681 Grotto or 6682 Cobblestone6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: If the core unit has twoport areas, straight screensapply. If the core unit hasthree port areas, cornerscreens apply. Only onestraight column-mountedscreen can be used on acorner unit.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Fabric price group 2 +$ 42 Specify fabric color number.Materials • Fabric price group 3 +$ 73 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 99 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$130 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 78 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.IInternationalBasic Structure (outside)• Paint price group 2 +$ 10 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 18 Specify paint color number.Column• Paint price group 2 +$ 16 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 29 Specify paint color number.With higher screens and columns to alignwith international overhead cabinet• Corner column-mounted +$ 65 Specify international.screensRelated • Overhead shelves cPage 330Products I • International overhead shelves cPage 330For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.366 Context Specification Guide

Corner Column-MountedScreensSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B dNumber dBased d dPriced d dAB24" 24" X3S024240 $56724" 30" X3S024301 $60124" 36" X3S024362 $66024" 42" X3S024423 $68624" 48" X3S024484 $71824" 54" X3S024548 $73624" 60" X3S024605 $77224" 66" X3S024669 $80324" 72" X3S024726 $82924" 78" X3S024787 $85830" 24" X3S030246 $60130" 30" X3S030307 $66030" 36" X3S030362 $68630" 42" X3S030428 $71830" 48" X3S030489 $73630" 54" X3S030543 $77230" 60" X3S030600 $80330" 66" X3S030665 $82930" 72" X3S030724 $85830" 78" X3S030786 $89236" 24" X3S036247 $66036" 30" X3S036303 $68636" 42" X3S036422 $73636" 48" X3S036483 $77236" 54" X3S036546 $80136" 60" X3S036604 $82936" 66" X3S036665 $85836" 72" X3S036727 $88736" 78" X3S036789 $91542" 24" X3S042248 $68642" 30" X3S042303 $71842" 36" X3S042366 $73642" 42" X3S042420 $77242" 60" X3S042600 $85842" 66" X3S042665 $89242" 72" X3S042726 $920d d dScreensFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide cCorner Column-Mounted Screens, continued 367

Corner Column-Mounted Screens, continuedSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B dNumber dBased d dPriced d dAB48" 24" X3S048249 $71848" 30" X3S048304 $73648" 36" X3S048367 $77248" 48" X3S048488 $82948" 60" X3S048609 $89248" 66" X3S048664 $92348" 72" X3S048725 $95248" 78" X3S048781 $98354" 24" X3S054240 $73654" 30" X3S054304 $77254" 36" X3S054365 $80154" 54" X3S054542 $89260" 24" X3S060240 $77260" 30" X3S060305 $80360" 36" X3S060368 $82960" 42" X3S060428 $85860" 48" X3S060487 $89266" 24" X3S066241 $80366" 30" X3S066306 $82966" 36" X3S066367 $85866" 42" X3S066420 $89266" 48" X3S066489 $92372" 24" X3S072241 $82972" 30" X3S072305 $85872" 36" X3S072366 $88772" 42" X3S072424 $92072" 48" X3S072483 $95278" 24" X3S078242 $85878" 30" X3S078307 $89278" 36 X3S078362 $92078" 48" X3S078485 $983d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.368 Context Specification Guide

SpecifyingLightingLightingCanopy Lights 370Advanced Shelf Lights 372Standard Shelf Lights 374Utility Shelf Lights 376LightingLyra task light is availablefrom Details, a division ofSteelcase Inc. It can be freestandingor rail-mounted,has an articulating arm, anda 9-watt fluorescent bulb.Call Details, 1.800.833.0411,or your Steelcase dealer foradditional information or aprice list.Underwriters Laboratory(UL) listings are availablefor all Steelcase lights. Theselights have been designed tomeet all national electrical andenergy codes and most localbuilding codes. Local electricalcodes vary, so you should consulta qualified electrical contractoror engineer for properinstallation of equipment.Context Specification Guide 369

Canopy LightscNeed help?Product details,page 148Standard Includes• Light housing: all paint price groups or clearanodized aluminum• Light control box, end caps, and core-unit mountingriser: Sterling plastic only• On-off switch centered in control box• 9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only• Precision optics tube• Reflector: specular (reflective) aluminum• T5 3500K lamp• Electronic ballast• Dimmer switch, if selected: Sterling plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number or 8043 ClearAnodized Aluminum for light housing3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySlatwall • Pair of slatwall mounting –$55 Specify with slatwall brackets.Bracketsbrackets: Sterling paint onlySpecification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast with Dimmer Switch7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 18" 14 watts LCX24KR $5257 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 18" 21 watts LCX36KR $5567 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 18" 28 watts LCX48KR $588With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 18" 14 watts LCX24KRC $5727 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 18" 21 watts LCX36KRC $6037 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 18" 28 watts LCX48KRC $635d d d dElectronic Ballast7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 18" 14 watts LCX24K $4507 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 18" 21 watts LCX36K $4817 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 18" 28 watts LCX48K $513With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 18" 14 watts LCX24KC $4977 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 18" 21 watts LCX36KC $5287 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 18" 28 watts LCX48KC $560d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.370 Context Specification Guide

Canopy LightsLightingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 371

Advanced Shelf LightsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.cNeed help?Product details,page 149• Light housing with centered on-off switch: black paint• End cap cord managers: black plastic only• Cords:—9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only—One 30" and one 48" cord with modularconnectors for daisy chaining: black vinyl only• Precision optics tube around lamp• Faceted reflector: specular (reflective) aluminum• T8 3500K lamp• Ballast• Dimmer switch, if selected: black plastic only• Universal mounting hardware package• Daisy chain starter cord, if selected: black vinyl only(order separately)1 Style number2 Paint color number, if other than black(see options below)3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Because shelf lights areusually recessed, black isthe standard paint color.Paint colors other than blackhave an upcharge.Tip: If an optional paint coloris selected for the housing,the electrical switches andend caps will remain blackplastic.Tip: See Overhead StorageLight Fit table for guidelines.cPage 152Tip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Products onnext page.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Painted light housing +$15 Specify paint color number for housing.Materials other than black cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Bracket • Competitive mounting No cost Specify with competitive mountingOptions package package.• Flush mounting package No cost Specify with flush mounting package andpaint color number for end cap covers.Specification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dEconomizer Electronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KF $4259 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KF $4529 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KF $472With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KFC $4739 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KFC $5009 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KFC $520With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KFD $4509 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KFD $4779 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KFD $497d d d dcSpecification information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.372 Context Specification Guide

Advanced Shelf LightsTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.Tip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.cContinued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24K $3859 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36K $4129 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48K $432With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KC $4339 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KC $4609 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KC $480With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KD $4109 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KD $4379 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KD $457d d d dElectronic Ballast with Dimmer Switch9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KR $4809 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KR $5079 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KR $527With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KRC $5289 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KRC $5559 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KRC $575With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KDR $5059 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KDR $5329 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KDR $552d d d dRelated ProductsDQuantity DLength DStyle DU.S.din Package d dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dDaisy Chain Starter Cord1 78" LS1FSC $416 78" LS6FSC $246d d d dLightingContext Specification Guide 373

Standard Shelf LightsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.cNeed help?Product details,page 149• Light housing with centered on-off switch: black paint• End cap cord managers: black plastic only• Cords:—9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only—One 30" and one 48" cord with modularconnectors for daisy chaining: black vinyl only• Contrast sleeve around lamp• Faceted reflector: white only• T8 3500K lamp• Ballast• Universal mounting hardware package• Daisy chain starter cord, if selected: black vinyl only(order separately)1 Style number2 Paint color number, if other than black(see options below)3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Because these shelflights are usually recessed,black is the standard paintcolor. Paint colors other thanblack have an upcharge.Tip: If an optional paint coloris selected for the housing,the electrical switches andend caps will remain blackplastic.Tip: See Overhead StorageLight Fit table for guidelines.cPage 152Tip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Products onnext page.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Painted light housing +$15 Specify paint color number for housing.Materials other than black cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Bracket • Competitive mounting No cost Specify with competitive mountingOptions package package.• Flush mounting package No cost Specify with flush mounting package andpaint color number for end cap covers.Specification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24K $2969 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36K $3179 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48K $342With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KC $3449 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KC $3659 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KC $390With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KD $3219 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KD $3429 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KD $367d d d dcSpecification information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.374 Context Specification Guide

Standard Shelf LightsTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.cContinued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dEconomizer Electronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KF $3369 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KF $3579 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KF $382With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KFC $3849 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KFC $4059 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KFC $430With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KFD $3619 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KFD $3829 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KFD $407d d d dRelated ProductsDQuantity DLength DStyle DU.S.din Package d dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dDaisy Chain Starter Cord1 78" LS1FSC $416 78" LS6FSC $246d d d dLightingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 375

Utility Shelf LightsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.cNeed help?Product details,page 149• Light housing with centered on-off switch: black paint• End cap cord managers: black plastic only• Cords:—9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only—One 30" and one 48" cord with modularconnectors for daisy chaining: black vinyl only• Prismatic lens• Angled reflector: white only• T8 3500K lamp• Ballast• Universal mounting hardware package• Daisy chain starter cord, if selected: black vinyl only(order separately)1 Style number2 Paint color number, if other than black(see options below)3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Because these shelflights are usually recessed,black is the standard paintcolor. Paint colors other thanblack have an upcharge.Tip: If an optional paint coloris selected for the housing,the electrical switches andend caps will remain blackplastic.Tip: See Overhead StorageLight Fit table for guidelines.cPage 152Tip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Products onnext page.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Painted light housing +$15 Specify paint color number for housing.Materials other than black cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Lens • Bat-wing lens +$22 Specify with bat-wing lens.Bracket • Competitive mounting No cost Specify with competitive mountingOptions package package.• Flush mounting package No cost Specify with flush mounting package andpaint color number for end cap covers.Specification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast5 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24K $2025 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36K $2395 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48K $263With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker5 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24KC $2505 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36KC $2875 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48KC $311With Daisy Chain Cords5 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24KD $2275 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36KD $2645 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48KD $288d d d dcSpecification information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.376 Context Specification Guide

Utility Shelf LightsTip: Magnetic ballasts cancause interference with computermonitors. An electronicballast is recommended forshelf lights in offices wherecomputers are used.Tip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.cContinued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dMagnetic Normal-Power-Factor Ballast5 1 ⁄2" 19"* 1 3 ⁄4" 15 watts LSB18M $1635 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24M $1435 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36M $1805 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48M $204With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker5 1 ⁄2" 19"* 1 3 ⁄4" 15 watts LSB18MC $2115 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24MC $1915 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36MC $2285 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48MC $252With Daisy Chain Cords5 1 ⁄2" 19"* 1 3 ⁄4" 15 watts LSB18MD $1885 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24MD $1685 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36MD $2055 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48MD $229d d d dRelated ProductsDQuantity DLength DStyle DU.S.din Package d dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dDaisy Chain Starter Cord1 78" LS1FSC $416 78" LS6FSC $246d d d dLighting* Because lamps andballasts for 19"W shelf lightsare more expensive thanthose for 24"W shelf lights,use 19"W shelf lights only inapplications where largersizes will not fit.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 377

378 Context Specification Guide

SpecifyingPower andCommunicationInternode Power and CommunicationInternode Power Infeeds 380Internode Power Outfeed 382Internode Power Modules 384Internode Modular Harnesses 386Internode Communication Module 388Internode Receptacles 390Internode Convenience Tri-Receptacles 392Internode Accessories 394Utility Trunk Power and CommunicationDouble and Single Utility Trunk Base Power-Ins 396Port-Mounted Utility Pole 397Utility Pole for Use With Double Utility Trunks 398Single Utility Trunks 400End Caps 402Double-to-Single Utility Trunk Junction 402Powerways for Single Utility Trunks 403Double Utility Trunks: Domestic 404Powerways for Double Utility Trunks: Domestic 406Double Utility Trunk Junctions 407Jumpers 408Chicago Powerways 409Simplex and Duplex Receptacles 410Power andCommunicationRelated ProductsAccessories 411Context Specification Guide 379

Internode Power InfeedsFloor Power InfeedsDomesticcNeed help?Product details,page 160Standard Includes• Junction box fittings for hardwired connection• Liquid-tight flexible conduit: black vinylRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Floor power infeedcannot be used in New YorkCity. Use a hardwire multipurposepower infeedinstead.Internode components arenot designed for use withinternational power.Related ProductsSpecification InformationDLength DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d4-Circuit, 3+16' GFUFFH6X $16212' GFUFFH12X $216d d d4-Circuit, 2+26' GFUFFH6Y $16212' GFUFFH12Y $216d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals6' GFUFFH6Z $16212' GFUFFH12Z $216d d d• Power module cPage 384For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.380 Context Specification Guide

Internode Power InfeedsMultipurpose Power InfeedsDomesticHardwireModularcNeed help?Product details,page 160Standard Includes• Hardwire infeed—Junction box fittings—Conduit: metal• Modular infeed—Modular connector receptacle—Conduit: metal• Modular infeed cover: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for modular infeedcover, if selectedcSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Modular connectorreceptacle covers a standard4 9 ⁄16" square junctionbox.Related Products• Power module cPage 384• Port-mounted utility pole cPage 397• Pathways Technology WallcSee Pathways Technology Wall SolutionsSpecification Guide.Tip: Use modular connectionwhen bringing powerfrom Pathways technologywall.5"5 1 /4"3 1 /2"Specification InformationDLength and DStyle DU.S.dConnection dNumber dPriced d d4-Circuit, 3+112' Hardwire GSGUFMH12X $24312' Modular GSGUFMM12X $31124' Hardwire GSGUFMH24X $35224' Modular GSGUFMM24X $419d d d4-Circuit, 2+21'2' Hardwire GSGUFMH12Y $24312' Modular GSGUFMM12Y $31124' Hardwire GSGUFMH24Y $35224' Modular GSGUFMM24Y $419d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals12' Hardwire GSGUFMH12Z $24312' Modular GSGUFMM12Z $31124' Hardwire GSGUFMH24Z $35224' Modular GSGUFMM24Z $419d d dModular Infeed CoverN.A. GSGUFC $ 31d d dPower andCommunicationModular Infeed CoverFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 381

Internode Power OutfeedBeltway Power OutfeedDomestic72"cNeed help?Product details,page 161Standard Includes• Modular connector to attach to receptacle location inPathways Technology Wall beltway: plastic• Modular connector to attach to power module• 72" harness: metalRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for modularconnector3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Beltway power outfeedcover and tri-receptacle arealways the same color.Tip: Use when bringingpower from PathwaysTechnology Wall.Internode components arenot designed for use withinternational power.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Black harness +$23 Specify with black harness.MaterialsRelated • Power module cPage 384Products • Pathways Technology Wall cSee Pathways Technology Wall SolutionsSpecification Guide.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdd4-Circuit, 3+1DU.S.dBasedPricedGFUBFM6X $189dd4-Circuit, 2+2GFUBFM6Y $189dd3-Circuit, Separate NeutralsGFUBFM6Z $189ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.382 Context Specification Guide

Internode PowerOutfeedPower andCommunicationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 383

Internode Power ModulesPower ModulesDomesticcNeed help?Product details,page 160Standard Includes• Power block and enclosing housing:4793 Solar Black only• Four modular receptacle attachment points• Mounting bracket, if selected: 6653 Solar Black only• Two covers: 6653 Solar Black only• Mounting hardware packageRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Remember to specifyreceptacles separately.cPage 390Tip: Not designed for useinside utility trunks.Related Products• Receptacles cPage 390• Convenience tri-receptacles cPages 392–393• Mounting bracket cPage 385• Harnesses cPage 386• Communication module cPage 388• Cord and cable manager cPage 395Internode components arenot designed for use withinternational power.1 15 /16"1 5 /8" 1 3 /16"Block-to-Block ConnectorSpecification InformationDDimensions DIncludes DStyle DU.S.dD W H dMounting dNumber dPriced dBracket d dd d d d4-Circuit, 3+13" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" Yes GFUPMBX $2033" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" No GFUPMX $176Block-to-Block Connector1 7 ⁄8" 1 5 ⁄8" 1 15 ⁄16" N.A. GSGUBCX $ 41Power Modules For Use in New York City3" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" Yes GFUPMBXNYC $2033" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" No GFUPMXNYC $176d d d d4-Circuit, 2+23" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" Yes GFUPMBY $2033" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" No GFUPMY $176Block-to-Block Connector1 3 ⁄16" 1 5 ⁄8" 1 15 ⁄16" N.A. GSGUBCY $ 41For Use in New York City3" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" Yes GFUPMBYNYC $2033" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" No GFUPMYNYC $176d d d dcSpecification Information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.384 Context Specification Guide

Internode Power ModulescSpecification Information continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDDimensions DIncludes DStyle DU.S.dD W H dMounting dNumber dPriced dBracket d dd d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals3" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" Yes GFUPMBZ $2033" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" No GFUPMZ $176Block-to-Block Connector1 3 ⁄16" 1 5 ⁄8" 1 15 ⁄16" N.A. GSGUBCZ $ 41For Use in New York City3" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" Yes GFUPMBZNYC $2033" 10" 3 1 ⁄2" No GFUPMZNYC $176d d d dMounting BracketcNeed help?Product details,page 162Standard Includes• Mounting bracket: 4793 Solar Black only• Mounting hardware packageRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Mounting bracket supportseither a power moduleor a communication module.Related Products• Power modules cPage 384• Communication module cPage 388• Cord and cable manager cPage 395Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedGFUMB $27ddPower andCommunicationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 385

Internode Modular HarnessesModular HarnessesDomesticcNeed help?Product details,page 161Standard Includes• HarnessRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Not designed to connectInternode with utilitytrunks.Tip: Length of harnessincludes connectors.Internode components arenot designed for use withinternational power.3"2"3 1 /16"Harness-to-HarnessConnectorRelated ProductsSpecification InformationDLength DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d4-Circuit, 3+112" GSGUH12X $ 9522" GSGUH22X $ 9528" GSGUH28X $ 9532" GSGUH32X $ 9538" GSGUH38X $ 9544" GSGUH44X $10850" GSGUH50X $10854" GSGUH54X $10864" GSGUH64X $12276" GSGUH76X $13588" GSGUH88X $149100" GSGUH100X $162120" GSGUH120X $189144" GSGUH144X $216Harness-to-Harness Connector• Power module cPage 384• Block-to-block connector cPage 384GSGUHCX $ 41d d dcSpecification Information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.386 Context Specification Guide

Internode ModularHarnessescSpecification Information continued from previous pageSpecification InformationDLength DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d4-Circuit, 2+212" GSGUH12Y $ 9522" GSGUH22Y $ 9528" GSGUH28Y $ 9532" GSGUH32Y $ 9538" GSGUH38Y $ 9544" GSGUH44Y $10850" GSGUH50Y $10854" GSGUH54Y $10864" GSGUH64Y $12276" GSGUH76Y $13588" GSGUH88Y $149100" GSGUH100Y $162120" GSGUH120Y $189144" GSGUH144Y $216Harness-to-Harness ConnectorGSGUHCY $ 41d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals12" GSGUH12Z $ 9522" GSGUH22Z $ 9528" GSGUH28Z $ 9532" GSGUH32Z $ 9538" GSGUH38Z $ 9544" GSGUH44Z $10850" GSGUH50Z $10854" GSGUH54Z $10864" GSGUH64Z $12276" GSGUH76Z $13588" GSGUH88Z $149100" GSGUH100Z $162120" GSGUH120Z $189144" GSGUH144Z $216Harness-to-Harness ConnectorGSGUHCZ $ 41d d dPower andCommunicationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 387

Internode Communication ModuleCommunication ModuleTip: Communication modulescan be supported bymounting bracket, powermodule, or applied directlyto the underside of aworksurface.cNeed help?Product details,page 163Standard Includes• Two-piece communication module:4793 Solar Black only• One cover, used to adapt NEMA opening to modularfurniture faceplate opening• Mounting hardware packageRelated ProductsRequired to SpecifyStyle number• Power modules cPage 384• Mounting bracket cPage 385Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d3" 5" 4" GFUSCM $41d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.388 Context Specification Guide

Internode CommunicationModulePower andCommunicationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 389

Internode ReceptaclesReceptaclesDomesticcNeed help?Product details,page 162Standard Includes• Individual receptacles: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for receptaclecSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Receptacles are specifiedindividually so you canorder exactly the quantityyou need.Tip: Not designed for usewith utility trunks.Internode components arenot designed for use withinternational power.Related Products• Power module cPage 384Specification InformationSystem GroundIsolated GroundDLine DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPrice dNumber dPriced d d d d4-Circuit, 3+115-amp ReceptaclesLine 1 GSGUR1SSX $32 GSGUR1SGX $41Line 2 GSGUR2SSX $32 GSGUR2SGX $41Line 3 GSGUR3SSX $32 GSGUR3SGX $41Line 4 GSGUR4SSX $32 GSGUR4SGX $4120-amp ReceptaclesLine 1 GSGUR1TSX $49 GSGUR1TGX $62Line 2 GSGUR2TSX $49 GSGUR2TGX $62Line 3 GSGUR3TSX $49 GSGUR3TGX $62Line 4 GSGUR4TSX $49 GSGUR4TGX $62d d d d d4-Circuit, 2+215-amp ReceptaclesLine 1 GSGUR1SSY $32 GSGUR1SGY $41Line 2 GSGUR2SSY $32 GSGUR2SGY $41Line 3 GSGUR3SSY $32 GSGUR3SGY $41Line 4 GSGUR4SSY $32 GSGUR4SGY $4120-amp ReceptaclesLine 1 GSGUR1TSY $49 GSGUR1TGY $62Line 2 GSGUR2TSY $49 GSGUR2TGY $62Line 3 GSGUR3TSY $49 GSGUR3TGY $62Line 4 GSGUR4TSY $49 GSGUR4TGY $62d d d d dcSpecification Information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.390 Context Specification Guide

Internode ReceptaclescSpecification Information continued from previous pageSpecification InformationSystem GroundIsolated GroundDLine DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPrice dNumber dPriced d d d d3-Circuit, Separate Neutrals15-amp ReceptaclesLine 1 GSGUR1SSZ $32 GSGUR1SGZ $41Line 2 GSGUR2SSZ $32 GSGUR2SGZ $41Line 3 GSGUR3SSZ $32 GSGUR3SGZ $4120-amp ReceptaclesLine 1 GSGUR1TSZ $49 GSGUR1TGZ $62Line 2 GSGUR2TSZ $49 GSGUR2TGZ $62Line 3 GSGUR3TSZ $49 GSGUR3TGZ $62d d d d dPower andCommunicationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 391

Internode Convenience Tri-ReceptaclesConvenience Tri-Receptacles with Modular HarnessDomesticStandard IncludescNeed help?Product details,page 163• Convenience tri-receptacle with three outlets: plastic• Harness with modular connector for attachment to endof power module• Conduit: metal• Above-worksurface clamp kitRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for receptacle3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Use beltway poweroutfeed connector optionwhen drawing power fromPathways Technology Wallreceptacle. Or use conveniencetri-receptacle withpower cord and plug.cPage 393Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyOutfeed • Beltway power outfeed +$21 Specify with beltway power outfeedconnector with cover thatconnector.matches receptacle colorRelated • Below worksurface mounting cPage 394Productsbracket• Convenience tri-receptacle with cPage 393power cord and plug• Pathways Technology WallcSee Pathways Technology WallSolutions Specification GuideInternode components arenot designed for use withinternational power.Specification InformationDHarness DLine DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dLength d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d4-Circuit, 3+1With System GroundWith Isolated Ground72" Line 1 GFUT1S72X $149 GFUT1G72X $149Line 2 GFUT2S72X $149 GFUT2G72X $149Line 3 GFUT3S72X $149 GFUT3G72X $149Line 4 GFUT4S72X $149 GFUT4G72X $149d d d d d d4-Circuit, 2+2With System GroundWith Isolated Ground72" Line 1 GFUT1S72Y $149 GFUT1G72Y $149Line 2 GFUT2S72Y $149 GFUT2G72Y $149Line 3 GFUT3S72Y $149 GFUT3G72Y $149Line 4 GFUT4S72Y $149 GFUT4G72Y $149d d d d d d3-Circuit Separate NeutralsWith System GroundWith Isolated Ground72" Line 1 GFUT1S72Z $149 GFUT1G72Z $149Line 2 GFUT2S72Z $149 GFUT2G72Z $149Line 3 GFUT3S72Z $149 GFUT3G72Z $149d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.392 Context Specification Guide

Internode ConvenienceTri-ReceptaclesConvenience Tri-Receptacle with Power Cord and PlugDomesticStandard IncludescNeed help?Product details,page 163• Convenience receptacle with three outlets: plastic• 96" power cord with grounded plug: black onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for receptaclecSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: This unit does notinclude clamp kit.Tip: This Internode componentcan also be used withutility trunks.Internode components arenot designed for use withinternational power.Related ProductsSpecification Information• Above-worksurface clamp kit cPage 394• Below-worksurface mounting bracket cPage 394DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d2 3 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄4" 2 1 ⁄2" GFUTP96 $81d d dConvenience Communication Outlet HousingTip: This unit does notinclude clamp kit.cPage 394Tip: This Internode componentcan also be used withutility trunks.cNeed help?Product details,page 163Standard Includes• Housing for customer-supplied modular furniturefaceplates: plasticRelated ProductsSpecification Information• Above-worksurface clamp kit cPage 394• Below-worksurface mounting bracket cPage 394DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d2 3 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄4" 2 1 ⁄2" GFUCH $41d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for housingcSee Surface Materials, page 422.Power andCommunicationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 393

Internode AccessoriesAbove-Worksurface Clamp KitcNeed help?Product details,page 163Standard Includes• Pair of rail-mount pins: 6653 Solar Black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Kit includes additionalhardware not required forContext application.Related Products• Convenience tri-receptacle with power cord and plug cPage 393• Convenience communication outlet housing cPage 393Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedGFUTMC $14ddBelow-Worksurface Mounting BracketTip: Mounting bracket supportsconvenience receptaclesand communicationsoutlet housing below theworksurface.Tip: Each tri-receptacle,whether power or communications,should have itsown mounting bracket forbelow-worksurface mountingapplications.cNeed help?Product details,page 164Standard Includes• Mounting bracket: 4793 Solar Black onlyRelated ProductsSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedGFUTMB $10ddRequired to SpecifyStyle number• Convenience tri-receptacle with harness cPage 392• Convenience tri-receptacle with power cord and plug cPage 393• Convenience communication outlet housing cPage 393For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.394 Context Specification Guide

Internode AccessoriesCord and Cable ManagercNeed help?Product details,page 164Standard Includes• Cord and cable manager: 6653 Solar Black only• Package of four• Mounting hardware packageRequired to SpecifyStyle numberRelated Products• Power module cPage 384Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d3 1 ⁄2" 10" 1 3 ⁄4" GFUCCM $81d d dHarness ClipscNeed help?Product details,page 164Standard Includes• Package of 25 harness clips with screws: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDiameter DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d1 1 ⁄4" GFUCMC $27d d dPower andCommunicationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 395

Utility Trunk Base Power-InsDouble and Single Utility Trunk Base Power-InsDoubleUtility TrunkBasePower-InSingleUtility TrunkBasePower-IncNeed help?Product details,page 168Standard IncludesSpecification Information• Connection box on double utility trunk basepower-in: all paint price groups with6682 Cobblestone plastic• Connection box on single utility trunk base power-in:black paint with black plastic cover• 72" long connector harness• Leveling glide on double utility trunk base power-inDApplication DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dDouble utility trunk E90098 $183Single utility trunk X4IS00001 $198Base Power-In without Conduit for Use in New York CityDouble and single utility trunks E90108 $183Breakaway Base Power-In (OSHPD)For OSHPD E91240 $183d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for base power-in(Exception: Single Trunk)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Breakaway Base Power-IncProduct details, page 193For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.396 Context Specification Guide

Port-Mounted Utility PolePort-Mounted Utility PolecNeed help?Product details,page 169Standard Includes• Basic structure: all paint price groups• Removable column cover• Junction box and grid-work mounting kit• 1 ⁄2"-diameter conduit with single or doubletrunk connection optionRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for basic structure3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: Height can be cut on siteto match ceiling height.Tip: Pole fits into one of theports in the core unit. It cannotbe used on core unitswith column-mounted storageor column-mountedscreens.Tip: Empty pole can beused with Internode multipurposepower infeed.cPage 381Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyPower • Single utility trunk +$187 Specify with single utility trunkConnections connection components connection.• Double utility trunk +$187 Specify with double utility trunkconnection componentsconnection.• Chicago (hardwire) +$187 Specify with Chicago (hardwire)connection componentsconnection.Specification InformationDStyledNumberddDU.S.dBasedPricedX4FN10005 $286ddPower andCommunicationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 397

Utility Pole for Use with Double Utility TrunkcNeed help?Product details,page 170Standard Includes• Pole: anodized aluminum• Base: all paint price groups with6682 Cobblestone plastic• Junction box and grid-work mounting kit• 3 ⁄4"-diameter conduitRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for basecSee Surface Materials, page 422.Specification InformationTip: Height can be cut on siteto match ceiling height.DPieces DStyle DU.S.dShipped dNumber dPriced d d2 XDJS00001 $567d d dTip: This pole can be usedwith a hard-wired doubleutility trunk.Tip: Power harness must beordered separately.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.398 Context Specification Guide

Utility Pole for Use withDouble Utility TrunkPower andCommunicationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 399

Single Utility TrunkscNeed help?Product details,page 172Standard Includes• Basic structure: all paint price groups with6682 Cobblestone plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for basic structure3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: If using a 30" singletrunk on an aisle privacyunit, specify if on left orright side.ElectricalOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyFactory-installed substitute access plate• Shorter access plate on No cost Specify with shortened access plate.outside of single utility trunkChicago (hardwired) access plate• Larger receptacle openings No cost Specify with Chicago access plate.for hardwired installations.Applies only to “No Powerway”trunks.Related • Single utility trunk base power-in cPage 396Products • Port-mounted utility pole cPage 397• End caps cPage 402• Double-to-single utility trunk junction cPage 402• Powerways for single utility trunks cPage 403• Jumpers cPage 408• Chicago powerways cPage 409• Receptacles cPage 410For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.400 Context Specification Guide

Single Utility TrunksSpecification InformationDWidth DReceptacle DStyle DU.S.d dOpenings dNumber dPriced d d dNo Powerway24" 1 X4ZN00241 $17930" 1 X4ZN00302 $18736" 2* X4ZN00363 $20342" 2 X4ZN00424 $21148" 2 X4ZN00487 $21854" 2 X4ZN00540 $22660" 2 X4ZN00601 $23766" 2 X4ZN00664 $24772" 2 X4ZN00725 $25578" 2 X4ZN00788 $268d d dWith Powerway24" 1 X4ZW00242 $34130" 1 X4ZW00303 $34836" 2 X4ZW00364 $35942" 2 X4ZW00425 $36948" 2 X4ZW00488 $38254" 2 X4ZW00541 $39060" 2 X4ZW00602 $39866" 2 X4ZW00665 $40672" 2 X4ZW00726 $41978" 2 X4ZW00789 $426d d d d*Chicago (hardwired) application allows only one receptacle.Power andCommunicationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 401

End Caps and Junction for Single Utility TrunksEnd CapscNeed help?Product details,page 172Standard Includes• One end cap: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end capcSee Surface Materials, page 422.Related Products• Single utility trunks cPage 400Specification InformationDWidth DType DStyle DU.S.d d dNumber dPriced d d d1 1 ⁄2" Single X4ZE15001 $183" Double X4ZE30002 $23d d d dDouble-to-Single Utility Trunk JunctioncNeed help?Product details,page 173Standard Includes• Basic structure and closure plate:paint price group 1, 2, 3, or 4Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for basic structureand closure platecSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: This junction must beused whenever a connectionis made between doubleand single utility trunks.Related Products• Single utility trunks cPage 400• Double utility trunks cPage 404Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedX4BJ00058 $99ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.402 Context Specification Guide

Powerways for Single Utility TrunksPowerways forSingle Utility TrunkscNeed help?Product details,page 174Standard Includes• Powerway with built-in flag connectorRequired to SpecifyStyle numberRelated Products• Single utility trunk base power-in cPage 396• Port-mounted utility pole cPage 397• Single utility trunks cPage 400• Jumpers cPage 408• Chicago junction box cPage 409• Receptacles cPage 410Specification InformationDWidth DReceptacle DStyle DU.S.d dTerminals dNumber dPriced d d d24" 1 X4DZ00240 $16430" 1 X4DZ00302 $16436" 2 X4DZ00363 $16442" 2 X4DZ00424 $16448" 2 X4DZ00485 $16454" 2 X4DZ00546 $16460" 2 X4DZ00607 $16466" 2 X4DZ00668 $16472" 2 X4DZ00729 $16478" 2 X4DZ00780 $164d d d dPower andCommunicationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 403

Double Utility TrunkscNeed help?Product details,page 176Standard Includes• Basic structure: all paint price groups with6682 Cobblestone plastic• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for basic structure3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 422.ElectricalOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyChicago (hardwired) access plate• Larger receptacle openings No cost Specify with Chicago access plate.for hardwired installations.Applies only to “No Powerway”trunks.Related • Double utility trunk base cPage 396Productspower-in• Port-mounted utility pole cPage 397• Powerways for double cPage 406utility trunks• Utility trunk junctions cPage 407• Jumpers cPage 408• Chicago powerways cPage 409• Receptacles cPage 410For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.404 Context Specification Guide

Double Utility TrunksSpecification InformationDWidth DReceptacle DStyle DU.S.d dOpenings dNumber dPriced dPer Side d dd d d dNo Powerway24" 0 X4AN00240 $11230" 1 X4AN00305 $12036" 2* X4AN00367 $12742" 2 X4AN00422 $14048" 2 X4AN00484 $15654" 2 X4AN00549 $17960" 2 X4AN00604 $19566" 2 X4AN00666 $21172" 2 X4AN00721 $22178" 2 X4AN00783 $239d d dWith Powerway24" 0 X4AW00247 $30730" 1 X4AW00302 $31736" 2 X4AW00364 $32242" 2 X4AW00429 $33348" 2 X4AW00481 $34854" 2 X4AW00546 $37460" 2 X4AW00601 $39066" 2 X4AW00663 $40072" 2 X4AW00728 $41678" 2 X4AW00780 $434d d d dPower andCommunicationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 405

Powerways for Double Utility TrunkscNeed help?Product details,page 178Standard Includes• Powerway with built-in flag connectorsRequired to SpecifyStyle numberRelated Products• Double utility trunk base power-in cPage 396• Port-mounted utility pole cPage 397• Double utility trunks cPage 404• Jumpers cPage 408• Chicago powerways cPage 409• Receptacles cPage 410Specification InformationDNominal DReceptacle DStyle DU.S.dWidth dTerminals dNumber dPriced dPer Side d dd d d d24" 0 X4DT00241 $19230" 1 X4DT00306 $19236" 2 X4DT00368 $19242" 2 X4DT00423 $19248" 2 X4DT00485 $19254" 2 X4DT00540 $19260" 2 X4DT00605 $19266" 2 X4DT00667 $19272" 2 X4DT00722 $19278" 2 X4DT00784 $192d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.406 Context Specification Guide

Double Utility Trunk JunctionsDouble Utility TrunkJunctionscNeed help?Product details,page 177Standard Includes• Basic structure: all paint price groups with6682 Cobblestone plastic• Leveling glidesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for basic structurecSee Surface Materials, page 422.In-line junctionRelated Products• Double utility trunks cPage 404Specification InformationL-junctionT-junctionDJunction Type DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dIn-line X4BI00002 $ 83L X4BL00908 $109T X4BT00902 $130X X4BX00904 $146End X4BE00000 $ 68Double-to-single trunk junction X4BJ00058 $ 99d d dX-junctionEnd junctionDouble-to-single trunk junctionPower andCommunicationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 407

JumperscNeed help?Product details,page 173Standard Includes• Jumper conduit: black• Connector housings: blackRequired to SpecifyStyle numberRelated Products• Single utility trunks cPage 400• Double utility trunks cPage 404• Powerways cPages 403, 406Specification InformationDLength DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dSingle-to-Single Utility Trunk30" X4DJ00307 $16948" X4DJ00488 $17972" X4DJ00729 $19584" X4DJ00840 $213d d dDouble-to-Single Utility Trunk14" X4DS00145 $15630" X4DS00303 $16948" X4DS00482 $17972" X4DS00720 $19584" X4DS00841 $213d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.408 Context Specification Guide

Chicago PowerwaysChicago PowerwaysChicago Connector HarnesscNeed help?Product details,page 192Standard Includes• 1 ⁄2"-diameter tradesize flexible conduit toaccommodate ten 12 GA THHN wires or six10 GA THHN wires• Carton of sixRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: These products can beused for any hardwiredsolution.Tip: These products donot need to be specified ifconduit to be supplied byelectrician.Specification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dConnector Harness22 3 ⁄8" X4BC00004 $317d d dChicago Junction BoxesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: These products can beused for any hardwiredsolution i.e. hospital requirements.cNeed help?Product details,page 187• Junction box• Faceplates with knockouts• Attachment bracket• Carton of sixStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DReceptacle DStyle DU.S.dD W H dAccess dNumber dPriced d d dd d d dJunction Box for use with Single Utility Trunks1 3 ⁄8" 9 1 ⁄2" 3" One side only X4DC00000 $ 78d d d dPower andCommunicationJunction Box for use with Double Utility Trunks2 3 ⁄8" 5" 2" Both sides E91934 $132d d d dTip: These junction boxeswill accommodate 15-ampor 20-amp receptacles andhospital-grade receptacles.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 409

Simplex and Duplex ReceptaclescNeed help?Product details,page 184Standard Includes• Carton of six receptaclesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 6682 Cobblestone plastic color numberfor receptacleSpecification InformationTip: Cannot be used withInternode power modules.DLine DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dSimplexDedicated E91147 $192d d dDuplex1 E90153 $1442 E90160 $1443 E90177 $144d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.410 Context Specification Guide

AccessoriesAccessoriesDesktop ReceptaclecNeed help?Product details,page 184Standard Includes• Receptacles: 6681 Grotto plastic• Rail-mount pins: Grotto Mélange coating• 9' cord with three-prong plug: black vinyl• Carton of fourRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1 3 ⁄8" 4 1 ⁄8" 3 1 ⁄2" X4KD00006 $283d d dConvenience Tri-Receptacles with Power Cord and PlugcNeed help?Product details,page 184Standard Includes• Convenience receptacle with three outlets: plastic• 96" power cord with grounded plug: black onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for receptaclecSee Surface Materials, page 422.Tip: This unit does notinclude clamp kit.Tip: This Internode componentcan also be used withutility trunks.Related ProductsSpecification Information• Above-worksurface clamp kit cPage 414• Below-worksurface mounting bracket cPage 414DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d2 3 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄4" 2 1 ⁄2" GFUTP96 $81d d dDesktop Data/Telecom Connector HousingPower andCommunicationcNeed help?Product details,page 185Standard Includes• Housings: 6681 Grotto plastic• Rail-mount pins: Grotto Mélange coating• Removable back cover• Carton of fourRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1 3 ⁄8" 4 1 ⁄8" 3 1 ⁄2" X4KS00001 $169d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide cAccessories, continued 411

Accessories, continuedConvenience Communication Outlet HousingTip: This unit does notinclude clamp kit.cPage 414Tip: This Internode componentcan also be used withutility trunks.cNeed help?Product details,page 185Standard Includes• Housing for customer-supplied modular furniturefaceplates: plasticRelated ProductsSpecification Information• Above-worksurface clamp kit cPage 414• Below-worksurface mounting bracket cPage 414DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d2 3 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄4" 2 1 ⁄2" GFUCH $41d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for housingcSee Surface Materials, page 422.Surface-Mount Junction BoxcNeed help?Product details,page 185Standard Includes• Junction box: 6681 Grotto plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Junction box isdesigned for cablingconnections; it does notaccommodate electricalconnections.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1 1 ⁄2" 4" 3 1 ⁄2" X4NT00008 $78d d dCable and Fiber ReelcNeed help?Product details,page 186Standard Includes• Package of four reels: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1 1 ⁄4" 8" 8 5 ⁄16" 98766 $87d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.412 Context Specification Guide

AccessoriesCord and Cable ManagercNeed help?Product details,page 186Standard Includes• Cord and cable manager: 6653 Solar Black only• Package of four• Mounting hardware packageRequired to SpecifyStyle numberRelated Products• Power module cPage 384Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d3 1 ⁄2" 10" 1 3 ⁄4" GFUCCM $81d d dTermination PlatecNeed help?Product details,page 186Standard Includes• Termination plate: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dPower Strips3 ⁄4" 7 1 ⁄8" 7 1 ⁄8" 98765 $14d d dStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyPower andCommunicationcNeed help?Product details,page 187• Power strip: Grey Value 5 paint• 6' cord with three-prong plug: black vinylStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedWithout Line Conditioner88PS $ 68With Line Conditioner88PSLC $171ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide cAccessories, continued 413

Accessories, continuedAbove-Worksurface Clamp KitcNeed help?Product details,page 163Standard Includes• Pair of rail-mount pins: 6653 Solar Black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberRelated Products• Convenience tri-receptacle with power cord cPage 393and plug• Convenience communication outlet housing cPage 393Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedGFUTMC $14ddBelow-Worksurface Mounting BracketTip: Mounting bracket supportsconvenience receptaclesand communicationsoutlet housing below theworksurface.Tip: Each tri-receptacle,whether power or communications,should have itsown mounting bracket forbelow-worksurface mountingapplications.cNeed help?Product details,page 128Standard Includes• Mounting bracket: 4793 Solar Black onlyRelated ProductsSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedGFUTMB $10ddRequired to SpecifyStyle number• Convenience tri-receptacle with harness cPage 392• Convenience tri-receptacle with power cord cPage 393• Convenience communication outlet housing cPage 393For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.414 Context Specification Guide

SpecifyingAccessoriesAccessoriesPaper Trays 416Diagonal Paper Tray 417Accessory Support for Rail-Mounted Application 417Telephone Stand 417Coat Hook 418Pencil Shell 418Plastic Center Drawer 418Details WorkFlo Tools and Accessories 419AccessoriesContext Specification Guide 415

AccessoriesPaper TrayscNeed help?Product details,page 201Standard Includes• Paper trays: embossed anodized aluminum• Handles: Grotto plastic• Support: Grotto Mélange coating• Plastic label holdersRequired to SpecifyStyle numberRelated Products• Accessory support for rail-mounted application cPage 417Specification InformationDWDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dTwo-Tier, Letter9 7 ⁄8" 14" 4 7 ⁄8" X5CB00009 $234d d dThree-Tier, Letter9 7 ⁄8" 14" 7 7 ⁄8" X5CA00006 $312d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.416 Context Specification Guide

AccessoriesDiagonal Paper TrayStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyHcNeed help?Product details,page 201• Paper trays: embossed anodized aluminum• Paper tray support: Grotto plastic• Support: Grotto Mélange coating• Plastic label holdersStyle numberDRelated Products• Accessory support for rail-mounted applicationcSee below.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD H dNumber dPriced d d12 1 ⁄4" 8 1 ⁄4" X5CD00005 $234d d dAccessory Support for Rail-Mounted ApplicationcNeed help?Product details,page 201Standard Includes• Support: Grotto Mélange coatingRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: For use with papertrays only.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1" 8 1 ⁄8" 8 2 ⁄3" X5SM00008 $68d d dTelephone StandStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyDWcNeed help?Product details,page 202Specification Information• Platform: embossed anodized aluminum• Handles: Grotto plastic• Support with rail-mount pins: Grotto Mélange coatingDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dPriced d dStyle numberAccessories12 1 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄4" X5BT00002 $198d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide cAccessories, continued 417

Accessories, continuedCoat HookTip: Included with markerboard.cNeed help?Product details,page 202Standard Includes• Coat hook: Grotto plastic• Package of fourSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1 1 ⁄8" 4 1 ⁄8" 2 3 ⁄4" X5DJ00004 $44d d dRequired to SpecifyStyle numberPencil ShellcNeed help?Product details,page 203Standard Includes• Pencil shell: Grotto plastic• Clip: anodized aluminumRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d7 5 ⁄8" 8 1 ⁄2" 1 1 ⁄4" X5BP00002 $94d d dPlastic Center DrawercNeed help?Product details,page 203Standard Includes• Drawer: black textured plastic only• Slides: black plastic only• Attachment hardware and templateRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d19" 21" 1 3 ⁄8" ASHC1921X1 $49d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.418 Context Specification Guide

Details WorkFlo Tools and AccessoriesDetails Workflo Toolsand AccessoriesOrder these and otheraccessories from Detailsthrough your Steelcasedealer or contact Detailsat 1.800.833.0411. InCanada, contact a CustomerCare Representative at905.475.6333 (phone) or905.475.2654 (fax).Slatwall Shallow DishSlatwall Pen/Pencil CupDouble Square DishDiskette/Note HolderSlatwall Office in a FileWSDSWPCSWSQSWDNSWOFSSlatwall Letter TrayWLTSSlatwall Binder HolderWBHSFreestanding and SlatwallStandard PaperfloStandardWFPF11Freestanding In/OutDocument TrayStandardWDT14Slatwall Telephone CaddyWTCSLargeWDT16Slatwall Small PersonalShelfWPSSlatwall MarkerboardWMBSlatwall Hanging BracketsWHBMonitor LiftCMNLFreestanding WastebasketFire Retardant DWBFEco (100% recycled)DWBEAccessoriesFoot RestCFTRIOS LightFreestandingLIOSFContext Specification Guide 419

420 Context Specification Guide

Surface MaterialsSurface MaterialsSurface Materials 422Color Coordination Matrices 426Trim Color Defaults 429How to Care for Laminate, Torus Edge, andWood Surfaces 430Laminate Directional Laminate Grain Directions 431Natural Veneer Cathedral Directions 432Context Specification Guide 421

Surface Materials.ResourcesFor more information aboutsurface materials and thecategories they fall into,refer to the followingresources:Surface MaterialsReference ManualThis publication provides:• An explanation of thesurface materials program•“Available on” matrices• Vertical surface fabricand seating upholsteryselection listing• Pricing for surfacematerials• Technical data for surfacematerials• Surface material care andcleaning instructionsSurface MaterialsFinishes Binder includes:• Surface MaterialsReference Manual• A complete set of swatchcards for hard surfacesSurface MaterialsVertical Surface FabricBinder includes:• A complete set of swatchcards for vertical surfacefabricSurface MaterialsSeating UpholsteryBinder includes:• Designtex Graded-InCatalog• A complete set ofswatch cards forseating upholsterySurface MaterialsTool Box provides 3" x 3"samples of the following surfacematerials:• Vertical surface fabric• Seating upholstery• Wood veneer• Paint• LaminateForm number S8150PaintContextApplies to:• Core units• Round table base• Back panels• Cylinders• Baseplates• Support columns• Support column covers• Tables• Overhead cabinets andshelves• Column-mounted shelves• Pedestals• Column-mounted screenoutside surface• Utility trunks• Utility trunk base power-ins• End caps for single utilitytrunks• PullsPrice Group 1Textured Paint7207 Black7225 Sand (Vanadium)7236 Fog7237 Slate7207 Black7238 Fieldstone7239 MidnightPrice Group 2Metallic Paint4750 Champagne4751 Bronze4752 Steel4788 Gold Dust4798 Sterling4799 PlatinumPrice Group 3Accent PalettePlease see the AccentPalette swatchcard withinthe Surface MaterialsFinishes Binder for acomplete list of these colorfulpaints.PerfectMatch IIPerfectMatch II is a servicethat allows you to createyour own paint color. Referto the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for moreinformation about thisprogram...LaminateApplies to:• Core unit tops• Table tops• Countertops• Context Storage• Universal StorageLaminate Choices2722 Cream2729 White Sand2730 Arctic White2746 Black2759 Warm White2810 Dawn2811 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle2822 Woodrose Speckle2823 Driftwood Speckle2824 Smoke Speckle2825 Vanadium Speckle2850 Vanadium Fiber2851 Rhyme Fiber2852 Tungsten Fiber2854 Vellum Fiber2857 Stream Fiber2859 Novell2860 Granite2870 Blonde BronzePatina2871 Blackened BronzePatina2872 Silver Plate Patina2873 Instant Iron PatinaDirectional LaminateChoicescSee page 431 for directionalillustrations.2412 Natural Cherry2421 Medium Cherry2511 Winter on Maple2592 Blonde on Maple2632 Medium Oak2711 Natural Walnut2771 Medium Mahoganyon WalnutAccent LaminateAccent laminates are availablewith an upcharge perworksurface. Please see theaccent laminate swatchcardwithin the SteelcaseSurface Materials FinishesBinder for a complete listingof these colorful laminates.For additional information,refer to the SteelcaseSurface Materials ReferenceManual..Open Line LaminateThis service allows you toorder non-standard laminateat an additional processingfee upcharge per worksurface,plus the cost of thelaminate. Edge color foropen-line laminate must bedetermined by the dealerand customer before orderscan be entered.cSee page 428 for openlinelaminate edge detailmatrix.Tip: Refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor complete instructionsabout using open linelaminate.Tip: Standard or accentlaminates that are used inthe open-line laminate programto obtain a differentedge detail will be chargedthe open-line laminateupcharge; however, noadditional charges for thelaminate will be applied.WoodApplies to:• Core unit tops• Table tops• Countertops• Context Storage• Universal StorageSteelcase carefully selectsveneer and solid wood orconsistent color and grainstructure. Wood is a naturalmaterial and variations willoccur in color, grain and texture.These variations arepart of the inherent naturalbeauty of wood and are notconsidered defects.All wood products willdarken with age and exposureto ultraviolet light. Thisis especially apparent withcherry and maple veneer.We recommend thataccessories be arrangedperiodically to ensure evenaging of wood surfaces.Natural Veneer isflat cut and is matchedfor proper balance andconsistency.Open-pore finish is amedium-gloss finish thatleaves the wood texturevisible to the eye anddistinguishable to the touch..Open-Pore FinishChoicesNatural Veneer3412 Natural Cherry3422 Medium Cherry3562 Linseed on Maple3572 Amber on Maple3582 Winter on Maple3592 Blonde on Maple3632 Medium Oak3642 Natural Oak3712 Natural Oak3722 Dark Mahogany onWalnut3742 Autumn on Walnut3772 Medium Mahoganyon Walnut3792 Black WalnutcSee page 432 for directionalillustrations.Full-fill finish is amedium-glass finish thatcompletely fills the graintexture, yet allows the grainpattern to be seen. Thewood has a lustrous, satinylook and it is smooth tothe touch.Full-Fill ChoicesNatural Veneer3414 Natural Cherry3424 Medium Cherry3534 Winter on Maple3544 Blonde on Maple3564 Linseed on Maple3574 Amber on Maple3634 Medium Oak3644 Natural Oak3714 Natural Walnut3724 Dark Mahogany onWalnut3744 Autumn on Walnut3774 Medium Mahoganyon Walnut3794 Black WalnutcSee page 432 for directionalillustrations.Customiz stain is aservice that allows you tocreate your own stain color.Minimum order quantities,per unit up-charges, anda one-time customer processingfee apply. See theSurface Materials ReferenceManual for more information..422 Context Specification Guide

Surface Materials.BariolagePlasticG220 EtudeTip: Plastic and vinyl prod-G221 Andanteucts may not be available inG226 Cantataall colors listed below.G227 AdagiocSee page 426 for anG233 Melodyoverview of the plastic colorsG234 Ballatathat are available for eachG235 Sonatacomponent.6000 BlackBelgrade6651 TungstenB600 Strawberry6652 TitaniumB603 Storm6653 Solar BlackB604 Seafoam6654 Sand (Vanadium)B606 Buff6656 TantalumB607 Harbor6681 GrottoB608 Lily6682 CobblestoneB609 MossBellaRosePlated MetalB650 AvodireApplies to:B651 Birch• Waterfall and Rod PullsB652 WillowB653 AlderPlated MetalB654 LaurelColor ChoicesB655 Wenge9210 CopperB656 Ebony9211 Nickel9212 SilverBoccieP300 RiceP301 AlmondVertical Surface FabricP302 NutmegApplies to:P303 Camel• Context screensP304 OpalP305 MistVertical SurfaceP306 PlumFabric ChoicesP307 LichenP308 SpearmintClassics CollectionP309 SkySurface materials in theClassics Collection are time-Corniceless. These materials shouldP131 Spirebe available for a minimumP132 Spandrelof 10 years from the date theP133 Crownmaterial is introduced intoP134 Coronathe Classics Collection. TheP135 SconceClassics Collection includesP136 Finialthe following fabrics in PriceP137 PedimentGroups 1 through 3:EmbrasurePrice Group 1P140 ColonnadeAbacusP141 RotundaP122 EntasisP142 OculusP123 PorticoP143 BalusterP124 OpusP144 TorusP125 CuspP126 ArtifactPrice Group 2P127 ArcadeAmirantéP128 Matrix5664 MinkP129 Atlas5665 IvoryP156 Pilaster5666 Silver Frost5677 MoongloAcadia5679 WoodbineG031 Tin5686 SeaG033 IronG034 Pewter5687 ChamoisG039 Silica5688 BalsaG040 Malachite5689 OpalG041 Brimstone5690 Blue HorizonG042 GalenaG043 AzuriteG044 LimoniteG045 Tourmaline .Ashanti5610 French Cream5612 Ivory5613 Silver Frost5657 Moonglo5659 Woodbine5674 QuinceAshanti Reverse5638 Mink5639 Ivory5640 Silver Frost5648 Moonglo5650 Woodbine5654 QuinceBouquetP163 VivienP165 HostaP166 DundeeP168 AsterP169 ArgentaP170 HoyaP172 CactusP173 CamomileP174 HoneysuckleP175 JasperCordialE400 WhiteLilyE401 SagebrushE402 ShamrockE404 SilverLeafE405 LavendarE414 Ocean ReefE415 SesameE416 MarinaE417 SpearmintFirenzeP001 TranquilleP002 StaghornP003 FigFirenze ReverseF001 TranquilleF002 StaghornF003 FigFrescoG001 SandriftG002 MistibluG003 FaonG004 SepiaG005 ArrowoodG006 ChamolineG007 GrapenutG013 PistachioG016 WinterskyG017 FlintMilanoN001 OysterN002 DelftN003 WoodlandN004 SunshadowN005 OlivineN007 RedgrapeN008 MolluskN009 FairwayN010 Dahlia. N012 TeakwoodRacquetsP330 LichenP331 LilyP332 AlmondP333 NutmegP334 PewterP335 SpearmintP336 SkyRegattaD004 RoseberryD006 BluesageD007 ColibriD011 LicoriceD012 ProvenceD020 Haze5335 Warm Brown V15336 Warm Brown V25338 Tan V15339 Tan V25344 Grey V15345 Grey V25369 Blue V1Wilshire5831 Blue Violet V35841 Warm Brown V35846 Grey V35864 Lark5865 Burgess5867 Castle5868 FieldstonePrice Group 3Martinique5574 May Apple5577 Woodsorrel5578 Baneberry5579 Waterlily5582 Morro5583 DivaOptions CollectionSurface materials in theOptions Collection are availableon select Steelcasebrand seating and systemsproducts. These materialsshould be available for aminimum of 3 years from thedate the material is introducedinto the OptionsCollection.Options Collection fabricsand upholsteries are noweven easier to order. Specifyindividual finish codes followingthe same process asClassics Collection fabricsand upholsteries.The Options Collectionincludes the followingfabrics in Price Groups 2and 3:.Price Group 2SolitaireP343 SpearmintP344 RiceP345 TaupeP346 PewterP347 NutmegP348 ChamoisP349 CamelP350 MistP351 LichenP352 WillowP353 SilverP354 SkyP355 VioletPrice Group 3LottoP310 PewterP311 AlmondP312 NutmegP313 PlumP314 LichenP315 SkyP316 SpearmintPick-Up SticksP320 BoneP321 CloudP322 AlmondP323 PewterP324 NutmegP325 ChamoisP326 CamelP327 LichenP328 SpearmintP329 SkyDesigntex Graded-In ProgramAll Designtex Graded-In fabricsare now supported justlike standard fabrics whenordered on Steelcase furniture.TheDesigntex Graded-In program also includes theEnvironmental ImpactCollection, which offers sustainabletextilesin affordable price groups.For additional informationand fabric samples, contactyour local Designtex Groupsales representative at1.800.221.1540.Designtex fabrics are gradedinto Steelcase Price Groups1 through 4:Price Group 1Moors (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)..Surface MaterialsContext Specification Guide cSurface Materials, continued 423

Surface Materials, continuedPrice Group 2About FaceAcresBracken (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)BrunswickCut to the ChaseGimletNicheSenecalStreams (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Price Group 3ApexDalmatianFoxtrotMeringueNo Deposit No ReturnRain (Environmental ImpactCollection)Sea Breeze (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Six PackThat Straw StuffPrice Group 4SumocSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for alisting of fabric colors.Price Group COM(Customer’s Own Material)Fabric Approval andYardageTo confirm whether aparticular COM materialhas already been tested foruse on a specific Steelcaseproduct or to determineactual yardage requirements:• Visit www.steelcase.com• Click on “Tools & Insights”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”You can find the sameinformation on the in2 site.Follow these steps:• Visit www.in2.steelcase.com• Click on “Sales/DesignTeam”• Select “Surface Materials”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”For additionalinformation regardingCustomer’s OwnMaterial, call1.888.STEELCASE...Seating UpholsteryPrice Group 2CanzonéApplies to:5514 Teal• Universal Pedestal5515 Raspberrycushion top5517 Kiwi5518 PlumClassics Collection5519 MauveSurface materials in the5521 FogClassics Collection are time-5525 Nickelless. These materials should5526 Beechnutbe available for a minimum5529 Fennelof 10 years from the date the5531 Horizonmaterial is introduced intothe Classics Collection. TheCavalcadeClassics Collection includes5209 Charcoalthe following fabrics in Price5215 BlueweedGroups 1 through 3 and the5216 TanbarkLeather Price Group:5217 Chicory5218 CamelPrice Group 15219 LichenJacks5220 Sky5B61 Taupe5225 Currant5B62 Nutmeg5291 Mallard5B63 Camel5292 Ocean5B64 Pewter5B65 RosewoodCricket5B66 Plum5A84 Plum5B67 Lupine5A85 Camel5B68 Lichen5A86 Charcoal5B69 Ocean5A87 Black5B70 Midnight5A88 Cinnamon5A89 RosewoodLink5A90 Currant5A20 Burgundy5A91 Spearmint5A21 Rust5A92 Sky5A23 Green5A93 Midnight5A24 Blue5A94 Lichen5A25 Navy5A95 Ocean5A26 Purple5A96 Forest5A27 Black5A28 OceanRegis5A29 Lichen5267 Black5A30 Chamole5275 Blue Blue Violet5282 Blue Blue GreenSewn Vinyl5283 Blue5800 Cardinal5R02 Cardinal5801 Topaz5R11 Red Red Violet V55802 Ocean5R12 Pachysandra5803 Sky5R13 Celestial5804 Lupine5R16 Caribbean5805 Foggy Night5R17 Topaz5806 Aegean5807 HarborRoulette5808 Eggplant5D29 Ocean5809 Black5D30 Taupe5810 Forest5D31 Pewter5812 Navy5D32 Sky5813 Currant5D33 Cinnamon5D34 Rosewood5D35 Plum5D36 Spearmint5D37 Forest5D38 Midnight..Spyder5B00 Orchid5B01 Foggy Night5B04 Peri5B05 Merlot5B06 Dove5B07 Sage5B09 Topaz5B10 Ocean5B11 Currant5B12 LichenSweepstakes5B80 Sky5B81 Almond5B82 Taupe5B83 Charcoal5B84 Nutmeg5B85 Cinnamon5B86 Currant5B87 Opal5B88 Plum5B89 Midnight5B90 Mist5B91 Ocean5B92 ForestPrice Group 3HampsteadB351 Blue Green V4B359 Blue BlueGreen V5B361 Blue V3(Low Intensity)B363 Blue V4B366 Blue Blue Violet V4B369 Blue Blue Violet V5B377 Violet V5(Low Intensity)B386 Red Red Violet V4(Low Intensity)B389 Red Red Violet V5B395 Grey V5B399 BlackB406 WindflowerB407 TwinflowerB408 LupineB409 CornflowerB410 AegeanB412 StarflowerB413 ShaleB415 TaupeB416 TopazB417 SaddleB418 PaprikaB419 CinnamonB420 AppleB421 LeafZoe5A09 Apricot5A10 Eggplant5A11 Avocado5A12 Cinnamon5A14 Peacock5A15 Rain5A16 Grey Flannel5A17 Ivory Cream5A19 CurrantLeather Price GroupL107 BlackL202 DuskL203 BottleL207 MahoganyL220 SoapstoneL221 RockyL224 PlumL500 CamelL503 NavyL507 VineyardOptions CollectionSurface materials in theOptions Collection are availableon select Steelcasebrand seating and systemsproducts. These materialsshould be available for aminimum of 3 years from thedate the material is introducedinto the OptionsCollection.Options Collection fabricsand upholsteries are noweven easier to order. Specifyindividual finish codes followingthe same process asClassics Collection fabricsand upholsteries.The Options Collectionincludes the following fabricsin Price Groups 3 through 5:Price Group 3Hopscotch5C21 Midnight5C22 Taupe5C23 Nutmeg5C24 Pewter5C25 Plum5C26 Currant5C27 Paprika5C28 Sky5C29 Ocean5C30 ForestPrice Group 4Croquet5C54 Currant5C55 Almond5C56 Taupe5C57 Charcoal5C58 Camel5C59 Lichen5C60 Forest5C61 Mist5C62 Ocean5C63 Sky5C64 Cinnamon5C65 Rosewood5C66 Plum..424 Context Specification Guide

Surface Materials.Domino5C34 Ocean5C35 Camel5C36 Charcoal5C37 Pewter5C38 Plum5C39 Rosewood5C40 Cinnamon5C41 Sky5C42 Midnight5C43 ForestSkittles5D42 Ocean5D43 Taupe5D44 Camel5D45 Nutmeg5D46 Lichen5D47 Sky5D48 Charcoal5D49 Plum5D50 Paprika5D51 CurrantTivoli5C80 Spearmint5C81 Camel5C82 Almond5C83 Pewter5C84 Nutmeg5C85 Cinnamon5C86 Currant5C87 Lichen5C88 Plum5C89 SkyWobble5D16 Rosewood5D17 Cinnamon5D18 Paprika5D19 Pewter5D20 Camel5D21 Lichen5D22 Ocean5D23 Sky5D24 Plum5D25 MidnightPrice Group 5Frisbee5C67 Sage5C68 Chamois5C69 Camel5C70 Nutmeg5C71 Spearmint5C72 Ocean5C73 Lichen5C74 Sky5C75 Plum5C76 MidnightInfield5C44 Spearmint5C45 Almond5C46 Camel5C47 Taupe5C48 Cinnamon5C49 Currant5C50 Plum5C51 Forest5C52 Ocean5C53 MidnightRetreat5D68 Taupe5D69 Camel5D70 Charcoal5D71 Mist5D72 Violet5D73 Midnight5D74 Spearmint5D75 Lichen5D76 Forest5D77 Nutmeg5D78 Cinnamon5D79 CurrantDesigntexGraded-In ProgramAll Designtex Graded-Infabrics are now supportedjust like standard fabricswhen ordered on Steelcasefurniture. The DesigntexGraded-In program alsoincludes the EnvironmentalImpact Collection whichoffers sustainable textilesin affordable price groups.For additional informationand fabric samples, contactyour local Designtex Groupsales representative at1.800.221.1540.Designtex upholsteries aregraded into Steelcase PriceGroups 2 through 10.Applies to:• Universal Mobile PedestalCushion TopPrice Group 2• Bee (EnvironmentalImpact Collection).Price Group 3• Lagoon (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)• Prairie (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)• Reed Stripe (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Price Group 4BowlineClosed LoopCordMontezumaNolitaRound AboutTangoVibePrice Group 5AbexSamPrice Group 6Rough & ReadyPrice Group 7AceFireflyShimmyWool Suede TooPrice Group 8CoppiceDelphosFalling LeavesFurrowsLillianLosetaMeanderPackardRickshawPrice Group 9GramercyNoMadPrice Group 10PlumscSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual for a listingof fabric colors..Price Group COM(Customer’s Own Material)Fabric Approval andYardageTo confirm whether aparticular COM materialhas already been tested foruse on a specific Steelcaseproduct or to determineactual yardage requirements:• Visit www.steelcase.com• Click on “Tools & Insights”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”You can find the sameinformation on the in2 site.Follow these steps:• Visit www.in2.steelcase.com• Click on “Sales/DesignTeam”• Select “Surface Materials”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”For additionalinformation regardingCustomer's OwnMaterial, call1.888.STEELCASE....Surface MaterialsContext Specification Guide 425

Color Coordination Matricesfor Context Plastic Components and Laminate TopsPlastic Color Availability MatrixNot every plastic component isavailable in every plastic color.The matrix below gives you anoverview of which plastic colorscan be specified for each plasticcomponent.Port and screenNNNNNNAAsocket coverCore unit channel guards NNNNNNANShelf end trimNNNNNNAAStorage insertsANNNNNNNStorage dividersANNNNNNNAccessory trimNNNNNNANScreen trim, caps,NNNNNNAAand coversShelf light plugANNNNNNNShelf light end caps and ANNNNNNNcord managersSingle utility baseANNNNNNNpower-in coversDouble utility baseNNNNNNNApower-in coversTrunk channel guardsNNNNNNNADesktop receptacleNNNNNNANand connector housingDesktop receptacle plug ANNNNNNNSurface mountNNNNNNANjunction boxCable and fiber reelANNNNNNNTermination plateANNNNNNNLegend˜ = Not availableÅ = Available.6000 Black6651 Tungsten6652 Titanium6653 Solar Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6656 Tantalum6681 Grotto6682 CobblestoneInternode mounting bracketInternode powermodule coversInternode conveniencetri-receptaclesInternode conveniencecommunication outlet housingInternode above-worksurface clamp kitInternode multipurposepower infeed coverInternode beltwaypower outfeedInternode receptaclesInternode cord andcable manager.6000 Black6651 Tungsten6652 Titanium6653 Solar Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6656 Tantalum6681 Grotto6682 CobblestoneNNNANNNNNNNANNNNAAAAAAANAAAAAAANNNNANNNNAAAAAAANAAAAAAANAAAAAAANNNNANNNN.426 Context Specification Guide

Color Coordination Matricesfor Context PlasticComponents and LaminateTopsPVC and Torus EdgesThe PVC and torus edges colorsare determined by the laminatecolor and therefore cannot be specified.Laminate Color Selections Default Color of PVC Edge Default Color of Torus Edge2412 Natural Cherry 2412 Natural Cherry 6S01 Coffee Solid2421 Medium Cherry 2421 Medium Cherry 6S01 Coffee Solid2511 Winter on Maple 2511 Winter on Maple 6S59 Warm White Solid2592 Blonde on Maple 2592 Blonde on Maple 6S59 Warm White Solid2632 Medium Oak 2632 Medium Oak 6S01 Coffee Solid2711 Natural Walnut 2711 Natural Walnut 6S01 Coffee Solid2722 Cream 2722 Cream 6631 Cream2729 White Sand 2848 Sand (Vanadium) 6654 Sand (Vanadium)2730 Arctic White 2776 Fog 6697 Fog2746 Black 2792 Black 6000 Black2759 Warm White 2759 Warm White 6655 Warm White2771 Medium Mahogany 2771 Medium Mahogany 6S01 Coffee Solidon Walnuton Walnut2810 Dawn 2794 Dawn 6635 Dawn2811 Mist 2798 Mist 6636 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle 2722 Cream 6001 Coffee2822 Woodrose Speckle 2794 Dawn 6635 Dawn2823 Driftwood Speckle 2722 Cream 6631 Cream2824 Smoke Speckle 2798 Mist 6636 Mist2825 Vanadium Speckle 2720 Ice 6612 Grey V22850 Vanadium Fiber 2848 Sand (Vanadium) 6654 Sand (Vanadium)2851 Rhyme Fiber 2722 Cream 6631 Cream2852 Tungsten Fiber 2798 Mist 6636 Mist2854 Vellum Fiber 2759 Warm White 6655 Warm White2857 Stream Fiber 2798 Mist 6636 Mist2859 Novell 2793 Coffee 6001 Coffee2860 Granite 2792 Black 6000 Black2870 Blonde Bronze Patina 2848 Sand (Vanadium) 6654 Sand (Vanadium)2871 Blackened Bronze Patina 2785 Grey V5 6615 Grey V52872 Silver Plate Patina 2720 Ice 6612 Grey V22873 Instant Iron Patina 2785 Grey V5 6615 Grey V5.Torus Edge DetailStep detail coloris always greyColors as listedException: SolidsAll the samecolor as listedfor solids.Surface MaterialsContext Specification Guide cColor Coordination Matrices, continued 427

Color Coordination Matrices for Context Plastic Components and Laminate Tops, continuedOpen Line LaminatesThe PVC and Torus Edge colorsare determined by the 2C finishnumber selected.2C FinishCombination of Edging will be:Number Selection PVC Edge Color Torus Edge Color2C11 2511 Winter Maple 6655 Warm White2C12 2720 Ice 6612 Grey V22C15 2785 Grey V5 6615 Grey V52C22 2722 Cream 6631 Cream2C27 2412 Natural Cherry 6001 Coffee2C33 2633 Teak 6001 Coffee2C35 2776 Fog 6697 Fog2C36 2777 Midnight 6095 Midnight2C48 2848 Sand (Vanadium) 6654 Sand (Vanadium)2C59 2759 Warm White 6655 Warm White2C66 2511 Winter on Maple 6615 Grey V52C81 2412 Natural Cherry 6S01 Coffee Solid2C82 2759 Warm White 6S59 Warm White Solid2C83 2793 Coffee 6S01 Coffee Solid2C84 2511 Winter on Maple 6S59 Warm White Solid2C92 2792 Black 6000 Black2C93 2793 Coffee 6001 Coffee2C94 2794 Dawn 6635 Dawn2C98 2798 Mist 6636 MistTip: Enter the 2C–edge detail number inthe finish field, and include a completedescription of the laminate to be used..Torus Edge DetailStep detail coloris always greyColors as listedException: SolidsAll the samecolor as listedfor solids.428 Context Specification Guide

Trim Color Defaultsfor Context and Universal Storage Laminate TopsTrim Color Defaultsfor Context and UniversalStorage Laminate Tops.Vinyl (PVC) edge trim color of topsthat are added to files is determined by thelaminate color you select for the top. Theedge color is a default and cannot bespecified.All laminates, except woodgrainlaminates, will have solid color PVC edging.Woodgrain laminates will havewoodgrain PVC edges and the grain of theedges will be horizontal.PVC square edge trim is applied to allfour sides of laminate tops.Laminate bullnose edge trim is appliedonly to the sides (left and right) of laminatetops.Laminate ColorDefault PVC Color2412 Natural Cherry 2412 Natural Cherry2421 Medium Cherry 2421 Medium Cherry2511 Winter on Maple 2511 Winter on Maple2592 Blonde on Maple 2592 Blonde on Maple2632 Medium Oak 2632 Medium Oak2711 Natural Walnut 2711 Natural Walnut2722 Cream 2722 Cream2729 White Sand 2848 Sand (Vanadium)2730 Arctic White 2776 Fog2746 Black 2792 Black2759 Warm White 2759 Warm White2771 Medium Mahogany on Walnut 2771 Medium Mahogany on Walnut2810 Dawn 2794 Dawn2811 Mist 2798 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle 2722 Cream2822 Woodrose Speckle 2794 Dawn2823 Driftwood Speckle 2722 Cream2824 Smoke Speckle 2798 Mist2825 Vanadium Speckle 2720 Ice2850 Vanadium Fiber 2848 Sand (Vanadium)2851 Rhyme Fiber 2722 Cream2852 Tungsten Fiber 2798 Mist2854 Vellum Fiber 2759 Warm White2856 Leaf Fiber 2796 Bramble2857 Stream Fiber 2798 Mist2859 Novell Fiber 2793 Coffee2860 Granite Fiber 2792 Black2870 Blonde Bronze Patina 2848 Sand (Vanadium)2871 Blackened Bronze Patina 2785 Grey V52872 Silver Plate Patina 2720 Ice2873 Instant Iron Patina 2785 Grey V5.Surface MaterialsContext Specification Guide 429

How to Care for Laminate, Torus Edge, andWood SurfacesLaminateCleaningWiping with a dampcloth will remove generalsoiling and water-bornestains. If needed, use a hardsurface,all-purpose cleanersuch as Formula 409,Fantastik, Top Job, Mr.Clean, etc. Some oil-bornestains may require the useof a dry-cleaning fluid ornaphtha. To fill scratchesin wood grain laminate tops,use an oak, walnut, ormahogany putty stick (availableat paint supply andhardware stores)..Torus EdgeCleaningWiping with a dampcloth will remove generalsoiling and water-bornestains. If needed, use ahard-surface, all-purposecleaner such as Formula409, Fantastik, Top Job, Mr.Clean, etc. Some oil-bornestains may require the useof a dry-cleaning fluid ornaphtha.WoodProtectionUse desk pads andcoasters to help protectthe finish against dents,scratches, moisture and hotand cold liquids. Do not usedesk pads that have plasticbacking.Use felt or leatherpads on the bottoms ofoffice equipment andaccessories.Lift objects when youmove them, instead ofpulling or pushing themacross the surface, to avoidscratching the surface.Periodically move deskaccessories and otherobjects kept on the worksurfaceto ensure evenaging.Avoid leaving vinylbinders on worksurfacefor long periods.If you use a protectiveglass top, insert felt padsbetween the glass and theworksurface, to create an airspace and allow the wood tobreathe.Keep your furnitureaway from direct sunlight.Avoid extreme temperaturesand humidity.Maintain temperaturesbetween 60 and 80 degreesFahrenheit and humidity levelsbetween 30 and 50 percent.CleaningKeep a supply of soft,clean, absorbent clothshandy for wiping up spillsand regular dusting.DustingClean with a slightly damp,soft cloth, using another softcloth to dry. Always wipe thesurface in the direction ofthe wood grain.CleaningUse a quality cleaner or flaxsoap formulated especiallyfor use on wood surfaces.Do not use oils or ammonia.Dilute the cleaner as directedby the manufacturer. Dampenbut do not saturate a softcloth with the diluted cleaningsolution. Wipe thesurface in the direction ofthe wood grain to removedirt and fingerprints. Wipethe surface clean with a soft,dry cloth.WaxingQuality spray wax may beapplied sparingly twice ayear. Excessive waxing mayresult in a wax build-upwhich feels sticky and attractsan unusual amount of dirt.For information about how toremove this wax, contactyour facilities department orSteelcase dealer.HardwareClean metal finishes with anon-abrasive cleaner. Applythe cleaner sparingly, makingsure that it does notcome into contact with thewood. Wipe the hardwaredry with a clean, soft cloth.Help With Repair andMaintenanceWood is a “forgiving” materialwhich usually can berepaired. If your worksurfaceis damaged, call your facilitiesdepartment or Steelcasedealer.Many Steelcase dealersoffer maintenance contractsfor your convenience.Contact your dealer for moreinformation..430 Context Specification Guide

LaminateDirectional Laminate Grain DirectionsLaminate DirectionalLaminate Grain DirectionsCornerCore UnitExtended CornerCove Core UnitTransition AislePrivacy Core UnitSpanner TableCombi TableBubble Jetty TableStraightCornerCountertopCountertopPackage.Adjustable-HeightCorner Core UnitStraightCore UnitReceptionCore UnitLateralFile TopJetty TableTransitionCore UnitEnterprise TableStraightCore UnitExtended CornerCore UnitVisitorCore UnitStraight AislePrivacy Core UnitAdjustable-HeightExtended Corner Core UnitBubble VisitorCore Unit.Surface MaterialsContext Specification Guide 431

Natural VeneerCathedral Directions.CornerCore UnitStraightCore UnitReceptionCore UnitSpanner TableRound TableBubble Jetty TableExtended CornerCore UnitStraight AislePrivacy Core UnitTransitionCore UnitCombi TableStraightCountertopVisitorCore UnitCornerCountertopPackageJetty TableEnterprise TableExtended CornerCove Core UnitTransition AislePrivacy Core UnitLateralFile TopBubble VisitorCore UnitNatural wood veneersdo not have mitered cornersurfaces.The appearance ofwood veneer may changeslightly depending on theangle from which it is viewed.This natural phenomenonis called polarization, andit can be seen on naturalveneer. Polarization is oftennoticed on worksurfacesinstalled at a 90-degree anglewith each other. Please referto the illustrations at left foran understanding of graindirection on your installation..432 Context Specification Guide

ResourcesLock and Keying Options 434Style Number Index 436ResourcesContext Specification Guide 433

Lock and Keying Options.Lock face ringLock cylinderFront-removable lockcylinders can be installedor removed in the field witha special tool. This featureallows you to field installlock cylinders after the furnitureis installed.All locks are designatedwith key numbers. You canspecify a key number; however,if you don’t specify akey number, the locks inyour order will be keyedrandom.Two types of locks areavailable—the standardkeying system (FR series)and the master keying system(XF series). All thelocks in the XF series canbe opened with a singlemaster key.Standard KeyingAll products are standardkeyed random..Step 1Furniture will beshipped with a plasticshipping plug. Specify lockcylinder and keying optionsseparately. Only productswith factory-installed lockmechanisms can acceptlock cylinders in the field.Keying OptionsKey random means thatthe locks will be assignedarbitrarily at the factory withkey numbers ranging fromFR305 to FR454.Tip: Random keying canmean that different furnitureunits will have the same keynumber. If you must have alllocks keyed differently, youshould specify key numbersfor all locks.FR305FR421FR305Master key randommeans that the locks will beassigned arbitrarily at thefactory with key numbersranging from XF1001 toXF1150. All XF locks can beopened with a master key.Tip: Random keying canmean that different furnitureunits will have the same keynumber. If you must have alllocks keyed differently, youshould specify key numbersfor all locks.XF1011XF1042XF1011FR305FR398FR412XF1115XF1002XF1028XF Master KeyFR305FR305FR370XF1011XF1011XF1099..Step 2Order enough lockcylinders to fill each locklocation. You must alsoorder a lock tool.Tip: Lock tools are reusable.You don’t need to orderadditional lock tools withevery furniture order.Lock cylinders and theinstallation tool will beshipped separately so thatyou can install the lockswhen you are ready.Key specific means thatyou can specify any keynumber from FR305 toFR454. This option can beused to key all the furnitureunits in a workstation ordepartment the same.Tip: Designate the quantityper key number in yourspecification when orderingmore than one product withthe same style number.FR350 FR350 FR350Master key specificmeans that you can specifyany key number fromXF1001 to XF1150. All thelocks in the XF series canbe opened with a masterkey.Tip: Designate the quantityper key number in yourspecification when orderingmore than one product withthe same style number.XF1020 XF1020 XF1020XF Master Key..To specify lock cylinders,list the total numberof lock cylinders that youwant with the appropriatestyle number. If you arespecifying key numbers, listthe breakdown of the quantityof each key number.Key consecutive meansthat you can specify locknumbers in a consecutiveorder to ensure that notwo locks have the samekey number until the keysequence repeats. Youmust select a beginning keynumber from FR305 toFR454.FR350 FR351 FR35230 Total..An example of how yourorder should look is shownbelow:Example:10 LOCK9201FR FR3205 LOCK9201FR FR35015 LOCK9201XF XF11001 877102003SR standardlock tool1 877102002SR masterlock toolMaster key consecutivemeans that you canspecify lock numbers in aconsecutive order to ensurethat no two locks have thesame key number until thekey sequence repeats. Youmust select a beginning keynumber from XF1001 toXF1150. All the locks in theXF series can be openedwith a master key.XF1020 XF1021 XF1022XF Master Key.434 Context Specification Guide

Lock and Keying OptionsLock CylindersStandard Includes• Lock cylinder, keyed random• Two keysRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Tip: Lock price is included inprice of furniture with locks.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyKey specific No cost Select key number from FR305–FR454.Key consecutive No cost Specify key consecutive and must selectbeginning key number from FR305–FR454.Master key +$20 Specify master key random.randomeachMaster key +$20 Specify key number from XF1001–XF1150.specificeachMaster key +$20 Specify master key consecutive and must selectconsecutive each beginning key number from XF1001–XF1150.ResourcesTip: A lock tool must beordered to field install lockcylinders.Tip: For replacement lockcylinders, refer to ServiceParts.Tip: You can change lockcylinders in the field byusing the appropriate locktool.Specification InformationDColor DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFR Series (Standard Keying System) – Lock CylinderPolished Chrome LOCK9201FR No costEmber Chrome LOCK9250FR No costd d dStandard Lock Tool877102003SR $16d d dXF Series (Master Keying System) – Lock CylinderPolished Chrome LOCK9201XF $20Ember Chrome LOCK9250XF $20d d dMaster Lock Tool877102002SR $16d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Context Specification Guide 435

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page Description877102002SR 435 Master Lock Tool877102003SR 435 Standard Lock Tool88PS 413 Power Strip88PSLC 413 Power Strip98765 413 Termination Plate98766 412 Cable Fiber ReelASHC1921X1 418 Center DrawerCFTR 419 Foot RestCMNL 419 Monitor LiftDWBE 419 WastebasketDWBF 419 WastebasketE90098 396 Base Power-inE90108 396 Base Power-inE90153 410 Duplex ReceptE90160 410 Duplex ReceptE90177 410 Duplex ReceptE91147 410 Simplex ReceptE91240 396 Base Power-inE91934 409 Chicago Junct BoxGFUBFM6X 382 Power OutfeedGFUBFM6Y 382 Power OutfeedGFUBFM6Z 382 Power OutfeedGFUCCM 395, 413 Cord ManagerGFUCH 393, 412 Outlet HousingGFUCMC 395 Harness ClipsGFUFFH12X 380 Power InfeedGFUFFH12Y 380 Power InfeedGFUFFH12Z 380 Power InfeedGFUFFH6X 380 Power InfeedGFUFFH6Y 380 Power InfeedGFUFFH6Z 380 Power InfeedGFUMB 385 Mounting BracketGFUPMBX 384 Power ModulesGFUPMBXNYC 384 Power ModulesGFUPMBY 384 Power ModulesGFUPMBYNYC 384 Power ModulesGFUPMBZ 385 Power ModulesGFUPMBZNYC 385 Power ModulesGFUPMX 384 Power ModulesGFUPMXNYC 384 Power ModulesGFUPMY 384 Power ModulesGFUPMYNYC 384 Power ModulesGFUPMZ 385 Power ModulesGFUPMZNYC 385 Power ModulesGFUSCM 388 Comm ModuleGFUT1G72X 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT1G72Y 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT1G72Z 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT1S72X 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT1S72Y 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT1S72Z 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT2G72X 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT2G72Y 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT2G72Z 392 Conv. Tri-Recept. GFUT2S72X 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptStyleNumber Page DescriptionGFUT2S72Y 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT2S72Z 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT3G72X 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT3G72Y 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT3G72Z 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT3S72X 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT3S72Y 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT3S72Z 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT4G72X 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT4G72Y 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT4S72X 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUT4S72Y 392 Conv. Tri-ReceptGFUTMB 394, 414 Below Mt. BracketGFUTMC 394, 414 Above Clamp KitGFUTP96 393, 411 Conv. Tri-ReceptGSGUBCX 384 Power ModulesGSGUBCY 384 Power ModulesGSGUBCZ 385 Power ModulesGSGUFC 381 Infeed CoverGSGUFMH12X 381 Power InfeedGSGUFMH12Y 381 Power InfeedGSGUFMH12Z 381 Power InfeedGSGUFMH24X 381 Power InfeedGSGUFMH24Y 381 Power InfeedGSGUFMH24Z 381 Power InfeedGSGUFMM12X 381 Power InfeedGSGUFMM12Y 381 Power InfeedGSGUFMM12Z 381 Power InfeedGSGUFMM24X 381 Power InfeedGSGUFMM24Y 381 Power InfeedGSGUFMM24Z 381 Power InfeedGSGUH100X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH100Y 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH100Z 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH120X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH120Y 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH120Z 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH12X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH12Y 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH12Z 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH144X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH144Y 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH144Z 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH22X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH22Y 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH22Z 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH28X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH28Y 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH28Z 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH32X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH32Y 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH32Z 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH38X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH38Y 387 Modular Harness. GSGUH38Z 387 Modular Harness.436 Context Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionGSGUH44X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH44Y 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH44Z 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH50X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH50Y 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH50Z 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH54X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH54Y 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH54Z 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH64X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH64Y 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH64Z 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH76X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH76Y 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH76Z 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH88X 386 Modular HarnessGSGUH88Y 387 Modular HarnessGSGUH88Z 387 Modular HarnessGSGUHCX 386 ConnectorGSGUHCY 387 ConnectorGSGUHCZ 387 ConnectorGSGUR1SGX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR1SGY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR1SGZ 391 ReceptaclesGSGUR1SSX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR1SSY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR1SSZ 391 ReceptaclesGSGUR1TGX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR1TGY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR1TGZ 391 ReceptaclesGSGUR1TSX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR1TSY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR1TSZ 391 ReceptaclesGSGUR2SGX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR2SGY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR2SGZ 391 ReceptaclesGSGUR2SSX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR2SSY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR2SSZ 391 ReceptaclesGSGUR2TGX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR2TGY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR2TGZ 391 ReceptaclesGSGUR2TSX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR2TSY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR2TSZ 391 ReceptaclesGSGUR3SGX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR3SGY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR3SGZ 391 ReceptaclesGSGUR3SSX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR3SSY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR3SSZ 391 ReceptaclesGSGUR3TGX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR3TGY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR3TGZ 391 Receptacles. GSGUR3TSX 390 ReceptaclesStyleNumber Page DescriptionGSGUR3TSY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR3TSZ 391 ReceptaclesGSGUR4SGX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR4SGY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR4SSX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR4SSY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR4TGX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR4TGY 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR4TSX 390 ReceptaclesGSGUR4TSY 390 ReceptaclesHCC42R30R 335 Cor CountertopHCC42R30S 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC42R36R 335 Cor CountertopHCC42R36S 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC42R42R 335 Cor CountertopHCC42R42S 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC42S30R 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC42S30S 341 Cor CountertopHCC42S36R 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC42S36S 341 Cor CountertopHCC42S42S 341 Cor CountertopHCC48R30R 335 Cor CountertopHCC48R30S 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC48R36R 335 Cor CountertopHCC48R36S 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC48R48R 335 Cor CountertopHCC48R48S 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC48R60R 335 Cor CountertopHCC48R60S 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC48R66R 335 Cor CountertopHCC48R66S 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC48R72R 335 Cor CountertopHCC48R72S 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC48R78R 335 Cor CountertopHCC48R78S 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC48S30R 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC48S30S 341 Cor CountertopHCC48S36R 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC48S36S 341 Cor CountertopHCC48S48S 341 Cor CountertopHCC48S60R 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC48S60S 341 Cor CountertopHCC48S66R 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC48S66S 341 Cor CountertopHCC48S72R 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC48S72S 341 Cor CountertopHCC48S78R 337, 339 Cor CountertopHCC48S78S 341 Cor CountertopHRCE2454 279 Recept Core UnitHRCE2460 279 Recept Core UnitHRCE2466 279 Recept Core UnitHRCE3054 279 Recept Core UnitHRCE3060 279 Recept Core UnitHRCE3066 279 Recept Core Unit. HRCI2454 279 Recept Core Unit.ResourcesContext Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 437

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionHRCI2460 279 Recept Core UnitHRCI2466 279 Recept Core UnitHRCI3054 279 Recept Core UnitHRCI3060 279 Recept Core UnitHRCI3066 279 Recept Core UnitHRCL2454 279 Recept Core UnitHRCL2460 279 Recept Core UnitHRCL2466 279 Recept Core UnitHRCL3054 279 Recept Core UnitHRCL3060 279 Recept Core UnitHRCL3066 279 Recept Core UnitHRCR2454 279 Recept Core UnitHRCR2460 279 Recept Core UnitHRCR2466 279 Recept Core UnitHRCR3054 279 Recept Core UnitHRCR3060 279 Recept Core UnitHRCR3066 279 Recept Core UnitHSC24RR 332 Str CountertopHSC24SR 333 Str CountertopHSC24SS 333 Str CountertopHSC30RR 332 Str CountertopHSC30SR 333 Str CountertopHSC30SS 333 Str CountertopHSC36RR 332 Str CountertopHSC36SR 333 Str CountertopHSC36SS 333 Str CountertopHSC42RR 332 Str CountertopHSC42SR 333 Str CountertopHSC42SS 333 Str CountertopHSC48RR 332 Str CountertopHSC48SR 333 Str CountertopHSC48SS 333 Str CountertopHSC54RR 332 Str CountertopHSC54SR 333 Str CountertopHSC54SS 333 Str CountertopHSC60RR 332 Str CountertopHSC60SR 333 Str CountertopHSC60SS 333 Str CountertopHSC66RR 332 Str CountertopHSC66SR 333 Str CountertopHSC66SS 333 Str CountertopHSC72RR 332 Str CountertopHSC72SR 333 Str CountertopHSC72SS 333 Str CountertopHSC78RR 332 Str CountertopHSC78SR 333 Str CountertopHSC78SS 333 Str CountertopLCX24K 370 Canopy LightLCX24KC 370 Canopy LightLCX24KR 370 Canopy LightLCX24KRC 370 Canopy LightLCX36K 370 Canopy LightLCX36KC 370 Canopy LightLCX36KR 370 Canopy Light. LCX36KRC 370 Canopy LightStyleNumber Page DescriptionLCX48K 370 Canopy LightLCX48KC 370 Canopy LightLCX48KR 370 Canopy LightLCX48KRC 370 Canopy LightLIOSF 419 IOS LightLOCK9201FR 435 Lock CylinderLOCK9201XF 435 Lock CylinderLOCK9250FR 435 Lock CylinderLOCK9250XF 435 Lock CylinderLS1FSC 373, 375, Daisy Chain Cord377LS6FSC 373, 375, Daisy Chain Cord377LSB18M 377 Utility LightLSB18MC 377 Utility LightLSB18MD 377 Utility LightLSB24K 376 Utility LightLSB24KC 376 Utility LightLSB24KD 376 Utility LightLSB24M 377 Utility LightLSB24MC 377 Utility LightLSB24MD 377 Utility LightLSB36K 376 Utility LightLSB36KC 376 Utility LightLSB36KD 376 Utility LightLSB36M 377 Utility LightLSB36MC 377 Utility LightLSB36MD 377 Utility LightLSB48K 376 Utility LightLSB48KC 376 Utility LightLSB48KD 376 Utility LightLSB48M 377 Utility LightLSB48MC 377 Utility LightLSB48MD 377 Utility LightLSH24K 373 Advanced LightLSH24KC 373 Advanced LightLSH24KD 373 Advanced LightLSH24KDR 373 Advanced LightLSH24KF 372 Advanced LightLSH24KFC 372 Advanced LightLSH24KFD 372 Advanced LightLSH24KR 373 Advanced LightLSH24KRC 373 Advanced LightLSH36K 373 Advanced LightLSH36KC 373 Advanced LightLSH36KD 373 Advanced LightLSH36KDR 373 Advanced LightLSH36KF 372 Advanced LightLSH36KFC 372 Advanced LightLSH36KFD 372 Advanced LightLSH36KR 373 Advanced LightLSH36KRC 373 Advanced LightLSH48K 373 Advanced LightLSH48KC 373 Advanced LightLSH48KD 373 Advanced Light..438 Context Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionLSH48KDR 373 Advanced LightLSH48KF 372 Advanced LightLSH48KFC 372 Advanced LightLSH48KFD 372 Advanced LightLSH48KR 373 Advanced LightLSH48KRC 373 Advanced LightLSM24K 374 Standard LightLSM24KC 374 Standard LightLSM24KD 374 Standard LightLSM24KF 375 Standard LightLSM24KFC 375 Standard LightLSM24KFD 375 Standard LightLSM36K 374 Standard LightLSM36KC 374 Standard LightLSM36KD 374 Standard LightLSM36KF 375 Standard LightLSM36KFC 375 Standard LightLSM36KFD 375 Standard LightLSM48K 374 Standard LightLSM48KC 374 Standard LightLSM48KD 374 Standard LightLSM48KF 375 Standard LightLSM48KFC 375 Standard LightLSM48KFD 375 Standard LightRCN183061E_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183061F_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183061G_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183061H_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183061J_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183061K_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183061L_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183061M_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183661E_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183661F_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183661G_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183661H_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183661J_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183661K_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183661L_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN183661M_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN184261E_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN184261F_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN184261G_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN184261H_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN184261J_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN184261K_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN184261L_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN184261M_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243061E_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243061F_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243061G_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243061H_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243061J_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243061K_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud Front. RCN243061L_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontStyleNumber Page DescriptionRCN243061M_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243661E_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243661F_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243661G_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243661H_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243661J_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243661K_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243661L_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRCN243661M_ 318 Univ Combination Cab w/Proud FrontRLN183024_ 307 Univ Lat File w/Proud FrontRLN183624_ 307 Univ Lat File w/Proud FrontRPF1827A_ 299 Univ Fixed Flr Stnd Ped w/Proud FrntRPF1827B_ 299 Univ Fixed Flr Stnd Ped w/Proud FrntRPF2427A_ 299 Univ Fixed Flr Stnd Ped w/Proud FrntRPF2427B_ 299 Univ Fixed Flr Stnd Ped w/Proud FrntRPM1821C_ 301 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Proud FrontRPM1827A_ 301 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Proud FrontRPM1827B_ 301 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Proud FrontRPM2421C_ 301 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Proud FrontRPM2427A_ 301 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Proud FrontRPM2427B_ 301 Univ Mobile Pedestal w/Proud FrontRPXCKFFS18P 302 Univ Conversion KitRPXCKFFS24P 302 Univ Conversion KitRPXDBT 304 Univ Bi-Level TrayRPXDMT 304 Univ Media TrayRPXDPT 304 Univ Pencil TrayRPXDRS 305 Univ Reference ShelfRPXFST 305 Univ File Drawer Stationery InsertRPXTC24P 301 Univ Ped Cushion TopRPXTCH24P 301 Univ Ped Cushion TopRTA18185LG_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185LH_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185LJ_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185LK_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185RG_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185RH_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185RJ_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18185RK_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LG_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LH_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LJ_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LK_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LL_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LM_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LN_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245LP_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RG_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RH_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RJ_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RK_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RL_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RM_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RN_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA18245RP_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud Front. RTA24185LG_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud Front.ResourcesContext Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 439

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionRTA24185LH_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24185RG_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24185RH_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245LG_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245LH_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245LL_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245LM_ 311 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245RG_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245RH_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245RL_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTA24245RM_ 312 Univ Full Front Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24244LA_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24244LB_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24244RA_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24244RB_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24245LC_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24245LD_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24245RC_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB24245RD_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30244LA_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30244LB_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30244RA_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30244RB_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30245LC_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30245LD_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30245RC_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTB30245RD_ 309 Univ Open Side Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24244LA_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24244LB_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24244RA_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24244RB_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24245LC_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24245LD_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24245RC_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC24245RD_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30244LA_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30244LB_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30244RA_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30244RB_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30245LC_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30245LD_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30245RC_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRTC30245RD_ 315 Univ Vert Dwr Tower w/Proud FrontRWN183061A_ 321 Univ Wardrobe Cabinet w/Proud FrontRWN183661A_ 321 Univ Wardrobe Cabinet w/Proud FrontRWN184261A_ 321 Univ Wardrobe Cabinet w/Proud FrontRWN243061A_ 321 Univ Wardrobe Cabinet w/Proud FrontRWN243661A_ 321 Univ Wardrobe Cabinet w/Proud FrontRXADRL15 303 Univ Rails for DrawerRXADV1212 303 Univ Dividers for 12"H DrawerRXADV1506 303 Univ Dividers for 6"H DrawerWBHS 419 Binder HolderWDNS 419 Diskette/Note HldrWDT14 419 Document Tray. WDT16 419 Document TrayStyleNumber Page DescriptionWFPF11 419 Std PaperfloWHB 419 Hanging BrktsWLTS 419 Letter TrayWMB 419 MarkerboardWOFS 419 Office in a FileWPCS 419 Pen/Pencil CupWPS 419 Personal ShelfWSDS 419 Shallow DishWSQS 419 Square DishWTCS 419 Telephone CaddyX1A02436SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1A02442SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1A02448SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1A02454SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1A02460SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1A02466SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1A02472SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1A03036SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1A03042EA 265 Straight Core UnitX1A03042SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1A03048EAL 265 Straight Core UnitX1A03048EAR 265 Straight Core UnitX1A03048SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1A03054EAL 265 Straight Core UnitX1A03054EAR 265 Straight Core UnitX1A03054SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1A03060EAL 265 Straight Core UnitX1A03060EAR 265 Straight Core UnitX1A03060SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1A03066EAC 265 Straight Core UnitX1A03066EAL 265 Straight Core UnitX1A03066EAR 265 Straight Core UnitX1A03066SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1A03072EAC 265 Straight Core UnitX1A03072EAL 265 Straight Core UnitX1A03072EAR 265 Straight Core UnitX1A03072SA 263 Straight Core UnitX1AE24240 253 24"D Str Core UnitX1AE24305 253 24"D Str Core UnitX1AE24367 253 24"D Str Core UnitX1AE24422 253 24"D Str Core UnitX1AE24484 253 24"D Str Core UnitX1AE24549 253 24"D Str Core UnitX1AE24604 253 24"D Str Core UnitX1AE24666 253 24"D Str Core UnitX1AE24721 253 24"D Str Core UnitX1AE24783 253 24"D Str Core UnitX1AE30243 261 30"D Str Core UnitX1AE30308 261 30"D Str Core UnitX1AE30360 261 30"D Str Core UnitX1AE30425 261 30"D Str Core UnitX1AE30487 261 30"D Str Core UnitX1AE30542 261 30"D Str Core UnitX1AE30607 261 30"D Str Core Unit. X1AE30669 261 30"D Str Core Unit.440 Context Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionX1AE30724 261 30"D Str Core UnitX1AE30786 261 30"D Str Core UnitX1AI24242 247 24"D Str Core UnitX1AI24307 247 24"D Str Core UnitX1AI24369 247 24"D Str Core UnitX1AI24424 247 24"D Str Core UnitX1AI24486 247 24"D Str Core UnitX1AI24541 247 24"D Str Core UnitX1AI24606 247 24"D Str Core UnitX1AI24668 247 24"D Str Core UnitX1AI24723 247 24"D Str Core UnitX1AI24785 247 24"D Str Core UnitX1AI30245 255 30"D Str Core UnitX1AI30300 255 30"D Str Core UnitX1AI30362 255 30"D Str Core UnitX1AI30427 255 30"D Str Core UnitX1AI30489 255 30"D Str Core UnitX1AI30544 255 30"D Str Core UnitX1AI30609 255 30"D Str Core UnitX1AI30661 255 30"D Str Core UnitX1AI30726 255 30"D Str Core UnitX1AI30788 255 30"D Str Core UnitX1AL24241 249 24"D Str Core UnitX1AL24306 249 24"D Str Core UnitX1AL24368 249 24"D Str Core UnitX1AL24423 249 24"D Str Core UnitX1AL24485 249 24"D Str Core UnitX1AL24540 249 24"D Str Core UnitX1AL24605 249 24"D Str Core UnitX1AL24667 249 24"D Str Core UnitX1AL24722 249 24"D Str Core UnitX1AL24784 249 24"D Str Core UnitX1AL30244 257 30"D Str Core UnitX1AL30309 257 30"D Str Core UnitX1AL30361 257 30"D Str Core UnitX1AL30426 257 30"D Str Core UnitX1AL30488 257 30"D Str Core UnitX1AL30543 257 30"D Str Core UnitX1AL30608 257 30"D Str Core UnitX1AL30660 257 30"D Str Core UnitX1AL30725 257 30"D Str Core UnitX1AL30787 257 30"D Str Core UnitX1AR24249 251 24"D Str Core UnitX1AR24304 251 24"D Str Core UnitX1AR24366 251 24"D Str Core UnitX1AR24421 251 24"D Str Core UnitX1AR24483 251 24"D Str Core UnitX1AR24548 251 24"D Str Core UnitX1AR24603 251 24"D Str Core UnitX1AR24665 251 24"D Str Core UnitX1AR24720 251 24"D Str Core UnitX1AR24782 251 24"D Str Core UnitX1AR30242 259 30"D Str Core UnitX1AR30307 259 30"D Str Core Unit. X1AR30369 259 30"D Str Core UnitStyleNumber Page DescriptionX1AR30424 259 30"D Str Core UnitX1AR30486 259 30"D Str Core UnitX1AR30541 259 30"D Str Core UnitX1AR30606 259 30"D Str Core UnitX1AR30668 259 30"D Str Core UnitX1AR30723 259 30"D Str Core UnitX1AR30785 259 30"D Str Core UnitX1B02348EA 243 Corner Core UnitsX1B02442EA 243 Corner Core UnitsX1B02448EA 243 Corner Core UnitsX1B03048EA 243 Corner Core UnitsX1B03054EA 243 Corner Core UnitsX1B03248EA 243 Corner Core UnitsX1BI23486 207 Corner Core UnitX1BI2348K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BI24425 207 Corner Core UnitX1BI2442K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BI24487 207 Corner Core UnitX1BI2448K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BI30480 207 Corner Core UnitX1BI3048K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BI32482 207 Corner Core UnitX1BI3248K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BL23485 207 Corner Core UnitX1BL2348K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BL24424 207 Corner Core UnitX1BL2442K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BL24486 207 Corner Core UnitX1BL2448K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BL30489 207 Corner Core UnitX1BL3048K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BL32481 207 Corner Core UnitX1BL3248K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BR23483 207 Corner Core UnitX1BR2348K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BR24422 207 Corner Core UnitX1BR2442K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BR24484 207 Corner Core UnitX1BR2448K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BR30487 207 Corner Core UnitX1BR3048K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1BR32489 207 Corner Core UnitX1BR3248K 233 Corner Core UnitsX1CL24906 293 Enterprise TableX1CL30909 293 Enterprise TableX1CR24904 293 Enterprise TableX1CR30907 293 Enterprise TableX1DI24664 287 Combi TableX1DI24781 287 Combi TableX1DI30667 287 Combi TableX1DI30784 287 Combi TableX1DL24660 289 Jetty TableX1DL24787 289 Jetty TableX1DL30780 289 Jetty Table. X1DR24668 289 Jetty Table.ResourcesContext Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 441

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionX1DR24785 289 Jetty TableX1DR30788 289 Jetty TableX1E024242 280 Transtn Core UnitX1E024307 280 Transtn Core UnitX1E030245 280 Transtn Core UnitX1E030300 280 Transtn Core UnitX1E030487 284 Spanner TableX1E030606 284 Spanner TableX1E036485 284 Spanner TableX1E036609 284 Spanner TableX1FL24240 283 Visitor Core UnitX1FL24301 283 Visitor Core UnitX1FL30304 283 Visitor Core UnitX1FR24248 283 Visitor Core UnitX1FR24309 283 Visitor Core UnitX1FR30302 283 Visitor Core UnitX1G000363 294 Round TableX1G000428 294 Round TableX1G000480 294 Round TableX1G000545 294 Round TableX1I000248 247, 249, Straight Baseplate251, 253,255, 257,259, 261,283X1I000303 247, 249, Straight Baseplate251, 253,255, 257,259, 261,283, 291X1I000365 247, 249, Straight Baseplate251, 253,255, 257,259, 261,263X1I000420 247, 249, Straight Baseplate251, 253,255, 257,259, 261,263, 265X1I000482 247, 249, Straight Baseplate251, 253,255, 257,259, 261,263, 265,289, 293X1I000547 247, 249, Straight Baseplate251, 253,255, 257,259, 261,263, 265,278X1I000602 247, 249, Straight Baseplate251, 253,255, 257,259, 261,263, 265,278..StyleNumber Page DescriptionX1I000664 247, 249, Straight Baseplate251, 253,255, 257,259, 261,263, 265,278, 287X1I000729 247, 249, Straight Baseplate251, 253,255, 257,259, 261,263, 265X1I000781 247, 249, Straight Baseplate251, 253,255, 257,259, 261X1J000241 267, 269, Corner Baseplate271, 273X1J000302 267, 269, Corner Baseplate271, 273,275, 277X1J000364 267, 269, Corner Baseplate271, 273,275, 277X1J000421 207, 225, Corner Baseplate227, 229,231, 233,243, 244,267, 269,271, 273, 275, 277X1J000483 207, 209, Corner Baseplate211, 213,215, 217,219, 221,223, 225,227, 229, 231, 233,234, 236, 238, 240,243, 244, 267, 269,271, 273, 275, 277X1J000544 243, 267, Corner Baseplate269, 271,273, 275,277X1J000603 209, 211, Corner Baseplate213, 215,217, 219,221, 223,225, 227,229, 231, 234, 236,238, 240, 244, 267,269, 271, 273, 275, 277X1J000665 209, 211, Corner Baseplate213, 215,217, 219,221, 223,234, 236,238, 240, 244, 267,269, 271, 273, 275, 277X1J000720 209, 211, Corner Baseplate213, 215,217, 219,221, 223,225, 227,229, 231, 234, 236,238, 240, 244, 267,269, 271, 273, 275, 277.442 Context Specification Guide

Style Number Index.StyleNumber Page DescriptionX1J000782 209, 211, Corner Baseplate213, 215,217, 219,221, 223,234, 236,238, 240, 267, 269,271, 273, 275, 277X1M02360EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1M02366EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1M02372EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1M02460EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1M02466EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1M02472EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1M03060EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1M03066EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1M03072EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1M03260EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1M03266EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1M03272EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME23605 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME2360K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME23667 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME2366K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME23722 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME2372K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME23784 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME2378K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME24604 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME2460K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME24668 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME2466K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME24723 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME2472K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME24785 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME2478K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME30602 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME3060K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME30661 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME3066K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME30726 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME3072K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME30788 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME3078K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME32604 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME3260K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME32663 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME3266K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME32728 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME3272K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME32780 221 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ME3278K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI23607 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI2360K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI23669 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI2366K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI23724 209 Ext Cor Core UnitStyleNumber Page DescriptionX1MI2372K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI23786 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI2378K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI24608 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI2460K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI24660 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI2466K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI24725 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI2472K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI24787 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI2478K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI30601 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI3060K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI30663 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI3066K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI30728 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI3072K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI30780 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI3078K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI32603 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI3260K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI32665 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI3266K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI32720 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI3272K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI32782 209 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MI3278K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML23606 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML2360K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML23668 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML2366K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML23723 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML2372K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML23785 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML2378K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML24607 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML2460K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML24669 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML2466K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML24724 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML2472K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML24786 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML2478K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML30600 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML3060K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML30662 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML3066K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML30727 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML3072K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML30789 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML3078K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML32602 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML3260K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML32664 213 Ext Cor Core Unit. X1ML3266K 237 Ext Cor Core Unit.ResourcesContext Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 443

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionX1ML32729 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML3272K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML32781 213 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ML3278K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR23604 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR2360K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR23666 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR2366K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR23721 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR2372K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR23783 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR2378K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR24605 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR2460K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR24667 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR2466K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR24722 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR2472K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR24784 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR2478K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR30608 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR3060K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR30660 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR3066K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR30725 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR3072K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR30787 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR3078K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR32600 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR3260K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR32662 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR3266K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR32727 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR3272K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR32789 217 Ext Cor Core UnitX1MR3278K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1N02360EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1N02366EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1N02372EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1N02460EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1N02466EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1N02472EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1N03060EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1N03066EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1N03072EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1N03260EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1N03266EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1N03272EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE23606 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE2360K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE23666 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE2366K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE23723 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE2372K 241 Ext Cor Core Unit. X1NE23785 223 Ext Cor Core UnitStyleNumber Page DescriptionX1NE2378K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE24607 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE2460K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE24669 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE2466K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE24724 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE2472K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE24786 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE2478K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE30603 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE3060K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE30662 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE3066K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE30727 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE3072K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE30789 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE3078K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE32602 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE3260K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE32664 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE3266K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE32729 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE3272K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE32781 223 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NE3278K 241 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI23608 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI2360K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI23668 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI2366K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI23725 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI2372K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI23787 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI2378K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI24609 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI2460K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI24661 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI2466K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI24726 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI2472K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI24788 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI2478K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI30602 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI3060K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI30664 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI3066K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI30729 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI3072K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI30781 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI3078K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI32604 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI3260K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI32667 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI3266K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI32721 211 Ext Cor Core Unit. X1NI3272K 235 Ext Cor Core Unit.444 Context Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionX1NI32783 211 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NI3278K 235 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL23607 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL2360K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL23667 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL2366K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL23724 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL2372K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL23786 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL2378K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL24608 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL2460K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL24660 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL2466K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL24725 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL2472K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL24787 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL2478K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL30601 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL3060K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL30663 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL3066K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL30728 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL3072K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL30780 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL3078K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL32603 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL3260K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL32665 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL3266K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL32720 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL3272K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL32782 215 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NL3278K 239 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR23605 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR2360K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR23665 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR2366K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR23722 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR2372K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR23784 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR2378K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR24606 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR2460K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR24668 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR2466K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR24723 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR2472K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR24785 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR2478K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR30609 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR3060K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR30661 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR3066K 237 Ext Cor Core Unit. X1NR30726 219 Ext Cor Core UnitStyleNumber Page DescriptionX1NR3072K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR30788 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR3078K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR32601 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR3260K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR32663 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR3266K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR32728 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR3272K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR32780 219 Ext Cor Core UnitX1NR3278K 237 Ext Cor Core UnitX1P02360EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1P02366EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1P02372EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1P02460EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1P02466EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1P02472EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1RE23607 231 Ext Cor Core UnitX1RE23729 231 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1RI23600 225 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1RI23727 225 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1RL23608 227 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1RL23725 227 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1RR23606 229 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1RR23723 229 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1TL24604 291 Bubble Jetty TableX1TL30669 291 Bubble Jetty TableX1TR24602 291 Bubble Jetty TableX1TR30667 291 Bubble Jetty TableX1UL24306 283 Visitor Core UnitX1UL30309 283 Visitor Core UnitX1UR24304 283 Visitor Core UnitX1UR30307 283 Visitor Core UnitX1V02460EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1V02466EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1V02472EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1V03260EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1V03266EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1V03272EA 245 Ext Cor Core UnitX1WE32602 231 Ext Cor Core UnitX1WE32720 231 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1WI32601 225 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1WI32728 225 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1WL32609 227 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1WL32726 227 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1WR32607 229 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1WR32724 229 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1YE32603 231 Ext Cor Core UnitX1YE32721 231 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1YI32602 225 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1YI32729 225 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1YL32600 227 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1YL32727 227 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1YR32608 229 Ext Cor Cove Core. X1YR32725 229 Ext Cor Cove Core.ResourcesContext Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 445

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionX1ZE23608 231 Ext Cor Core UnitX1ZE23720 231 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1ZI23601 225 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1ZI23728 225 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1ZL23609 227 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1ZL23726 227 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1ZR23607 229 Ext Cor Cove CoreX1ZR23724 229 Ext Cor Cove CoreX2AA2465A1 348 Vertical CabinetX2AA2465B7 348 Vertical CabinetX2AA2468A5 348 Vertical CabinetX2AA2468B6 348 Vertical CabinetX2AD24000 354 Adjustable ShelfX2AF2468A0 348 Vertical CabinetX2AF2468B1 348 Vertical CabinetX2B023658 351 Storage TowerX2B02365A9 351 Storage TowerX2B02365B2 351 Storage TowerX2B02365C0 351 Storage TowerX2B023757 351 Storage TowerX2B02375A7 351 Storage TowerX2B02375B8 351 Storage TowerX2B02375C9 351 Storage TowerX2B032659 351 Storage TowerX2B03265A4 351 Storage TowerX2B03265B8 351 Storage TowerX2B03265C6 351 Storage TowerX2B032753 351 Storage TowerX2B03275A3 351 Storage TowerX2B03275B4 351 Storage TowerX2B03275C5 351 Storage TowerX2FC00303 323 Overhead CabinetX2FC0035L 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC0035R 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC00365 323 Overhead CabinetX2FC0041L 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC0041R 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC00420 323 Overhead CabinetX2FC0047L 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC0047R 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC00482 323 Overhead CabinetX2FC0053L 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC0053R 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC00547 323 Overhead CabinetX2FC0059L 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC0059R 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC00602 323 Overhead CabinetX2FC0065L 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC0065R 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC00664 323 Overhead CabinetX2FC0071L 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC0071R 325 Overhead CabinetX2FC00729 323 Overhead CabinetX2FC0077L 325 Overhead Cabinet. X2FC0077R 325 Overhead CabinetStyleNumber Page DescriptionX2FC00781 323 Overhead CabinetX2FT00247 327 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT00302 327 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT00364 327 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT00429 327 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT00481 327 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT00546 327 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT00601 327 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT00663 327 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT00728 327 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT00780 327 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT42429 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT42600 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT42665 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT42726 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT48487 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT48607 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT48661 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT48724 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT48788 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT54543 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT60428 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT60481 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT66420 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT66483 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT72424 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT72482 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2FT78480 329 Column-Mtd ShelfX2G20030A4 347 Lateral FileX2G20030B5 347 Lateral FileX2G20036A6 347 Lateral FileX2G20036B7 347 Lateral FileX2GD00307 354 Counterweight PkgX2GD00369 354 Counterweight PkgX2GD00424 354 Counterweight PkgX2H000000 352 Shelf DividerX2IA00001 355 File FrameX2IB00004 355 File FrameX2IC00007 355 File FrameX2IE00003 356 DividersX2IF00006 356 DividersX2IG00009 356 DividersX2SC42421 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC42609 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC42664 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC42727 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC48489 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC48608 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC48663 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC48726 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC48780 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC54541 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC60423 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC60482 331 Overhead Shelf. X2SC66426 331 Overhead Shelf.446 Context Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionX2SC66485 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC72425 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC72484 331 Overhead ShelfX2SC78482 331 Overhead ShelfX2SS00249 331 Overhead ShelfX2SS00304 331 Overhead ShelfX2SS00366 331 Overhead ShelfX2SS00421 331 Overhead ShelfX2SS00483 331 Overhead ShelfX2SS00548 331 Overhead ShelfX2SS00603 331 Overhead ShelfX2SS00665 331 Overhead ShelfX2SS00720 331 Overhead ShelfX2SS00782 331 Overhead ShelfX3A000244 356 Core-Mtd ScreenX3A000309 356 Core-Mtd ScreenX3A000361 356 Core-Mtd ScreenX3A000426 356 Core-Mtd ScreenX3A000488 356 Core-Mtd ScreenX3A000543 356 Core-Mtd ScreenX3A000608 356 Core-Mtd ScreenX3A000660 356 Core-Mtd ScreenX3A000725 356 Core-Mtd ScreenX3A000787 356 Core-Mtd ScreenX3B000245 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3B000300 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3B000362 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3B000427 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3B000489 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3B000543 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3B000609 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3B000662 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3B000726 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3B000788 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3C000246 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3C000301 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3C000363 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3C000428 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3C000480 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3C000544 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3C000600 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3C000663 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3C000727 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3C000789 357 Core-Mtd ScreenX3D000247 358 Core-Mtd ScreenX3D000302 358 Core-Mtd ScreenX3D000364 358 Core-Mtd ScreenX3D000429 358 Core-Mtd ScreenX3D000481 358 Core-Mtd ScreenX3D000546 358 Core-Mtd ScreenX3D000601 358 Core-Mtd ScreenX3D000663 358 Core-Mtd ScreenX3D000728 358 Core-Mtd ScreenX3D000780 358 Core-Mtd Screen. X3DL0030A 362 Core-Mtd ArcStyleNumber Page DescriptionX3DL0036A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DL0042A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DL0048A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DL0054A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DL0060A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DL0066A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DL0072A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DL0078A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DR0030A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DR0036A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DR0042A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DR0048A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DR0054A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DR0060A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DR0066A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DR0072A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3DR0078A 362 Core-Mtd ArcX3E000247 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3E000306 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3E000361 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3E000420 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3E000482 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3E000545 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3E000602 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3E000664 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3E000729 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3E000781 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3EL0030A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3EL0036A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3EL0042A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3EL0048A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3EL0054A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3EL0060A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3EL0066A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3EL0072A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3EL0078A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3F000249 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3F000302 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3F000364 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3F000421 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3F000483 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3F000546 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3F000603 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3F000665 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3F000720 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3F000782 359 Core-Mtd ScreenX3FR0030A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3FR0036A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3FR0042A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3FR0048A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3FR0054A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3FR0060A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3FR0066A 363 Core-Mtd ArcX3FR0072A 363 Core-Mtd Arc. X3FR0078A 363 Core-Mtd Arc.ResourcesContext Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 447

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionX3S000248 364 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S000303 364 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S000365 364 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S00036R 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S000420 364 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S00042R 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S000482 364 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S00048R 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S000547 364 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S00054R 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S000602 364 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S00060R 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S000664 364 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S00066R 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S000729 364 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S00072R 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S000781 364 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S00078R 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S024240 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S024301 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S024362 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S024423 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S024484 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S024548 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S024605 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S024669 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S024726 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S024787 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S030246 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S030307 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S030362 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S030428 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S030489 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S030543 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S030600 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S030665 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S030724 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S030786 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S03600L 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S036247 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S036303 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S036422 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S036483 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S036546 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S036604 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S036665 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S036727 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S036789 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S04200L 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S042248 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S042303 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S042366 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S042420 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S042600 367 Column-Mtd Scrn. X3S042665 367 Column-Mtd ScrnStyleNumber Page DescriptionX3S042726 367 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S04800L 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S048249 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S048304 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S048367 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S048488 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S048609 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S048664 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S048725 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S048781 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S05400L 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S054240 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S054304 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S054365 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S054542 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S06000L 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S060240 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S060305 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S060368 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S060428 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S060487 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S06600L 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S066241 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S066306 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S066367 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S066420 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S066489 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S07200L 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S072241 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S072305 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S072366 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S072424 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S072483 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S07800L 326 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S078242 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S078307 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S078362 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3S078485 368 Column-Mtd ScrnX3TC37003 357, 363 Screen TrimX4AN00240 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AN00305 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AN00367 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AN00422 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AN00484 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AN00549 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AN00604 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AN00666 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AN00721 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AN00783 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AW00247 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AW00302 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AW00364 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AW00429 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AW00481 405 Dbl Utility Trunk. X4AW00546 405 Dbl Utility Trunk.448 Context Specification Guide

Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionX4AW00601 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AW00663 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AW00728 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4AW00780 405 Dbl Utility TrunkX4BC00004 409 Chicago HarnessX4BE00000 407 Util Trunk JunctX4BI00002 407 Util Trunk JunctX4BJ00058 402, 407 Util Trunk JunctX4BL00908 407 Util Trunk JunctX4BT00902 407 Util Trunk JunctX4BX00904 407 Util Trunk JunctX4DC00000 409 Chicago Junct BoxX4DJ00307 408 JumperX4DJ00488 408 JumperX4DJ00729 408 JumperX4DJ00840 408 JumperX4DS00145 408 JumperX4DS00303 408 JumperX4DS00482 408 JumperX4DS00720 408 JumperX4DS00841 408 JumperX4DT00241 406 PowerwayX4DT00306 406 PowerwayX4DT00368 406 PowerwayX4DT00423 406 PowerwayX4DT00485 406 PowerwayX4DT00540 406 PowerwayX4DT00605 406 PowerwayX4DT00667 406 PowerwayX4DT00722 406 PowerwayX4DT00784 406 PowerwayX4DZ00240 403 PowerwayX4DZ00302 403 PowerwayX4DZ00363 403 PowerwayX4DZ00424 403 PowerwayX4DZ00485 403 PowerwayX4DZ00546 403 PowerwayX4DZ00607 403 PowerwayX4DZ00668 403 PowerwayX4DZ00729 403 PowerwayX4DZ00780 403 PowerwayX4FN10005 397 Utility PoleX4IS00001 396 Base Power-inX4KD00006 411 Desktop ReceptX4KS00001 411 Connector HousingX4NC03095 295 Add-On Cable TrayX4NT00008 412 Junction BoxX4ZE15001 402 End CapX4ZE30002 402 End CapX4ZN00241 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZN00302 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZN00363 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZN00424 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZN00487 401 Sgl Utility Trunk. X4ZN00540 401 Sgl Utility TrunkStyleNumber Page DescriptionX4ZN00601 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZN00664 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZN00725 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZN00788 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZW00242 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZW00303 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZW00364 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZW00425 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZW00488 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZW00541 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZW00602 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZW00665 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZW00726 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX4ZW00789 401 Sgl Utility TrunkX5AA00004 352 6" Media TrayX5AB00007 353 12" Media TrayX5AC00000 353 Bi-Level TrayX5AE00006 352 Convenience TrayX5BD00004 353 Tray DividersX5BP00002 418 Pencil ShellX5BT00002 417 Telephone StandX5CA00006 416 Paper TraysX5CB00009 416 Paper TraysX5CD00005 417 Paper TrayX5CV00009 354 Vert Sta TrayX5DJ00004 418 Coat HookX5SM00008 417 Accessory SupportX6CL24421 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6CL24483 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6CL24542 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6CL24605 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6CL24667 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6CL24728 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6CL24789 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6CR24422 275 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6CR24484 275 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6CR24543 275 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6CR24604 275 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6CR24668 275 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6CR24729 275 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6CR24780 275 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6DL30423 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6DL30485 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6DL30546 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6DL30607 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6DL30668 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6DL30729 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6DL30781 277 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6DR30424 275 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6DR30486 275 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6DR30548 275 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6DR30606 275 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6DR30669 275 TrnAisle Priv CoreX6DR30720 275 TrnAisle Priv Core. X6DR30782 275 TrnAisle Priv Core.ResourcesContext Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 449

Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionX6EL24240 269 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL24301 269 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL24362 269 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL24423 269 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL24484 269 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL24544 269 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL24605 269 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL24664 269 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL24726 269 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL24787 269 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL30240 273 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL30301 273 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL30362 273 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL30423 273 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL30484 273 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL30544 273 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL30605 273 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL30664 273 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL30726 273 StrAisle Priv CoreX6EL30787 273 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER24248 267 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER24309 267 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER24360 267 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER24421 267 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER24482 267 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER24544 267 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER24603 267 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER24664 267 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER24724 267 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER24785 267 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER30248 271 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER30309 271 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER30360 271 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER30421 271 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER30482 271 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER30544 271 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER30603 271 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER30664 271 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER30724 271 StrAisle Priv CoreX6ER30785 271 StrAisle Priv CoreXDJS00001 398 Utility PoleXUCB3000AM 345 Mobile PedXUCB3000BM 345 Mobile PedXUCL2400A6 342 PedestalXUCL2400AM 345 Mobile PedXUCL2400B7 342 PedestalXUCL2400BM 345 Mobile PedXUCL3000A9 342 PedestalXUCL3000AM 345 Mobile PedXUCL3000B0 342 PedestalXUCL3000BM 345 Mobile PedXUCN2400A2 342 PedestalXUCN2400AM 345 Mobile PedXUCN2400B3 342 Pedestal. XUCN2400BM 345 Mobile PedStyleNumber Page DescriptionXUCN3000A5 342 PedestalXUCN3000AM 345 Mobile PedXUCN3000B6 342 PedestalXUCN3000BM 345 Mobile Ped..450 Context Specification Guide

Style Number IndexResourcesContext Specification Guide 451

Trademark List.® The following registered trademarks are usedunder license from Steelcase DevelopmentCorporation: Accelerate, Addition, Ally,Answer, Anthem, Arrondi, Avenir, Ballet,Brayton International, Brayton TextileCollection, Breton, Broadmoor, CaneCreek,Canto, Chancellor, Collegium, Company,Concentrx, Conjunction, Context, Criterion,Crushed Can, Decorum, Designtex, Details,Drive, Elective Elements, Ellipse, EmberChrome, Emerge, Etude, Exclamation Mark,Firstfile, Gentry, Ginkgo, Ginkgo Biloba,Hardwear, Ideo, Internode, Jersey, Kart, Kick,LaCosta, Latour, Leap, Let’s B, Lucy, Lyra,Lytyn, Manhattan Product Configuration,Maxstacker, Media Dock, Metro, Migrations,Miko, Montage, Novasuede, Oriana, Paladin,Paperflo, Parade, Paradigm, Pathways,Perfect Match, Player, Power Pincher,Protégé, Raf System, Rally, Rapport,Relevant, Reply, Revest, Secant, Segment,Sensor, Series 9000, Springboard, Steelcase,Steelcase Design Partnership, SteelcaseWorkplace Performance, Stow Davis,TeamWork, Technique, Treehouse, Trilogy,Turnstone, Underscore, Valencia, Vecta,Vectaflex, Werndl, Wizard, and Workflo.® The following is a registered trademark ofLeviton Manufacturing Company, Little Neck,NY: Decora.® The following is a registered trademark ofMicrosoft Corporation, Redmond, WA:Microsoft.® The following is a registered trademark ofPanduit Corporation, Lockport, IL: Panduit.® The following is a registered trademark ofTrav (Press), Cuneo, Italy: Assisa.® The following is a registered trademark ofVirtual Ink Corporation: mimioActive.® The following registered trademarks are underlicense from Wilkhahn Furniture Products:Avera, Confair, Senzo, Versal, and WilkhahnFS.. The following trademarks are used underlicense from Steelcase DevelopmentCorporation: 4 o’clock, à la carte,Active/Passive Shelf, Activity Products, Adia,Alcove, Alerion, Alexander Street Collection,Aliso, Allegro, Alongside, American Elect,American Tradition, Anson, Arbor,Archipelago, Archive Collection, Arriva, Ascot,Astor, Austin, Avalon, Barrymore, Berwick,Bira, Bix, Bonn, Boomerang, Booth, Bradbury,Breadbox, Brio, Buxton, Cachet, Callahan,Camber, Canopy, Cappucino, Catalina, CbP,Chester, Chorus, Chronos, Churchill, Ciao,Clarendon, Classic Rectangular, Clou,Collaboration, Collins, Cologne, Colorbox,Common (Shelf), Commons, Community,Community Base Planning, Convene, Convey,Cortex, Cosima, Croix, Cubby, Cubis,Cushion, Customiz, Dataduct, Datum, Debut,Deck, Dedoes, Detour, Detriana, DNA,Domain, Donovan, Dorchester, Downspout,Drop Top Hutch, Duospace, Eastlake,Eastridge, Eco, Ella, Elsa, Emmy, Encounter,Enea, EnSync, Ensemble, Entourage,Environmental Impact, Equinox, Escapade,Et Al, E-table, Everest, Exponents, Express12,Extreme Conditions, Fillmore, Flat Top, Fling,Flip Top, Footnote, Fortuna, Frontier, Futu,Fuji, Galilie, Galveston, Garland, Ginger,Glenwood, Go Wall, Greco, Greenbrier, Grip,Groove, Group Work, Hannah, Hatch,Hatchback, Hatteras, Health Design, Herren,Hitch, Huddleboard, Impact, Incognito, Indy,InfoWizard, InterAct, IOS, I-Solve, Jacket,Jenny, Jetty, Juice, Kelly, Kendo, Kiana,L’Attitude, Lazlo, Lean Too, Lemon, Lift-N-Slide, Lotus, Lyric, M/O, Malibu, Manhatten,Mansfield, Martini, Masque, Mingle, Monarch,Monteray, Montreal, MyWizard, Nadia, Nickel,Nine, Ontrak, Onyx, Outlook, Paloma,Parliament, Parts Advantage, Pasio,Passarelle, Patriarch, Patterson, Payback,Peek, Pendio, Personal Border, Pier Top,Pipe, Pisa, Playback, Portal, Progeny,Quotient, Radio, Rag Top, Rei, Request,Reunion, Rhine, Rialto, Ricetta, Riser, RizziArc, Rocco, RoomWizard, Rover, Runaround,Runner, Sage, Satellite, Scribe, Shadow,Shield, Shortbed, Skinny, Sidebar, Sidewalk,Sieste, Sine, Smoke, Snug, Softwork, Sonata,Spinz, Sportswear, St. Clair, Stafford,Stationkits, Stiletto, Stuttgart, Super Shelf,Surprise!, Swathmore, Switch, Tableau, Taco,Template, Terrazzo, Tessare, Theorem, Tonga,Topaz, Topo, Top Spin, Touchdown,Translations, Train, Trolly, T-Wall, Umbrella,Underline, Unison, Uno, Utility Bar, Venetia,Walden, Warehouse, Wellaver, Whittier,Windsor, and Wizard WebSigns. The following is a trademark of MicrosoftCorporation, Redmond, WA: Windows. The following is a trademark of Ultrafabrics,LLC, Elmsford, NY: Ultraleather. The following trademarks are used underlicense from Wilkhahn Furniture: Cana, Linus,Logon, Picto, Range, Stitz, Thema, Timetable,and Tubis...